CHEFS INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1996-05-10
EATING PLACES
Previous: MOYCO TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10-Q, 1996-05-10
Next: MERRILL LYNCH PACIFIC FUND INC, N-30B-2, 1996-05-10



                                                     UNITED STATES
                                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                                 Washington D.C. 20549
                                                       ---------

                                                       FORM 10-K

                                  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
                          of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Fee Required)

For the fiscal year ended January 28, 1996        Commission File Number 0-8513
                          ----------------                               ------
                                       CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                       Delaware                                      22-2058515
                  (State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer
                  incorporation or organization)            Identification No.)

                  62 Broadway, P.O. Box 1332
                  Pt. Pleasant Beach, New Jersey                        08742
                  (Address of principal executive offices)           (Zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:     (908) 295-0350

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Common Stock, $.01 
par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 of 15(d) of the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                            Yes   X      No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent files pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein,  and will not be contained,  to the best
of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements
incorporated  by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or in any  amendment to
this Form 10-K.

On March 29,  1996,  the  aggregate  market  value of the voting  stock of Chefs
International,  Inc.  (consisting  of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value)  held by
non-affiliates of the Issuer was approximately $3,600,000 based upon the closing
bid price for such Common Stock on said dated in the over-the-counter  market as
reported  by the  National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.  On such  date,  there were
13,466,243 shares of Common Stock of the Issuer outstanding.




<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PART I--------------------------------------------------------------------------



Item 1.       Description of Business

(a) Business Development - Chefs International,  Inc. ("Chefs" or the "Company")
was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware in March 1975. The Company
currently  operates nine restaurants on a year-round  basis,  eight of which are
free-standing  seafood  restaurants in New Jersey (five) and Florida (three) and
one of which is a Mexican theme  restaurant  operated under the name "Garcia's,"
located in a shopping mall in New Jersey.  Seven of the seafood  restaurants are
operated  under  the name  "Lobster  Shanty"  and one  under  the name  "Baker's
Wharfside." The Company opened its first seafood restaurant in November 1978 and
opened its Garcia's  restaurant in April 1996. The Company had operated  LaCrepe
restaurants in various  shopping malls in New Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and Florida
(the first such  restaurant  opening in November  1975),  but closed its last La
Crepe  restaurant in December 1995 at its present  Garcia's  restaurant site. In
July 1993 effective  June 30, 1993,  the Company  acquired all of the issued and
outstanding  capital stock of Mister  Cookie Face,  Inc.  ("MCF" or "Mr.  Cookie
Face"),  a  Lakewood,  New Jersey  producer  of ice cream  sandwiches  currently
available  in  45  states.  Mr.  Cookie  Face's  products  are  currently  being
distributed  in  the   northeastern   United  States  including  the  New  York,
Philadelphia and Boston metropolitan  areas, and also in the midwest,  including
the Chicago metropolitan area, Colorado and Arizona, the northwest,  Florida and
the greater Los Angeles and San Francisco areas.  (As used herein,  the term the
"Company"  may  also  at  times  include  Chefs  and its  various  subsidiaries,
including "Mr. Cookie Face").

The  Company's  executive  offices are located at 62  Broadway,  Point  Pleasant
Beach,  New Jersey 08742.  Its telephone  number is (908)  295-0350.  Mr. Cookie
Face's offices and production  facility are located at 170 North Oberlin Avenue,
Unit 19,  Lakewood,  New  Jersey  08701  where  its  telephone  number  is (908)
370-5533.

Recent Developments

On August 3, 1993,  Chefs filed a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 (File No.
33-66936) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") for the
purpose  of  registering  shares of Common  Stock and  warrants  for sale to the
public in an underwritten public offering. The offering was seeking to raise net
proceeds of approximately  $8,500,000,  approximately $5,000,000 of which was to
be applied to the  expansion of the business of Mr.  Cookie Face and the balance
to  the  acquisition   and/or   construction  by  Chefs  of  additional  seafood
restaurants.

The  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement was held up due to the conduct
by the Commission's staff of a private investigation  pursuant to a formal order
of investigation  (HO-2781) issued by the Commission in October 1993. See Item 3
herein. During the more than two-year period of the private  investigation,  the
market price for Chefs' common stock,  which was trading at approximately $5 per
share at the time of filing of the Registration  Statement in 1993,  declined to
approximately $.50 per share. As a result, the Company's  management  determined
that the proposed  public  offering was no longer  viable and on March 28, 1996,
the Commission  granted the Company's  application to withdraw the  Registration
Statement.  See Note 17 of Notes to the Consolidated  Financial Statements as to
the  Company's  write-off  in fiscal  1995 of  approximately  $270,000  in costs
associated with the Registration Statement.

The failure to complete the proposed  public  offering has prevented the Company
from  adequately  funding the growth of Mr. Cookie Face's ice cream  operations.
This has resulted in the  inability of Mr. Cookie Face to expand its markets and
product lines as originally planned.  Therefore,  effective for fiscal 1996, the
Company  recorded an impairment  loss of  $2,024,750  from writing down goodwill
associated  with its  acquisition  of Mr.  Cookie Face and related  property and
equipment. An additional $171,000 was written down in connection with restaurant
operations. See Note 4 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                                           1

<PAGE>





During fiscal 1996, the bulk of the Company's  working capital  requirements was
supplied pursuant to a two-year  revolving line of credit arrangement with First
Fidelity Bank,  subsequently acquired by First Union National Bank (the "Bank").
The line of credit was due to expire in  February  1996.  The line of credit was
secured by first mortgages on the Company's two Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey
restaurants  and by a first lien on all of Mr. Cookie Face's  assets.  Repayment
under the line of credit was  guaranteed by each of the Company's  subsidiaries.
In April 1995,  the Company  borrowed  $500,000  from the Bank under a six-month
note  repayable  with interest at an annual rate of 1-1/8% above the Bank's base
(prime)  rate.  The  Company  applied  the  proceeds  of this  loan to pay  down
outstanding  balances  under the line of credit  thereby  increasing  the amount
available  under  the line and  borrowed  additional  amounts  under the line to
supply additional working capital for Mr. Cookie Face.

On January 19, 1996, the Company's  $2,000,000  line of credit  arrangement  was
replaced with a Term Loan and Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Loan  Agreement")
with the Bank. Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Bank advanced a $625,000 term
loan ("Term Loan A") and a $1,000,000  term loan ("Term Loan B") to the Company,
and also agreed to extend a $1,000,000  revolving  line of credit to the Company
expiring on May 31, 1997.

Term Loan A represents a consolidation of approximately  $175,000 of outstanding
Company indebtedness under a loan previously incurred for renovation of its Toms
River restaurant,  approximately  $100,000 of outstanding  Company  indebtedness
under a loan  previously  incurred  for  renovation  of its  Belmar,  New Jersey
restaurant, and a new borrowing of $350,000 used by the Company for construction
of its new Garcia's  restaurant at the Monmouth  Mall in  Eatontown,  New Jersey
which  opened  on  April  29,  1996.  Term  Loan A is  evidenced  by a  $625,000
promissory note repayable in principal  installments of $34,000 on June 15, July
15 and August 15 of the years 1996 through 1998 and in principal installments of
$17,750 on March 15, April 15, May 15,  September 15, October 15 and November 15
of each such year (except that the final principal  payment on November 15, 1998
is only $17,250).

Term Loan B, evidenced by a $1,000,000  promissory  note,  represents a shift of
$1,000,000 of outstanding indebtedness under the old line of credit to this term
loan. Term Loan B is repayable in principal installments of $16,667 on March 15,
April 15, May 15,  September  15,  October 15 and  November 15 of the years 1996
through  2000 and in principal  installments  of $33,333 on June 15, July 15 and
August 15 of each such year.

With each repayment of principal  under Term Loan A and Term Loan B, the Company
is required to pay interest on the outstanding  principal balance computed at an
annual rate equal to 7.51%.  Advances  under the line of credit bear interest at
LIBOR plus 200 basis points.

Repayment  of the two term loans and of  borrowings  under the line of credit is
guaranteed by each of the Company's  subsidiaries and is secured by mortgages on
the Company's two Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey restaurants and a lien on all
of Mr. Cookie Face's assets.

Pursuant  to the Loan  Agreement,  the  Company  made  certain  affirmative  and
negative covenants to the Bank (including covenants not to pay dividends, effect
stock  redemptions or incur certain  additional  indebtedness  while the loan is
outstanding, and to maintain on a consolidated basis, minimum working capital of
at least  $600,000 and a current  asset to current  liability  ratio of at least
1.25:1;  tangible net worth of at least  $12,900,000  increasing  by $100,000 at
each subsequent  fiscal  year-end  commencing with fiscal 1997; a debt to equity
ratio of no greater than .55:1; a net income,  depreciation  and amortization to
current  portion of long term debt ratio of not less than  1.25:1;  and cash and
cash equivalents of not less than $750,000). A failure by the Company to satisfy
any such covenant would  constitute an event of default under the Loan Agreement
enabling the Bank to accelerate payment of all outstanding indebtedness.


                                                           2

<PAGE>





In May 1995, the Company opened a Mr. Cookie Face  restaurant in a strip mall in
Manalapan,  New Jersey  offering a limited menu during lunch and dinner hours as
well as Mr.  Cookie  Face and other ice cream and dessert  products  for both on
premises  consumption  and retail  take-out.  The Company had purchased  certain
furniture,  fixtures and equipment for use at the restaurant  from a corporation
wholly-owned by Frank Koenemund,  a director of the Company and the president of
Mr. Cookie Face.  The  restaurant  was  unsuccessful  and the Company closed the
restaurant in September 1995, the restaurant  having sustained an operating loss
of approximately $160,000. See Item 13 herein.

In December  1995,  the  Company  closed its last "La Crepe"  restaurant  at the
Monmouth  Mall in  Eatontown,  New Jersey.  A loss of $54,335 was  recognized in
connection  with the  closing.  The Company  then  commenced  construction  of a
"Garcia's"  restaurant at the site which opened on April 29, 1996.  Costs of the
construction  aggregated  approximately $633,000 of which $350,000 was furnished
out of the proceeds of Term Loan A described above. See "Restaurant Operations -
Garcia's Restaurant" in this Item 1.

(b)  Business  of Issuer - The  Company  is engaged  in two  principal  lines of
business;  the  operation  of nine  restaurants  in New Jersey and  Florida on a
year-round  basis and,  through its Mr. Cookie Face subsidiary  acquired in July
1993, the production of ice cream sandwiches currently  distributed primarily in
the northeastern  United States including the New York,  Philadelphia and Boston
metropolitan areas and also distributed in the midwest,  the northwest,  Florida
and the greater Los Angeles area.

                                                 RESTAURANT OPERATIONS

The Company is  principally  engaged in the operation of nine  restaurants  on a
year-round basis,  eight of which are free-standing  seafood  restaurants in New
Jersey (five) and Florida (three) and one of which is a Mexican theme restaurant
operated  under the name  "Garcia's,"  located in a shopping mall in New Jersey.
Seven of the seafood  restaurants  are operated under the name "Lobster  Shanty"
and one under the name "Baker's Wharfside." The Company opened its first seafood
restaurant  in November  1978 and opened its sole  Garcia's  restaurant in April
1996. The Company had operated La Crepe restaurants in various shopping malls in
New Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and  Florida  (the first such  restaurant  opening in
November 1975),  but closed its last La Crepe restaurant in December 1995 at its
present Garcia's  restaurant site. The Company's  restaurants,  all of which are
operated on a year-round basis, are as follows:

                                                               Date of Opening
                                                            Under the Company's
      Location                                                     Management

SEAFOOD RESTAURANTS

Lobster Shanty:
   Vero Beach, Florida                                             December 1979
   Pt. Pleasant Beach, New Jersey                                   October 1980
   Toms River, New Jersey                                           October 1980
   Jensen Beach, Florida                                           December 1980
   Cocoa Beach, Florida                                           September 1981
   Hightstown, New Jersey                                          December 1981
   Belmar, New Jersey                                               October 1994

Baker's Wharfside:

   Pt. Pleasant Beach, New Jersey                                   October 1980

GARCIA'S RESTAURANT

Monmouth Mall, Eatontown, New Jersey                                  April 1996


                                                           3

<PAGE>




Seafood Restaurants

The Company's seafood  restaurants provide a variety of seafood dishes including
shellfish such as lobster,  scallops,  shrimp, oysters and clams, and other fish
including  red  snapper,  bluefish,  grouper  and  other  varieties.  A  limited
selection of non-seafood  entrees is also offered including steak and chicken as
well as a dessert  selection.  Most of the Company's seafood  restaurants have a
nautical decor.

Lobster Shanty Restaurants

Vero Beach, Florida - This restaurant,  consisting of approximately 6,900 square
feet, is free standing in Vero Beach,  Florida  approximately 100 yards off U.S.
Highway #60 on the intracoastal  waterway. It opened in December,  1979 pursuant
to a lease from Gourmet Associates  ("Gourmet") owned by Robert E. Brennan,  the
principal  stockholder  of the Company.  The lease is currently a month to month
"net"  lease at a monthly  rental of $10,000  with the Company  paying  personal
property taxes and insurance  thereunder.  Management believes that the terms of
this lease  agreement  are at least as  favorable as those which could have been
obtained from unaffiliated sources.

Gourmet  had  purchased  the  property  for  $700,000  in April 1979 by making a
$200,000 down payment and issuing its $500,000  promissory note for the balance,
payable with 9 1/2% annual  interest over 18 years secured by a first  mortgage.
Gourmet  expended  approximately  $315,000 in extensions and improvements to the
facility as well as for equipment  therein  prior to leasing this  restaurant to
the Company.

Pt. Pleasant Beach,  New Jersey - This  restaurant,  consisting of approximately
17,000 square feet, is free standing with a waterfront location on Channel Drive
in Pt. Pleasant Beach, New Jersey and seats approximately 750. It shares parking
with the  Baker's  Wharfside  restaurant  in Pt.  Pleasant  Beach with space for
approximately  250 automobiles.  The Company purchased this restaurant and three
others  (including the land,  buildings,  improvements and businesses  including
personal property and fixtures, liquor licenses and all of the outstanding stock
of the four  corporations  operating these  restaurants) from Robert E. Brennan,
the principal  stockholder of the Company,  and from three partnerships owned by
him, in October 1980 for an  aggregate  $7,750,000  less a  subsequent  $250,000
prepayment  discount.  Subsequent to its January 26, 1992 fiscal  year-end,  the
Company  commenced  renovations and improvements to this restaurant at a cost of
approximately  $375,000.  These renovations were completed in the second quarter
of calendar 1992.

Toms River,  New Jersey - This restaurant,  consisting of  approximately  10,750
square feet, is free standing on Robbins  Parkway in Toms River,  New Jersey and
seats  approximately 400. Municipal parking facilities are available nearby. The
Company  purchased  this  restaurant  and  three  others  (including  the  land,
buildings,   improvements,   and  businesses  including  personal  property  and
fixtures,  liquor  licenses  and  all  of the  outstanding  stock  of  the  four
corporations  operating these restaurants) from Robert E. Brennan, the principal
stockholder of the Company, and from three partnerships owned by him, in October
1980 for an aggregate $7,750,000 less a subsequent $250,000 prepayment discount.

Jensen Beach,  Florida - This 200 seat  restaurant,  consisting of approximately
4,500 square feet,  is located in a free standing  building on the  intracoastal
waterway in Jensen Beach,  Martin County,  approximately  50 miles north of Palm
Beach. The restaurant has parking for 100 automobiles.  Acquired in October 1980
were two lots,  the  restaurant  with  furnishings  and a liquor license from an
unaffiliated  party for  $975,000.  The Company made a $295,000 down payment and
paid the balance over a ten year period through September, 1990.


                                                           4

<PAGE>




Cocoa Beach,  Florida - This  approximately  240 seat restaurant,  consisting of
approximately  9,600  square  feet,  is located in a free  standing  building on
Highway  A1A in Cocoa  Beach and has  parking  for  approximately  90 cars.  The
Company acquired this restaurant as well as a seafood  restaurant in Titusville,
Florida in September 1981 through the purchase from two unaffiliated individuals
of the outstanding  capital stock of two  corporations  engaged in the ownership
and  operation of a Florida  seafood  restaurant  at each of the two sites.  The
corporations  owned  the  land  on  which  the  restaurants  were  located,  the
restaurant buildings,  the restaurant businesses including personal property and
fixtures and liquor licenses for each restaurant,  all of which were included in
the  sale.  The  purchase  price  paid by the  Company  for the stock of the two
corporations  (prior to closing  adjustments) was $3,370,000,  the bulk of which
was  represented  by 20-year  promissory  notes  payable  monthly and secured by
mortgages on the restaurants.  The Company sold the Titusville  restaurant to an
unaffiliated  third  party in January  1988  realizing  a loss of  approximately
$942,000.  The Company prepaid the balance of the remaining  indebtedness  under
the notes in July  1993  using  the net  proceeds  from the sale in June 1993 of
another Florida restaurant property.

Hightstown,  New Jersey - This  restaurant,  consisting of  approximately  4,600
square feet, is free standing on State Highway 33  approximately  two miles east
of  Hightstown  and seats  approximately  175.  The  restaurant  has parking for
approximately  100 automobiles.  The Company purchased this restaurant and three
others  (including the land,  buildings,  improvements and businesses  including
personal property and fixtures, liquor licenses and all of the outstanding stock
of the four  corporations  operating these  restaurants) from Robert E. Brennan,
the principal  stockholder of the Company and from three  partnerships  owned by
him, in October 1980 for an  aggregate  $7,750,000  less a  subsequent  $250,000
prepayment discount. The Company made substantial renovations to this restaurant
commencing in fiscal 1993 which  renovations were completed early in fiscal 1994
at a cost of approximately $200,000.

Belmar, New Jersey - This restaurant,  consisting of approximately  9,000 square
feet,  is free  standing on Main Street in Belmar,  New Jersey.  The  restaurant
seats  approximately 250 and has parking for approximately 110 automobiles.  The
Company  purchased the liquor license and trade name for use at this  restaurant
in  October  1994  for  $250,000  from  unaffiliated   parties  and  leased  the
restaurant, the parking lot and the restaurant furniture, fixtures and equipment
at such  time from  such  parties  pursuant  to a  five-year  lease in which the
Company  was given  four  consecutive  five-year  options  to  renew.  The lease
provides for a monthly base rent of $8,000  increasing every three years up to a
monthly base rent after the eighteenth year of $12,693 with an additional annual
percentage  rent equal to 6% of Chefs' gross receipts at the restaurant for such
period  less  the  base  rent.  The  restaurant  opened  as a  "Lobster  Shanty"
restaurant under the Company's management in October 1994. In November 1994, the
Company  borrowed  $150,000 from First Fidelity Bank to fund renovations at this
restaurant.

Baker's Wharfside Restaurant

Pt. Pleasant Beach,  New Jersey - This  restaurant,  consisting of approximately
7,500 square feet, is free standing with a waterfront  location on Channel Drive
in Pt. Pleasant Beach, New Jersey and seats approximately 500. It shares parking
with the  Lobster  Shanty  restaurant  in Pt.  Pleasant  Beach  with  space  for
approximately  250 automobiles.  The Company purchased this restaurant and three
others  (including the land,  buildings,  improvements and businesses  including
personal property and fixtures, liquor licenses and all of the outstanding stock
of the four  corporations  operating these  restaurants) from Robert E. Brennan,
the principal  stockholder of the Company,  and from three partnerships owned by
him, in October 1980 for an  aggregate  $7,750,000  less a  subsequent  $250,000
prepayment discount.

                                                           5

<PAGE>




Garcia's Restaurant

In November 1995, the Company entered into an agreement (the  "Agreement")  with
Garcimex of New Jersey, Inc. ("Garcimex"), the exclusive owner of the "Garcia's"
trade mark, service mark and trade name along with the goodwill and recipes of a
Mexican  restaurant  business  associated  with  the  marks.   Pursuant  to  the
Agreement,  the Company was granted the  exclusive  right to establish  and open
Mexican  restaurants  using the marks,  goodwill  and  recipes in six New Jersey
counties,  Hunterdon,  Mercer,  Middlesex,  Monmouth,  Ocean and  Somerset  (the
"Territory"). The Company was granted the right but not the obligation to open a
restaurant  utilizing  the marks and goodwill in each of the first five 12-month
periods,  in the Territory,  with a six-month  grace period with respect to each
such 12-month period. If the Company does not open a Garcia's restaurant in each
of the first five 12-month periods (including the grace period) it will lose the
right to develop  additional  restaurants  within the  Territory.  Regardless of
whether the Company opens one Garcia's  restaurant in each such period,  it will
have and retain the exclusive  right to utilize the marks,  goodwill and recipes
at all Garcia's  restaurants opened by the Company pursuant to the Agreement and
Garcimex has agreed not to open  another  Mexican  restaurant  within an 18-mile
radius of any Company operated Garcia's restaurant.

Assuming the Company opens the requisite  number of Garcia's  restaurants in the
initial  five-year  period  in the  Territory,  it has  the  right  to  open  an
unspecified  number of additional  Garcia's  restaurants in the Territory in the
subsequent five-year period. Such right automatically renews every five years as
long as the Company is in compliance with the Agreement.

The  Agreement  is for an  initial  term of 20 years with  additional  automatic
ten-year  renewal  periods unless the Company elects not to renew the Agreement.
During the period that the  Agreement  is in effect,  the Company is required to
pay 3% of the gross annual sales from each Garcia's restaurant which it operates
in the Territory,  to Garcimex on a quarterly  basis.  The Company has also been
accorded a right of first  refusal with  respect to offers  received by Garcimex
from third parties  seeking to obtain rights in the marks,  goodwill and recipes
for  restaurants  to be  opened  outside  of  the  Territory.  Furthermore,  the
Agreement  also  provides  the  Company  with  certain  rights  to open  Mexican
restaurants in New Jersey outside the Territory. To date, the Company has opened
one Garcia's restaurant which opened at the Monmouth Mall on April 29, 1996.

Monmouth Mall,  Eatontown,  Monmouth County, New Jersey - The Company's Garcia's
restaurant  at the Monmouth  Mall  consists of 4,371 square feet of leased space
and is decorated in a bright,  multi-color  Mexican motif.  The restaurant has a
bar and tables and booths which can accommodate  approximately 130 patrons.  The
Company has a liquor license  permitting  the  consumption of wine and alcoholic
beverages on the  premises.  The  restaurant  is open for lunch and dinner seven
days per week.

The restaurant features Mexican cuisine including fajitas,  tortillas,  burritos
and enchiladas with cheese, beef, chicken,  pork and seafood fillings.  The menu
also  includes  appetizers,  soups and salads and a limited  number of  American
style  offerings  such  as  steaks  and  burgers.  Alcoholic  offerings  such as
margaritas and tequilas complement fruit drinks and other soft drinks.

The Company's  lease for this  restaurant is for a 12-year term  providing for a
minimum  annual  rental of  $109,275  during  each of the first five years and a
minimum  annual  rental of $118,017  per annum  thereafter.  The Company is also
required to pay  additional  rent equal to 5% of the  restaurant's  annual gross
revenues in excess of  $2,185,000  in each of the first five years and in excess
of $2,360,340  in each  subsequent  year.  The Company is also required to pay a
proportionate  share of the Mall's real estate  taxes,  utility  charges and the
Landlord's operating costs as well as certain other charges.

The restaurant is on the site of the Company's La Crepe  restaurant which closed
in December 1995. The Company has spent approximately  $633,000 to construct its
Garcia's restaurant on this site.

The Monmouth Mall has been in operation for approximately 20 years. Macy's, J.C.
Penny and Stern's are major  department  stores in the Mall. The Mall is a large
shopping  center with  1,500,000  square feet of shopping area on 105 acres with
parking for 7,200 cars.



                                                           6

<PAGE>





Sources of Food Products

The  food  products  used  by the  Company  in  the  operation  of  its  seafood
restaurants and its Garcia's  restaurant are readily available from a variety of
sources including national distributors and local sources on an order basis when
needed. In its last three fiscal years, the Company has not purchased any of its
food  products  from  affiliated  entities  or entities  affiliated  with former
executive officers or directors.

Seasonal Aspects

To date, the Company's New Jersey seafood  restaurants  have  experienced  their
greatest sales volumes from May through  September  whereas its Florida  seafood
restaurants have  experienced  their greatest sales volumes from January through
April.

Trademarks

The Company has no patents,  trademarks,  licenses,  franchises  or  concessions
which it regards as material to its  restaurant  business  with the exception of
the service mark "Jack Baker's Lobster Shanty"R  registered for a 20 year period
with the U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office in  February,  1989 and the rights
purchased  from  Garcimex as described  above to use of the trade mark,  service
mark and trade name "Garcia's."

Competition

The restaurant  business is highly competitive and the success of any restaurant
depends to a great extent upon the services it supplies  and its  location.  The
Company's  seafood  restaurants  compete  primarily  with  other  local  seafood
restaurants  and to a lesser  extent,  with  local  restaurants  serving  a more
general  fare.  The principal  national  competition  to the  Company's  seafood
restaurants is the Red Lobster  restaurant  chain.  This chain has substantially
greater resources than the Company.  There are other restaurants in the mall and
in the  vicinity  of the mall  where the  Company  is now  operating  a Garcia's
restaurant,  all of which supply  competition  to the Company's  Garcia's  unit.
Although  there are no Mexican style  restaurants  in the mall,  there are other
Mexican style restaurants in the area. In addition, Garcimex operates a Garcia's
restaurant  in  Ocean  County,  New  Jersey,  approximately  20  miles  from the
Company's Garcia's  restaurant.  Typical "chain"  competitors,  all of which are
affiliated with better  established and more prominent  national chains, are the
Friendly Ice Cream chain, McDonalds and Roy Rogers Restaurants.  There can be no
assurance that the Company's units will be able to successfully compete with any
of such other restaurants.

Government Regulation

The Company is subject to various  Federal,  state and local laws  affecting the
operation of its  restaurants,  including  licensing  and  regulation by health,
sanitation,   safety  and  fire  departments  and  alcoholic   beverage  control
authorities.  The Company is also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, which
governs such matters as minimum  wages,  overtime and other working  conditions.
While such regulations have not had a material  negative impact on the Company's
operations  to date,  difficulties  in obtaining  necessary  licenses or permits
could result in delays or  cancellations  in the opening of new  restaurants and
increases in the minimum wage could increase the Company's labor cost.


                                                           7

<PAGE>




Employees

The Company  maintains its  administrative  employees at its  executive  offices
including  its  principal  officers  (see  "Item 10 -  Directors  and  Executive
Officers of the Registrant,") secretarial and bookkeeping personnel. Each of the
Company's  seafood  restaurant  units employs a general  manager,  two assistant
managers and between 40 and 130 other employees to serve as waitresses, waiters,
busboys,  bartenders,  cooks, dishwashers,  kitchen help, hostesses and cashiers
(some on a  part-time  basis).  The  Company's  Garcia's  restaurant  when fully
staffed,  will employ approximately 80 employees serving similar functions.  The
Company also presently  employs three area  supervisors,  each  responsible  for
three of the Company's restaurants.  Managerial candidates are recruited for the
Company's restaurants from hotel and restaurant  management schools,  restaurant
recruiting agencies,  through advertising in restaurant management magazines and
by promotion  from within the Company's own  organization.  At January 28, 1996,
the Company had a total of  approximately  410  employees  (including  part-time
workers).  This number excludes the employees of Mr. Cookie Face. The Company is
not a party to any collective bargaining agreements and has enjoyed satisfactory
employee relations since inception.

                                                 ICE CREAM OPERATIONS
                                                 (Mister Cookie Face)

In July 1993,  the Company  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding  capital
stock  of Mr.  Cookie  Face,  a  Lakewood,  New  Jersey  producer  of ice  cream
sandwiches  currently  available in 45 states.  Mr. Cookie  Face's  products are
currently  being  distributed in the  northeastern  United States  including New
York,  Philadelphia  and Boston  metropolitan  areas,  and also in the  midwest,
including the Chicago  metropolitan area,  Colorado and Arizona,  the northwest,
Florida and the greater Los Angeles and San Francisco  areas.  The Company's ice
cream operations are presently  conducted through its wholly owned Mister Cookie
Face, Inc. subsidiary.

Products

Mr.  Cookie  Face's ice cream  sandwiches  consist of  approximately  five fluid
ounces of ice cream covered top and bottom with a chocolate  wafer.  At present,
approximately  twelve varieties of ice cream and  combinations  thereof are used
including vanilla,  chocolate,  chocolate vanilla swirl, vanilla nut, mint, mint
chip, strawberry,  chocolate chunk, chocolate fudge and butter pecan. Mr. Cookie
Face ice cream  sandwiches are wrapped in polypropylene  plastic  containers and
are sold to consumers in convenient six- pack and twelve-pack trays primarily at
supermarkets  and other  food  chains and as singles  primarily  at  convenience
stores.  Current retail prices for a six-pack tray generally range from $2.99 to
$3.99 and for a  twelve-pack  tray from $4.99 to $5.99.  The  current  suggested
retail price for single ice cream  sandwiches is $1.49.  Other products  include
"COOKIES AND CREAMS," a miniature ice cream  sandwich  containing  approximately
one-half  fluid ounce of vanilla  ice cream  covered top and bottom with a small
chocolate  cookie,  "CHIPSTER,"  a similar  miniature ice cream  sandwich  using
chocolate chip cookies, a lowfat product similar to the standard Mr. Cookie Face
ice cream sandwich but using lowfat vanilla  chocolate swirl ice cream, and most
recently,  "THE PAIL," a plastic pail  containing one and one-half quarts of ice
cream which was first  offered in February  1996 at retail  prices  ranging from
$3.49 to $3.99.

Production

Substantially all of Mr. Cookie Face's ice cream products are presently produced
at its production facility in Lakewood,  New Jersey by its own production staff.
Mr.  Cookie  Face's ice cream  products  are  produced  using  chocolate  wafers
provided by one supplier,  mini cookies  provided by two other suppliers and ice
cream mix provided by two other suppliers.  All of the suppliers (except for one
located in the midwest) are located in the greater New York  metropolitan  area.
Mr. Cookie Face does not have any long term contract with its suppliers but does
not regard this fact as a material risk to its business as the wafers,  the mini
cookies and the ice cream mix are currently  available in similar  qualities and
quantities at competitive  prices from a variety of sources on an order basis if
needed.  One of Mr.  Cookie  Face's ice cream  suppliers  produces "THE PAIL" by
packing ice cream into pails  shipped by another  supplier and then shipping the
finished product pursuant to Mr. Cookie Face's instructions.

                                                           8

<PAGE>





Mr.  Cookie Face regards its ice cream  sandwiches  as handmade as the amount of
ice cream in each sandwich is  determined  by a production  worker who draws the
mix for each  sandwich  by hand  onto a wafer or mini  cookie  from an ice cream
dispensing  machine.  After  production,  the ice cream sandwiches are placed in
freezers and then packaged before  shipment to retail outlets.  With its present
configuration  of 24 ice cream  dispensing  machines and its present freezer and
packaging  equipment,   management  believes  that  Mr.  Cookie  Face  can  ship
approximately  $20,000,000  by dollar  volume in product  (based on its  current
pricing) on an annual basis from the Lakewood facility.

Marketing and Distribution

Mr. Cookie Face ice cream  products are sold directly or through food brokers to
supermarket  and other food  chains and  through  distributors,  to  convenience
stores.  At present,  Mr.  Cookie Face utilizes  more than 40  independent  food
brokers  under  contracts  terminable  on 30 days notice to attempt to place its
products in various retail outlets . The brokers are compensated on a commission
basis  equal to a  percentage  of Mr.  Cookie  Face's  collections  and  provide
nationwide coverage. Marketing efforts are also conducted directly by Mr. Cookie
Face's chief  executive  officer,  Frank  Koenemund and two  full-time  salaried
salespersons.

In  order  for  its  products  to be  afforded  retail  "shelf"  space  in  most
supermarkets,  Mr.  Cookie  Face has been  required  to pay  "slotting"  fees to
various  supermarket  chains ranging from $2,000 to $40,000 per product and will
be required to pay  additional  slotting  fees for each  additional  type of ice
cream sandwich.  No assurances can be given that Mr. Cookie Face will be able to
obtain  retail  shelf  space  in  additional  chains  or will be able to  obtain
additional shelf space for new products at chains where its present product line
is carried,  even with the availability of financial resources to pay additional
slotting fees.

Supermarket and other retail food chains which presently carry Mr. Cookie Face's
products include Pathmark,  Waldbaums,  A&P,  Shoprite,  Food Town, Grand Union,
King Kullen,  Winn-Dixie,  Stop & Shop,  Albertsons,  Acme and Shaws; in the Los
Angeles  area - Vons,  Ralph's  and  Lucky's;  and  Safeway,  Food Lion,  Jewel,
Dominicks and Kroger.

Mr. Cookie Face was organized in February 1992 and to date has not conducted any
 substantialadvertising of its product line.  Advertising has been limited to 
radio (primarily in the New York
metropolitan area), in-store promotions, circulars and coupons.  Due to a lack
 of funds, radio advertising
was discontinued during fiscal 1995.  Management believes that Chefs' inability
 to provide substantial
funding for Mr. Cookie Face's operations including advertising has had an 
adverse effect on its potential
growth.  See "Recent Developments."

Seasonal Aspects

During its first two full years of operation  after  acquisition by the Company,
Mr. Cookie Face experienced its greatest sales volume during the period from May
through August,  which management  believes is typical in the industry for sales
of ice cream products.

Competition

Mr.  Cookie Face's ice cream  products  compete  primarily  with other ice cream
products as well as non-ice  cream and other frozen  dessert  products.  Various
national  and  regional  ice  cream  manufacturers  with  substantially  greater
resources  than the Company  produce ice cream  products  similar to Mr.  Cookie
Face's products. Certain well known competitors with similar "novelty" ice cream
products are Carvel (in the eastern United States),  Colemans (in Pennsylvania),
and  Klondike's  "Big Bear" square ice cream sandwich  (nationwide).  The Kroger
chain has recently  commenced  to  manufacture  and market ice cream  sandwiches
which may result in a discontinuance in the shipping of Mr. Cookie Face products
to such chain.  In  addition,  there are  relatively  few entry  barriers to new
manufacturers  and/or products.  Management believes that in addition to product
quality and appearance,  accessibility  of retail "shelf" space,  entry into new
markets before  competitors and advertising are major  competitive  factors.  No
assurances  can be  given  that Mr.  Cookie  Face  will be able to  successfully
compete.


                                                           9

<PAGE>




Trademark

Mr. Cookie Face filed an application with the United States Patent Office in 
1992 to register the
trademark "MISTER COOKIE FACE."  On July 26, 1994, the application was granted
 and the trademark
was registered.  Mr. Cookie Face regards this trademark to be of material
 importance to its business.

Employees

In addition to Frank Koenemund who devotes substantially all of his working time
 to Mr. Cookie Face's
business as chief executive and chief marketing officer and president, two of 
the Company's executive
officers also serve as executive officers of Mr. Cookie Face.  Mr. Cookie Face 
also employs a plant
manager, two full-time salaried salespersons and Mr. Koenemund's wife who
 performs administrative
functions.  Mr. Cookie Face's production operations are performed by
 approximately 80 production
workers who do not belong to a union.  Mr. Cookie Face regards its employee 
relationships to be
satisfactory.  See "Ice Cream Operations - Production."

Item 2.    Description of Property

The  Company's   executive  and   administrative   offices  are  located  in  an
approximately 4,000 square foot two story Company owned building of cinder block
construction at 62 Broadway, Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey.

Mr. Cookie Face produces its ice cream products from approximately 15,600 square
feet of leased premises in Lakewood,  New Jersey pursuant to a lease expiring in
January 1998. At present,  Mr. Cookie Face has 24 ice cream dispensing machines,
freezers  and  packaging   equipment  at  the  facility   capable  of  producing
approximately  $20,000,000 of product sales annually (based on current pricing).
Mr. Cookie Face  management  regards its current  production  equipment to be in
good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

See Item 1 herein for a description of the Company's operating restaurants.


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

In August 1993,  the Company filed a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 (File
No.  33-66936) with respect to a proposed public offering of its securities.  In
October 1993, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") issued a
formal order of private  investigation  concerning  the Company  (HO-2781).  The
order  alleged  that  members  of the  staff  had  reported  information  to the
Commission  which  tended  to  show  that  certain  persons,  including  persons
associated with Chefs, and persons  associated with broker dealer firms who make
a market in Chefs' securities, may have, in connection with the offer, purchase,
or sale of Chefs' securities, employed devices, schemes or artifices to defraud;
obtained  money or property by means of untrue  statements of material  facts or
omissions  to  state  material  facts;  or may  have  engaged  in  transactions,
practices or courses of business which operated or would operate as a fraud upon
other persons,  including  purchasers or sellers of Chefs' securities,  in that,
among  other  things,  such  persons may have  engaged in a scheme to  dominate,
control  and  manipulate  the  market  for Chefs'  securities,  and that  Chefs'
Registration   Statement  (filed  in  August  1993)  may  have  included  untrue
statements of material  facts or omitted to state  material  facts  necessary in
order to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  concerning  among other
things,  recent activity in the market for Chefs'  securities,  the market price
for  Chefs'  securities,  or the  possible  existence  of a scheme to  dominate,
control and manipulate the market for Chefs' securities.

The  Commission  deemed that if the alleged acts and practices  were true,  they
would  constitute  possible  violations  of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and be the possible basis for the issuance of a
stop order pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933  suspending the  effectiveness
of the  Registration  Statement and  therefore  issued a formal order of private
investigation with respect to these allegations.


                                                          10

<PAGE>




Chefs'  management  was unaware,  and remains  unaware of any  violations of law
concerning  activity in the market for Chefs'  securities,  the market price for
Chefs'  securities  or  the  existence  of a  scheme  to  dominate,  control  or
manipulate  the  market  for Chefs'  securities.  During the more than  two-year
period of the Commission's  private  investigation,  the market price for Chefs'
common  stock,  which was trading at  approximately  $5 per share at the time of
filing of the Registration  Statement in August 1993,  declined to approximately
$.50 per  share.  As a result,  the  Company's  management  determined  that the
proposed  public  offering  was no  longer  viable  and on March 28,  1996,  the
Commission  granted  the  Company's  application  to withdraw  the  Registration
Statement  thereby  removing any  possibility of the  Commission  issuing a stop
order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

The  failure to  complete  the  proposed  public  offering  contemplated  by the
Registration  Statement has prevented  the Company from  adequately  funding the
growth of Mr. Cookie Face. This has resulted in the inability of Mr. Cookie Face
to expand its markets and product  lines as  originally  planned.  See Note 4 of
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

The Company's Annual Meeting of Stockholders was held on Tuesday,
December 19, 1995.  At the
meeting, the following five individuals, namely

Anthony Papalia
James Fletcher
Martin Fletcher
Frank Koenemund
Jack Mariucci

were each  elected to serve as  directors  of the Company  until the next annual
meeting of stockholders and until their  successors are elected and qualify.  In
addition,  by a vote of  7,262,055  in favor and 361,716  against,  stockholders
ratified the grant of five-year  options to Frank Koenemund and to Jack Mariucci
to purchase  750,000  shares and  150,000  shares of Chefs'  common  stock at an
exercise price of $1.00 per share. Also at the meeting,  by a vote of 10,132,627
in favor  and  297,769  against,  stockholders  ratified  three-year  employment
contracts  between  the  Company and  Anthony  Papalia as  president  and Martin
Fletcher as controller at annual salaries of $150,000 and $87,000  respectively.
If either  individual's  employment is terminated other than for cause, he would
become entitled to a Severance  Payment equal to the amount of his  compensation
over the balance of the contract term. Each individual would also be entitled to
terminate  his  employment  and receive a Severance  Payment equal to six months
salary in the event of a "change of control" of the Company.



                                                          11

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


PART II
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Security Holder 
Matters

The Common  Stock is quoted in the  over-the-counter  market on the NASDAQ Small
Cap System under the symbol "CHEF." The following  table sets forth the range of
high and low closing bid prices for the Common Stock for the periods  indicated,
as derived from reports furnished by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.

                                                                   Bid Prices
Quarter Ended                                                High          Low

April 29, 1994                                             $  3.25     $  1.75
July 29, 1994                                              $  1.75     $  1.00
October 28, 1994                                           $  1.19     $   .38
January 29, 1995                                           $  1.44     $   .44
April 28, 1995                                             $   .94     $   .44
July 28, 1995                                              $   .88     $   .38
October 27, 1995                                           $   .66     $   .38
January 28, 1996                                           $   .38     $   .25

The above quotations  represent prices between dealers and do not include retail
mark-ups,  mark-downs or commissions.  They do not necessarily  represent actual
transactions.

At March 31, 1996,  the number of record  holders of the Common Stock was 7,642.
Such  number of record  owners was  determined  from the  Company's  shareholder
records and does not include  beneficial owners whose shares are held in nominee
accounts with brokers, dealers, banks and clearing agencies.

Pursuant to the Company's  Term Loan and Revolving  Credit  Agreement with First
Union  National Bank entered into on January 19, 1996, the Company is restricted
during the period any loans are  outstanding  under such  agreement  from paying
dividends on any of its outstanding stock.

                                                          12

<PAGE>



Item 6.  Selected Consolidated Financial Data
<TABLE>


                                                              [In thousands, except per share data]

                                                                     Y e a r s     e n d e d
                                          January 28,      January 29,      January 30,     January 31,      January 26,
                                             1 9 9 6         1 9 9 5           1 9 9 4        1 9 9 3           1 9 9 2
<S>                                       <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>      

Operating Data:

   Gross Revenues                         $     31,283     $     31,916     $    17,712     $    15,255      $    15,164

   Operating Expenses                     $     18,340     $     16,115     $    11,355     $     9,911      $     9,903

   Net [Loss] Income                      $     (2,184)    $       (257)    $      (177)    $       252      $       225

   Net [Loss] Income Per
     Common Share                         $       (.16)    $       (.02)    $      (.01)    $       .01      $       .01

   Cash Dividends Per
     Common Share                         $         --     $         --     $        --     $        --      $        --

Balance Sheet Data:

   Cash and Cash Equivalents              $      1,411     $      1,409     $     1,071     $     1,139      $       734

   Total Assets *                         $     19,309     $     21,804     $    20,851     $    17,774      $    17,641

   Total Long-Term Liabilities            $      1,687     $      1,857     $       615     $     1,603      $     1,638

   Total Liabilities                      $      4,225     $      4,538     $     3,328     $     3,225      $     3,343

   Working Capital                        $      1,842     $      1,195     $       287     $       489      $       817

   Stockholders' Equity                   $     15,084     $     17,266     $    17,523     $    14,549      $    14,298

*    At fiscal year end 1996, 1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992, includes $1,221, $3,529, $3,590, $645 and $669
     of goodwill.

                                                            13
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



Item 7.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations


Results of Operations

In fiscal 1996, the Company sustained a loss of $2,184,100 compared to losses of
$257,100 in 1995 and $176,600 in 1994.  The loss for 1996 includes an impairment
loss of $2,195,700  from writing down  long-lived  assets,  primarily  goodwill.
Approximately  $171,000 of the impairment loss was in connection with restaurant
operations,  and $2,024,750 was in connection with the Company's Mr. Cookie Face
("MCF") ice cream operations. The loss is due to the early adoption of Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 121,  "Accounting  for  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and  Long-Lived  Assets To Be Disposed Of," and its effect on
the  measurement  of  estimated  future  cash flows  primarily  of the ice cream
operations  which has been  impacted  by the lack of funds  anticipated  from an
aborted public  offering.  The fiscal 1995 loss included  registration  costs of
$270,700  which  were  written  off as a result of the  Company's  inability  to
complete the offering. Sales decreased by 2% to $31,282,700 in fiscal 1996. 1995
sales of $31,916,200  represented an 80% increase over 1994 primarily due to the
MCF expansion. Segment results are summarized below.

Restaurants

The restaurants  realized a net loss of $336,300 for fiscal 1996 compared to net
income of $184,200 in 1995 and 1994 net income of $271,200.  Sales for 1996 were
$16,571,300,  an  increase  of  $527,600  over 1995  sales of  $16,043,700.  The
improvement  can be attributed to a sales  increase of $1,334,200 at the Belmar,
New Jersey,  Lobster Shanty which operated  during the entire fiscal 1996 period
compared  to only  three  months  in  fiscal  1995  offset by a loss of sales of
$314,600 at the  Quakerbridge,  New Jersey,  LaCrepe  restaurant  which was sold
during  fiscal  1995 and by lower  sales of $491,900  for the  restaurants  that
operated  throughout  both years.  The extreme  winter  weather in the Northeast
accounts for the majority of the sales  decline in these  restaurants  in fiscal
1996. 1995 sales represented an increase of 4.7% over 1994 sales of $15,317,600.

Gross  profit  for 1996 was 66.7% of sales,  slightly  less than 67% in 1995 and
67.3% in 1994. Management was able to offset some of the higher cost of sales by
raising menu prices slightly.

Payroll and related  expenses  were 30.4% of sales in 1996 versus  29.5% in 1995
and 29.1% in 1994. The main components of the increase were salary increases and
higher workers'  compensation  insurance costs. The Company's restaurant servers
and busboys are the only  employees  who earn the minimum  wage.  In view of the
fact that the bulk of such  individuals are employed in the Company's New Jersey
operations  and that New  Jersey's  minimum  wage is almost 20% higher  than the
federal  minimum  wage,  management  does not  believe  that an  increase in the
federal minimum wage requirement would adversely impact operations in a material
way.

Other  operating  expenses  were 21.7% of sales in 1996 compared to 21% for both
1995 and 1994. The main  components of the 1996 increase were increased rent for
the Belmar, New Jersey restaurant,  higher advertising and promotional costs and
increased property and casualty  insurance costs.  Depreciation and amortization
costs  increased  by $50,000 in 1996 due to capital  expenditures.  General  and
administration  expenses  were  $129,000  higher in 1996 versus  1995.  The main
components of the increase  included an increase in group health insurance costs
of $70,000  resulting from a year of higher medical claims versus  premiums paid
and  increased  payrolls  and related  expenses of $76,000  resulting  from wage
increases.  General and  administrative  expenses were  essentially the same for
1995 and 1994.

The loss of $54,300 in 1996 from the closing of  restaurants  resulted  from the
closing  of the  Company's  Eatontown,  New  Jersey,  La Crepe  restaurant.  The
restaurant  was closed for  renovations  in December  when the original  20-year
lease  with the mall  expired.  Management  executed  a new lease  with the mall
owners and opened the Company's first "Garcia's"  Mexican restaurant in April of
1996. The 1995 gain of $76,400 on the sale of restaurants resulted from the sale
of the Company's Quakerbridge, New Jersey, La Crepe liquor license and the early
termination  of the lease.  During fiscal 1994,  the Company  realized a gain of
$71,300 from the sale of its Fort Meyers, Florida property.

                                                            14

<PAGE>





Interest  expense was $13,100 lower in 1996 than 1995 due to debt  reduction and
1995  interest  expense was $79,000  lower than 1994  because the 1994  interest
expense  included  the early  pay-off  of the Cocoa  Beach,  Florida  restaurant
mortgage.  Interest income was $19,500 higher in 1996 than 1995 due to increased
amounts of cash available for short-term investments.

The Company  operated a total of nine restaurants in all three fiscal years, but
ended  fiscal  1996 with eight in  operation  due to the closure of its La Crepe
restaurant in December.  However,  that  restaurant  opened in April 1996 as the
Company's first "Garcia's" restaurant.

Mister Cookie Face ("MCF")

MCF  sustained a net loss of  $1,847,800  for fiscal 1996  compared to losses of
$441,400 in 1995 and $447,900 in 1994.  Sales were  $14,711,300  for fiscal 1996
compared to  $15,872,600  for 1995 and  $2,394,800 in 1994. The decrease in 1996
sales resulted primarily from increased competition from several new novelty ice
cream products,  and due to a shortage of capital, a reduction in the payment of
slotting  fees to purchase  space in  supermarket  display  cases as well as the
extreme  winter  weather in the  Northeast.  The increase in sales for 1995 over
1994  resulted  primarily  because MCF was only in operation for seven months in
1994.

The core  six-pack  sandwich  business  decreased  during  fiscal 1996.  Two new
products  introduced  during  fiscal 1996,  Club Pack  (12-pack of three flavors
designed  for club stores such as the Price Club) and Feature  Flavor (a variety
of six-packs  designed to minimize slotting fees) met with limited success.  MCF
also repackaged its singles product  (individually  wrapped ice cream sandwiches
offered in a variety of flavors  designed  for  convenience  stores) in order to
improve its marketability.  Subsequent to the 1996 year-end, MCF entered into an
agreement with one of its ice cream suppliers  whereby the supplier will produce
and ship a new MCF  product,  "The Pail,"  which  consists  of one and  one-half
quarts of ice cream to be  offered  in ten  different  flavors.  "The  Pail" was
recently   introduced  into  a  few  markets  in  order  to  determine  customer
acceptance.

In  May  1995,  the  Mister  Cookie  Face  restaurant  opened.  However,  due to
disappointing  sales,  the restaurant  closed in September  1995. The restaurant
lost $160,700 during fiscal 1996.

Gross profit was 35% of sales in 1996 versus 33% in 1995 and 38% in 1994.  Lower
ice cream costs and modest price increases in selective markets more than offset
increased packaging and labor costs and higher promotional price discounts given
to supermarket chains. 1995's gross profit was lower than 1994 because of higher
promotional discounts.

Other  operating  expenses were 23.7% of sales in 1996 compared to 27.9% and 34%
for the prior two years.  The 1996  improvement  consists mainly of decreases of
$545,500 in slotting fees and $398,000 in advertising costs. A radio advertising
campaign run during  fiscal 1995 was not repeated in 1996.  The  improvement  in
1995  versus  1994 was due  primarily  to the large  increase  in sales  volume.
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $80,400 in 1996 due to plant
capital   expenditures  and  equipment  purchases  and  improvements  and  asset
purchases  incurred at the MCF restaurant.  1995 increased by $170,000 over 1994
primarily due to the  amortization of the goodwill  resulting from the Company's
purchase of MCF. General and  administrative  expenses  increased by $250,000 in
1996 primarily due to increased salaries and benefits of $119,000, higher travel
and  entertainment  costs of $22,000 due to efforts to introduce MCF products to
new  markets  including  overseas,  higher  plant  utility  costs of $35,000 and
$20,000 in additional bank fees due to financing costs. In 1995,  administrative
expenses  increased by $272,000  over 1994 due to the fact that MCF operated for
five additional  months in fiscal 1995. Frank Koenemund,  in connection with the
Company's  acquisition of MCF in July 1993,  executed an approximately  four and
one-half  year  employment  contract with MCF (through  January 31, 1998,  since
extended to January 31, 2001) agreeing to serve as President and Chief Executive
Officer and to devote at least 90% of his working time to such duties.  Pursuant
to his employment contract, as amended effective October 30, 1995, Mr. Koenemund
is now  compensated  at an annual  salary of $150,000 and is also entitled to an
annual  bonus  equal  to the  following  percentages  of  MCF's  pre-tax  income
(excluding extraordinary expense) provided that no losses from any fiscal period
will be carried over to reduce profits in any other fiscal period.

                                                            15

<PAGE>





         MCF Pre-Tax Income                                     percentage Bonus

On amounts up to $1,000,000                                                10%

On amounts in excess of $1,000,000 but not in excess of $2,000,000         7.5%

On amounts in excess of $2,000,000 but not in excess of $3,000,000          5%

On amounts in excess of $3,000,000                                         2.5%

Based on the bonus formula,  Mr.  Koenemund earned a bonus of $54,253 for fiscal
1996. He did not earn a bonus in either of the two previous years.

As  previously  stated,  the Company  adopted SFAS No. 121  effective for fiscal
1996.  Based on  forecasted  nine-year  discounted  cash flows and  taking  into
consideration  the  Company's  inability to expand MCF's markets and products as
originally planned, due to the failure to complete the proposed public offering,
the Company  recorded an  impairment  loss of  $2,024,700  from writing down MCF
goodwill.

Interest expense  increased by $8,000 in fiscal 1996 as compared to fiscal 1995,
due to borrowings used for working capital needs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The  Company's  ratio of  current  assets to current  liabilities  was 1.73:1 at
January  28,  1996,  compared to 1.45:1 and 1.11:1 for the  previous  two years.
Working  capital was  $1,842,400 at January 28, 1996 compared to $1,195,200  and
$286,500 at the  conclusion of each of the prior two years.  Net cash flows from
financing  activities  were a  negative  $174,000  in 1996  resulting  from debt
proceeds offset by debt repayment.  Debt proceeds included a $350,000 three-year
loan (part of a $625,000  loan which  includes  old debt) which has been used to
finance a portion of the  "Garcia's"  renovation.  In January 1996,  the Company
reached an agreement with its primary bank to  restructure  debt. The $2,000,000
revolving line of credit was split into two parts,  a $1,000,000  five-year term
loan at 7.5% and a $1,000,000  line of credit at LIBOR +2% due in May 1997.  Net
investing  activities in 1996 were a negative  $872,900  resulting  from capital
expenditures which included outlays for restaurant improvements and equipment of
$558,500 and $314,400 for MCF  equipment and the MCF  restaurant.  Net cash from
operating  activities was  $1,049,200.  Changes in operating  assets  included a
$129,000 increase in inventories  primarily due to slow sales resulting from the
severe winter  weather and an increase of $111,000 in accounts  receivable  from
the ice cream  operation.  The material  change in operating  liabilities  was a
$92,000 decrease in accounts  payable and accrued  expenses  reflecting the weak
winter sales.  In fiscal 1995,  net cash flows from  financing  activities  were
$956,000  resulting from net bank borrowings  while investing  activities were a
negative  $1,124,600  resulting  from capital  expenditures  of $465,900 for the
restaurants  and $501,400 at MCF and the  acquisition of a restaurant  offset by
proceeds from the sale of another  restaurant.  Changes in operating  assets and
liabilities in 1995 included a $749,000 increase in inventories due to increased
sales volume at MCF, a $246,000 decrease in other assets and a $253,000 increase
in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to increased sales volumes.  During
fiscal 1994, net cash flows from financing  activities were a negative  $933,400
including  the early  pay-off of a  restaurant  mortgage  of  $854,700.  Capital
expenditures  included  $742,300 for restaurants and $363,100 for MCF.  Material
changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  in 1994  included an increase in
inventories  of  $245,400  due to the  acquisition  of MCF, an increase in other
assets of $277,800  resulting from equipment  deposits and prepaid  registration
costs and an increase of $540,600 in accounts  payable and accrued  expenses due
to the acquisition of MCF.

Subsequent  to the year  ended  January  28,  1996,  the  Company  drew  down an
additional  $300,000  from its line of credit  leaving an  available  balance of
$575,000.  Additionally,  the Company has $350,000 available in a line of credit
secured by its Toms River, New Jersey restaurant.


                                                            16

<PAGE>




Management  anticipates that funds from operations,  the $1,000,000  credit line
and the $350,000  line will be sufficient  to meet  obligations  in fiscal 1997,
including  routine  capital  expenditures.  The  expenditures  necessary to open
"Garcia's"  estimated at approximately  $633,000 was paid with existing cash and
$350,000 in proceeds from the new three-year term loan.

Inflation

It is not  possible  for the Company to predict  with any accuracy the effect of
inflation upon the results of its operations in future years.  The price of food
is extremely  volatile and  projections as to its performance in the future vary
and are  dependent  upon a complex  set of  factors.  The  Company is  currently
experiencing food and paper cost increases due to supply shortages.

                                                            17

<PAGE>



Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

                                               INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
   Chefs International, Inc.
   Point Pleasant, New Jersey



                  We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets
of Chefs  International,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries  as of January 28, 1996 and
January  29,  1995,  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the
period ended January 28, 1996. These consolidated  financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

                  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated   financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and  significant  estimates made by  management,  as well as evaluating the
overall  consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe  that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial
position of Chefs  International,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries  as of January 28,
1996 and January 29, 1995, and the consolidated  results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended  January
28, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                  As  discussed  in the  accompanying  notes  to  the  financial
statements,  for the year ended  January 28,  1996,  the  Company  adopted a new
accounting  standard  promulgated by the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board,
changing  its method of  accounting  for  impairment  of  long-lived  assets and
goodwill relating to those assets.







                                                 MORTENSON AND ASSOCIATES, P. C.
                                                   Certified Public Accountants.

Cranford, New Jersey March 22, 1996, except as to Note 17, for which the date is
March 28, 1996


                                                            18

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>



                                                                                      January 28,         January 29,
<S>                                                                                  <C>                  <C>      
                                                                                         1 9 9 6             1 9 9 5

Assets:
Current Assets:
   Cash and Cash Equivalents                                                          $     1,411,154     $     1,408,957
   Investments                                                                                350,000             100,000
   Accounts Receivable [Net of Allowance of $15,000
     and $3,878, Respectively]                                                                494,326             383,138
   Miscellaneous Receivables                                                                  102,714             128,675
   Inventories                                                                              1,890,309           1,761,273
   Prepaid Expenses                                                                           131,235              93,705
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Current Assets                                                                     4,379,738           3,875,748
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

Property, Plant and Equipment - At Cost                                                    19,032,083          19,065,295

Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                                                             6,543,545           6,111,219
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Property, Plant and Equipment - Net                                                     12,488,538          12,954,076
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

Other Assets:
   Investments                                                                                356,000             606,000
   Goodwill - Net                                                                           1,221,448           3,528,859
   Liquor Licenses - Net                                                                      752,347             777,031
   Due from Employees                                                                           5,818              12,529
   Due from Related Parties                                                                    11,782                  --
   Deposits and Other Assets                                                                   92,954              49,575
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Other Assets                                                                       2,440,349           4,973,994
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Assets                                                                       $    19,308,625     $    21,803,818
                                                                                      ===============     ===============


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>

                                                            19

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>


                                                                                      January 28,         January 29,
                                                                                         1 9 9 6             1 9 9 5
<S>                                                                                 <C>                  <C>            

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Current Liabilities:
   Accounts Payable                                                                   $     1,105,537     $     1,471,349
   Accrued Payroll                                                                            144,487             172,240
   Accrued Expenses                                                                           563,768             351,781
   Notes and Mortgages Payable to Banks                                                       408,500             333,000
   Capital Lease Obligations - Current                                                         86,344              93,286
   Other Liabilities                                                                          228,695             258,920
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Current Liabilities                                                                2,537,331           2,680,576
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

Long-Term Debt:
   Due to Related Party                                                                        74,857                  --
   Notes and Mortgages Payable to Banks                                                     1,341,500           1,500,000
   Capital Lease Obligations - Long-Term                                                      188,797             275,141
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Long-Term Debt                                                                     1,605,154           1,775,141
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

Other Liabilities                                                                              82,396              82,396
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

Commitments and Contingencies                                                                      --                  --
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

Stockholders' Equity:
   Capital Stock - Common, $.01 Par Value, Authorized
     50,000,000 Shares; Issued and Outstanding 13,466,243
     and 13,459,576, Respectively                                                             134,662             134,595

   Additional Paid-in Capital                                                              32,214,707          32,212,586

   Accumulated [Deficit]                                                                  (17,265,625)        (15,081,476)
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Stockholders' Equity                                                              15,083,744          17,265,705
                                                                                      ---------------     ---------------

   Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                         $    19,308,625     $    21,803,818
                                                                                      ===============     ===============



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>


                                                            20

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      For the years ended
                                                                  January 28,         January 29,         January 30,

                                                                     1 9 9 6            1 9 9 5             1 9 9 4
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>                  <C>                  
SALES                                                                 $ 31,282,207      $ 31,916,257         $ 17,712,293         
                                                                                                                               
 Cost of Goods Sold                                                      15,014,719         15,920,043           6,485,019
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Gross Profit                                                         16,267,988         15,996,214          11,227,274
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Operating Expenses [Income]:
   Payroll and Related Expenses                                          5,134,832          4,734,671           4,455,080
   Other Operating Expenses                                              7,077,456          7,819,627           4,074,802
   Depreciation and Amortization                                         1,372,826          1,241,949           1,036,010
   Suspended Registration Expenses                                              --            270,750                  --
   General and Administrative Expenses                                   2,504,577          2,125,045           1,860,207
   Loss [Gain] on Closing and Sale of Restaurants                           54,355            (76,467)            (71,318)
   Impairment Loss of Long-Lived Assets                                  2,195,750                 --                  --
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Total Operating Expenses                                             18,339,796         16,115,575          11,354,781
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   [Loss] from Operations                                               (2,071,808)          (119,361)           (127,507)
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Other Income [Expense]:
   Interest Expense                                                       (205,301)          (210,586)           (144,725)
   Interest Income                                                          92,960             72,817              95,568
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Total Other [Expense] - Net                                            (112,341)          (137,769)            (49,157)
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   [Loss] Before Income Taxes                                           (2,184,149)          (257,130)           (176,664)

Provision for Income Taxes                                                      --                 --                  --
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net [Loss]                                                     $     (2,184,149)   $      (257,130)    $      (176,664)
                                                                  ================    ===============     ===============

   Net [Loss] Per Share                                           $           (.16)   $          (.02)    $          (.01)
                                                                  ================    ===============     ===============


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>


                                                            21

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                                              Capital       Additional                            Total
                                            Number             Stock          Paid-in        Accumulated      Stockholders'
                                           of Shares         Par Value        Capital         [Deficit]          Equity

<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>            
 Balance - January 31, 1993                  12,458,389  $       124,584  $    29,072,596  $     (14,647,682) $   14,549,498

   Common Stock Issued in
     Connection with Acquisition             1,000,000           10,000        3,139,990                 --       3,149,990

   Common Stock Issued - 3:1
     Split Fractional Shares                     1,082               10               --                 --              10

   Net [Loss] for the Year                          --               --               --           (176,664)       (176,664)
                                        --------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  --------------

Balance - January 30, 1994                  13,459,471          134,594       32,212,586        (14,824,346) $   17,522,834

   Common Stock Issued - 3:1
     Split Fractional Shares                       105                1               --                 --               1

   Net [Loss] for the Year                          --               --               --           (257,130)       (257,130)
                                        --------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  --------------

Balance - January 29, 1995                  13,459,576          134,595       32,212,586        (15,081,476)     17,265,705

   Common Stock Options
     Exercised                                   6,667               67            2,121                 --           2,188

   Net [Loss] for the Year                          --               --               --         (2,184,149)     (2,184,149)
                                        --------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------------  --------------

Balance - January 28, 1996                  13,466,243  $       134,662  $    32,214,707  $     (17,265,625) $   15,083,744
                                        ==============  ===============  ===============  =================  ==============


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>


                                                             22

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                      For the years ended
                                                                  January 28,         January 29,         January 30,
                                                                      1 9 9 6            1 9 9 5             1 9 9 4
<S>                                                              <C>                <C>                  <C>                

Operating Activities:
   Net [Loss]                                                     $     (2,184,149)   $      (257,130)    $      (176,664)
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------
   Adjustments to Reconcile Net [Loss] to Net Cash
     Provided by Operating Activities:
     Depreciation and Amortization                                       1,372,826          1,241,949           1,036,010
     Loss on Asset Disposals                                                 2,512              3,225             129,477
     Loss [Gain] on Closing and Sale of Restaurants                         54,355            (76,467)            (71,318)
     Impairment Loss of Long-Lived Assets                                2,195,750                 --                  --

   Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
     [Increase] Decrease in:
       Inventories                                                        (129,036)          (748,915)           (245,414)
       Prepaid Expenses                                                    (37,530)            25,621             (26,477)
       Other Assets                                                        (48,450)           246,948            (277,870)
       Accounts Receivable                                                (111,188)           154,663             (59,540)
       Miscellaneous Receivable                                             25,961            (28,571)             11,349

     Increase [Decrease] in:
       Accounts Payable                                                   (365,812)           143,238             446,341
       Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities                              274,009            110,550              94,290
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

     Total Adjustments                                                   3,233,397            762,915           1,036,848
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

     Net Cash - Operating Activities                                     1,049,248            505,785             860,184
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Investing Activities:
   Capital Expenditures                                                   (872,953)          (955,902)         (1,105,389)
   Proceeds from Sale of Restaurant                                             --            211,273             895,897
   Payment Received on Mortgage Receivables                                     --                 --             104,495
   Sale or Redemption of Investments                                            --            347,000             297,000
   Purchase of Investments                                                      --           (460,000)           (146,000)
   Loans to Acquired Company Prior to Acquisition                               --                 --            (100,000)
   Purchase of Subsidiary - Cash Acquired                                       --                 --              59,696
   Acquisition of Restaurant                                                    --           (267,008)                 --
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net Cash - Investing Activities                                        (872,953)        (1,124,637)              5,699
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Financing Activities:
   Repayment of Debt                                                    (1,701,286)        (1,294,270)         (1,178,474)
   Proceeds from Debt                                                    1,525,000          2,250,618             245,000
   Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options                                   2,188                 --                  --
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net Cash - Financing Activities                                        (174,098)           956,348            (933,474)
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net Increase [Decrease] in Cash and
     Cash Equivalents - Forward                                   $          2,197    $       337,496     $       (67,591)



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>

                                                            23
<TABLE>

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                      For the years ended
                                                                  January 28,         January 29,         January 30,
                                                                      1 9 9 6            1 9 9 5             1 9 9 4
  <S>                                                            <C>                 <C>                <C>       

   Net Increase [Decrease] in Cash and Cash
     Equivalents - Forwarded                                      $          2,197    $       337,496     $       (67,591)

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Years                           1,408,957          1,071,461           1,139,052
                                                                  ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Years                       $      1,411,154    $     1,408,957     $     1,071,461
                                                                  ================    ===============     ===============

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                                                     $        197,752    $       202,400     $       139,536
     Income Taxes                                                 $             --    $            --     $         6,500
</TABLE>

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
   As of June 30, 1993, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of Mister  Cookie Face for  1,000,000  shares of its common  stock in a business
combination accounted for as a purchase.

   During  fiscal 1994,  the Company  acquired  $139,052 of equipment  which was
financed through capital leases.

   During fiscal 1996, the Company acquired  equipment from a  director/employee
for an interest free note valued at $74,857.



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                                            24

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[1] Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company is involved  in two  businesses,  the  restaurant  business  and the
manufacturing  and sale of ice cream  products.  The Company  operated eight and
nine seafood restaurants at January 28, 1996 and January 29, 1995, respectively.
The restaurants are generally operated under the tradename of Lobster Shanty and
are located in New Jersey and Florida.  The Company's ice cream  operations  are
located in New Jersey where ice cream  products are  manufactured.  Products are
generally sold to retailers throughout the United States.

Segment information for fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                        Ice Cream
Fiscal 1996                                        Restaurants           Products             Total
- - -----------                                        -----------           --------             -----
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                <C> 

Sales                                              $    16,571,357     $    14,711,350    $     31,282,707
Operating [Loss]                                          (382,806)         (1,689,002)         (2,071,808)
Assets                                                  15,920,320           3,388,305          19,308,625
Depreciation and Amortization                              990,867             381,958           1,372,826
Capital Expenditures                                       530,382             342,571             872,953

Fiscal 1995

Sales                                              $    16,043,702     $    15,872,555    $     31,916,257
Operating Income [Loss]                                    170,468            (289,829)           (119,361)
Assets                                                  16,317,017           5,486,801          21,803,818
Depreciation and Amortization                              940,435             301,514           1,241,949
Capital Expenditures                                       420,160             535,742             955,902

Fiscal 1994

Sales                                              $    15,317,592     $     2,394,700    $     17,712,293
Operating Income [Loss]                                    211,792            (339,299)           (127,507)
Assets                                                  16,197,304           4,511,148          20,708,452
Depreciation and Amortization                              993,649              42,361           1,036,010
Capital Expenditures                                       742,287             363,102           1,105,389
</TABLE>

Principals of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements
include the  accounts of the Company and all of its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.
Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.


Concentrations  of Credit Risk - The Company's  ice cream  business has accounts
receivable in the normal course of business. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations  of its  customers'  financial  condition and generally  requires no
collateral from its customers. Management believes risk of loss is limited.

The Company  maintains cash balances at several  financial  institutions  in New
Jersey and Florida.  The balances are insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  up to  $100,000.  Uninsured  cash  balances  totaled  approximately
$1,502,000   and   $1,473,000  at  the  end  of  fiscal  years  1996  and  1995,
respectively.

The Company  also  maintains  a highly  liquid  money  market  account  which is
classified as a cash equivalent.  These  investments,  which all mature in three
months or less,  are  uninsured.  Balances in this account  totaled  $46,602 and
$4,552 at the end of fiscal year 1996 and 1995, respectively.

                                                          25

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #2
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------



[1] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

Cash and Cash  Equivalents - Cash  equivalents  are comprised of certain  highly
liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

Investments - Investments  consist solely of  certificates  of deposit stated at
cost, which approximates market value and are classified as current or long-term
based on maturities at the balance sheet date.

Inventories  -  Inventories  consist of food,  beverages  and  supplies  for the
restaurant  operations  and raw materials  and finished  goods for the ice cream
manufacturing and distribution operation. Inventories are stated at the lower of
cost [determined by the first-in, first-out method] or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Depreciation - Plant and equipment are carried
at cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  over  the
estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line  method.  The costs
of  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed as  incurred,  whereas  significant
betterments and renewals are capitalized.

Goodwill - Goodwill represents cost in excess of fair value of property acquired
and is being  amortized over estimated  useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years
under the straight-line method.

Management  of the Company  evaluates  the periods of goodwill  amortization  to
determine  whether later events and  circumstances  warrant revised estimates of
useful lives.  Management also evaluates  whether the carrying value of goodwill
has become impaired.  This evaluation is done by comparing the carrying value of
goodwill  to the  value of  projected  discounted  net cash  flow  from  related
operations.  Impairment, if any, is measured by the amount the carrying value of
goodwill exceeds the projected discounted net cash flows.

Effective  for fiscal  1996,  the  Company has adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  ['SFAS"]  No.  121  "Accounting  for  the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" [See Note 4].

Liquor  Licenses  -  Liquor  licenses  are  amortized  over 40 years  under  the
straight-line method.

Use of Estimates - The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Advertising - The Company expenses  advertising  costs as incurred.  Advertising
costs for fiscal 1996,  1995 and 1994 were  $1,798,545  $2,222,362 and $584,403,
respectively.

[2] Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>

                                                    January 28,         January 29,
                                                      1 9 9 6             1 9 9 5
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>        
Raw Materials                                      $       412,468     $       539,159
Finished Goods                                           1,477,841           1,222,114
                                                   ---------------     ---------------

   Totals                                          $     1,890,309     $     1,761,273
   ------                                          ===============     ===============


</TABLE>

                                                          26

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #3
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


[3] Property, Plant and Equipment

The  classification  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  together  with  their
estimated useful lives is as follows:

                                                     January 28,         January 29,             Estimated
                                                       1 9 9 6             1 9 9 5               Useful Life
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>                         <C>       

Land                                                $       2,335,026  $       2,335,026                 N/A
Buildings and Improvements                                 12,547,356         12,531,683            20 - 40 Years
Leasehold Improvements                                        716,476            886,210            Term of Lease
Furniture and Equipment                                     2,838,405          2,699,873            5 - 10 Years
China, Glassware and Utensils                                  88,147            105,830                  *
Equipment Held Under Capital Leases                           506,673            506,673            5 - 10 Years
                                                    -----------------  -----------------

   Totals                                           $      19,032,083  $      19,065,295
   ------                                           =================  =================

*    Carried at original cost for each restaurant.  All replacement purchases are charged to expense as
     incurred.
</TABLE>

Accumulated  depreciation  for equipment  held under capital leases was $130,506
and $76,163 at January 28, 1996 and  January  29,  1995,  respectively,  and the
related depreciation  expense was $54,343,  $53,126 and $12,990 for fiscal 1996,
1995 and 1994, respectively.

In June 1993,  the  Company  sold a former  restaurant  located  in Fort  Myers,
Florida for $896,000 resulting in a gain of $71,318.  The net cash proceeds were
used to pay off a mortgage on another restaurant owned by the Company.

In September 1994, the Company sold a former restaurant located in Quakerbridge,
New Jersey for $211,273 resulting in a gain of $76,467.

In November  1995, the Company  licensed the rights to the "Garcia's"  tradename
for a six-county area in Central New Jersey.  Consideration  will be 3% of sales
as generated.

In December 1995, the "La Crepe" Restaurant in Eatontown,  New Jersey was closed
for  renovations.  It is  expected  to reopen in April 1996 under the  tradename
"Garcia's".  A  loss  of  $54,355  was  recognized  on the  closing.  Management
estimates the entire project will cost $633,000,  of which $165,000 was expended
at the end of fiscal 1996.

[4] Intangible Assets

As of the end of fiscal 1996 and 1995, intangible assets consist of:
<TABLE>

                                                                                             Liquor
Fiscal 1996                                                             Goodwill             Licenses
<S>                                                                    <C>                <C>               
Cost                                                                   $    1,998,875     $       987,307
Less:  Accumulated Amortization                                               777,427             234,960
                                                                       --------------     ---------------

   Net                                                                 $    1,221,448     $       752,347
   ---                                                                 ==============     ===============

Fiscal 1995

Cost                                                                   $    4,123,453     $       987,307
Less:  Accumulated Amortization                                               594,594             210,276
                                                                       --------------     ---------------

   Net                                                                 $    3,528,859     $       777,031
   ---                                                                 ==============     ===============
</TABLE>

Amortization  expense is $207,517,  $202,581 and $135,756 for fiscal 1996,  1995
and 1994, respectively.


                                                          27

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #4
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[4] Intangible Assets [Continued]

During the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1996,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed Of." The Company recorded an impairment loss of $2,195,750 from writing
down goodwill and property and equipment. Facts and circumstances leading to the
impairment  loss  consist  primarily  of  the  application  of  the  measurement
techniques  of SFAS  No.  121 to the  cash  flows  of the  Company's  ice  cream
operations due to its inability to expand its markets and products as previously
planned [See Note 17]. In addition,  approximately  $171,000 was written down in
connection with restaurant operations.

Fair value was determined for the ice cream  operations  through  estimating the
fair value of ice cream manufacturing equipment,  leasehold improvements and the
product  trade  name  and  trade  mark  using  discounted  cash  flows.  For the
restaurants,  fair value was generally  determined  through  estimating the fair
value of real property and liquor licenses based on the prices of similar assets
and appraisals.

The  impairment  loss recorded is the  difference  between these  estimated fair
values and the carrying  values of the ice cream  operations  and the individual
restaurants.

A significant  assumption  for the cash flows forecast is a nine year period for
ice cream operations.

[5] Notes and Mortgages Payable

Notes  and  mortgages  payable  as of the end of fiscal  1996 and  1995,  are as
follows:

As of January 28, 1996

Note Payable, Due November 15, 2000, at 7.51% fixed,
collateralized by real estate                                     $    1,000,000

Note Payable, Due November 15, 1998, at 7.51%
fixed, collateralized by real estate                                    625,000

Revolving Credit, Due May 31, 1997, at LIBOR + 2%, 
collateralized by all corporate assets                                   125,000

Total                                                                  1,750,000
Less:  Current Portion                                                   408,500

   Total Long-Term Debt                                             $  1,341,500
   --------------------                                           ==============

As of January 29, 1995

Line of Credit, Due February 25, 1996, at prime plus
   1-1/8%, collateralized by all corporate assets                 $    1,225,000

Note Payable, Due November 25, 1995, at prime plus
   1%, collateralized by real estate                                     233,000

Note Payable, Due February 1, 1996 at prime,
   collateralized by real estate                                         225,000

Note Payable, Due September 30, 1997 at prime plus
   1%, collateralized by real estate                                     150,000

Total                                                                  1,833,000
Less:  Current Portion                                                   333,000

   Total Long-Term Debt                                           $    1,500,000
   --------------------                                           ==============

                                                          28

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #5
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[5] Notes and Mortgages Payable [Continued]

Availability  under the revolving  credit,  and an  additional  $350,000 line of
credit,  at January 28, 1996 was $1,225,000.  The Company borrowed an additional
$300,000 under the line subsequent to January 28, 1996.

The note and mortgage payables are due in periodic  installments through the due
dates.

At January 28, 1996, annual maturities of debt are as follows:

1997                                                             $      408,500
1998                                                                    533,500
1999                                                                    408,000
2000                                                                    200,000
2001                                                                    200,000
Thereafter                                                                   --
                                                                  --------------

   Total                                                          $    1,750,000
   -----                                                          ==============

All of the above obligations are due to the same financial institution.

The  loan  covenant  governing  the  borrowings  includes,  among  other  items,
requirements to maintain  certain working capital and tangible net worth amounts
and restrictions on dividends.

[6] Capital Lease Obligations

The Company  leases  machinery and equipment  under capital  leases  expiring in
2000. Future minimum payments by the Company under capital leases consist of the
following at January 28, 1996:

Payments Due in Fiscal:

       1997                                                       $      105,353
       1998                                                               91,404
       1999                                                               91,404
       2000                                                               24,254
       Thereafter                                                            --
                                                                  --------------

       Total Minimum Lease Payments                                      312,415
       Amount Representing Interest                                       37,274

       Present Value of Minimum Lease Payment                            275,141
       Less:  Current Portion                                             86,344

       Capital Lease Obligations - Long-Term                      $      188,797
       -------------------------------------                      ==============

[7] Transactions with Related Parties

A principal  stockholder of the Company is the principal  owner of a partnership
which leases the Vero Beach Restaurant to the Company.  The lease for Vero Beach
is on a month-to-month  basis and requires  monthly  payments of $10,000.  Total
rent expense was $120,000 for fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994.

The Company  purchased  restaurant  equipment from an  employee/director  for an
interest free note which has been discounted at 7-1/2% to a value of $74,857.

Loans have been made to two directors for a total outstanding balance at January
28, 1996 of $11,782. Principal and interest payments are made on a regular basis
with interest at 6%.


                                                          29

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #6
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[8] Commitments

The Company  leases  restaurant,  office and storage  facilities,  and equipment
under operating leases expiring at various times through the year 2008.

Minimum  future  rental  payments  under  noncancelable  operating  leases as of
January 28, 1996, are as follows:

Year ending
   January

     1997                                                         $      396,778
     1998                                                                388,356
     1999                                                                234,161
     2000                                                                131,687
     2001                                                                106,250
     There                                                               583,313
                                                                 --------------

       Total Minimum Future Rentals                              $    1,840,545
       ----------------------------                              ==============

Rent expense was $483,555, $363,947 and $284,618 for fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.

The Company has employment agreements with three  employee/directors  for annual
amounts  ranging  from  $87,000 to $150,000  for periods of three to five years.
Total payments under the agreements over the next five years are $1,461,000. Two
of the agreements  provide for lump sum payments in the event of the termination
of the  employee/directors  without cause or a change in control of the Company,
as defined, for a portion of the unexpired term of the contracts.

Another agreement  provides for a  director/employee  to receive a percentage of
the  profits  of the ice cream  business,  based on a scale  from 10% to 2.5% of
profits, as defined.  Payments under the agreement amounted to $54,253, $-0- and
$-0- for fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

The Company has an agreement  with a  director/employee  which  provides for the
payment of $20,000/year  upon retirement.  The amount has been partially insured
with a life insurance contract owned by the Company.  The net amount is shown as
other liabilities.

In  October  1995,  the  Company  entered  into a  consulting  agreement  with a
corporation  controlled by a director.  This corporation will provide marketing,
advertising  and promotional  services  through January 1999 for a fee of $3,000
per month.

[9] Earnings Per Share

Earnings  [loss]  per  share  are  based on  weighted  average  number of shares
outstanding of 13,463,349, 13,459,576 and 13,010,156 for fiscal years 1996, 1995
and 1994,  respectively.  The effect of options or warrants is anti-dilutive for
fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994.

[10] Stock Options

In June of 1982,  the Company's  Board of Directors  adopted an incentive  stock
option plan for key employees which was  subsequently  approved by the Company's
stockholders.  All  incentive  options  granted  under the plan were intended to
qualify as incentive  stock options  under Section 422A of the Internal  Revenue
Code.  Under the plan,  an  aggregate  of  166,667  shares of common  stock were
reserved for  issuance.  Options may be  exercised  over a period of five or ten
years from the date of grant and expire in 1996, 1999 and 2000.

                                                          30

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[10] Stock Options [Continued]

In October 1994, the  stockholders  approved the grant of 650,000  non-qualified
options to four  directors to purchase the  Company's  stock at $1.25 per share.
The options are for five years.

In October 1995, the  stockholders  approved the grant of 900,000  non-qualified
options to two directors to purchase the company  stock at $1.00 per share.  The
options are for five years.

In July 1995, one individual  exercised  options to buy 6,667 shares of stock at
the option price of $.328 per share.  An  additional  option to buy 1,667 shares
was canceled during the fiscal year.

The following is a summary of both incentive and non-qualified options:
<TABLE>

                                                                              Shares Under Options
                                                                ----------------------------------
                                                                  1 9 9 6           1 9 9 5          1 9 9 4
                                                                  -------           -------          -------
<S>                                                                 <C>                 <C>              <C>  

Outstanding, beginning of year                                         805,334          156,334          156,334
Granted or Sold during the year                                        900,000          650,000               --
Canceled during the year                                                (1,667)          (1,000)              --
Exercised during the year                                               (6,667)              --               --
                                                               ---------------   --------------   --------------

   Outstanding, end of year [Option prices range
     from $.328 to 1.25]                                             1,697,000          805,334          156,334
     -------------------                                       ===============   ==============   ==============
</TABLE>

[11] Income Taxes

Effective  February  1, 1993,  the  Company  adopted  FASB  Statement  No.  109,
"Accounting  for Income  Taxes."  Under  Statement  109, the asset and liability
method is used in accounting for income taxes.  Under this method,  deferred tax
assets and liabilities  are determined  based on differences  between  financial
reporting  and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  and are measured  using the
enacted  tax rates and laws that  will be in  effect  when the  differences  are
expected to reverse.

The  significant  components  of  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  are as
follows:
<TABLE>

                                                                 January 28,      January 29,
                                                                   1 9 9 6          1 9 9 5
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>    

Deferred Tax Assets:
   U.S. Federal Tax Loss Carryforwards                         $     5,118,000   $    5,335,000
   Impairment Loss                                                     880,000               --
                                                               ---------------   --------------

   Gross Deferred Tax Asset                                          5,998,000        5,335,000
   Less:  Valuation Allowance                                        5,062,000        4,677,000
                                                               ---------------   --------------

     Net Deferred Tax Assets                                   $       936,000   $      658,000
     -----------------------

Deferred Tax Liability:
   Depreciation                                                        936,000          658,000
                                                               ---------------   --------------

     Net Deferred Taxes                                        $            --   $           --
     ------------------                                        ===============   ==============
</TABLE>

The valuation allowance at the end of both years reduces the deferred tax asset.
net of the  deferred  tax  liability  to zero.  The net change in the  valuation
allowance of $385,000 is primarily due to an increase to offset the gross amount
from the non-deductible impairment loss in the current year.

                                                          31

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #8
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[11] Income Taxes [Continued]

The Company has available at January 28, 1996,  operating loss  carryforwards as
follows:

       Year of                                             Unused Operating
      Expiration                                          Loss Carryforwards

         1998                                                 $       289,544
         1999                                                       1,217,240
         2000                                                       2,341,860
         2001                                                       1,838,179
         2002                                                       1,509,463
         2003                                                       2,072,345
         2004                                                       2,942,316
         2005                                                         472,062
         2009                                                         118,411
         2010                                                         285,130
                                                              ---------------

             Totals                                           $    13,086,550
             ------                                           ===============

[12] Fair Value

The following  table  summarizes the carrying amount and estimated fair value of
the  Company's  significant  financing  instruments,  all of which  are held for
non-trading purposes.

                              January 28, 1996                  January 29, 1995
                      Carrying        Estimated        Carrying        Estimated
                      Amount         Fair Value        Amount         Fair Value


Long-Term Debt  $    1,341,500  $     1,341,500  $    1,500,000  $     1,404,000

In  assessing  the fair value of financial  instruments,  the Company has used a
variety of methods  and  assumptions,  which were based on  estimates  of market
conditions and risks existing at that time. For certain  instruments,  including
cash and  cash  equivalents,  trade  receivables  and  payables,  related  party
receivables and payables,  and short-term debt, it was assumed that the carrying
amount  approximated fair value for the majority of these instruments because of
their short maturities.

[13] 52-53 Week Year

The  Company's  year  end is the last  Sunday  in  January.  The  statements  of
operations are comprised of a 52-week year for fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994.

[14] New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation," in
October  1995.  SFAS No. 123 uses a fair value based  method of  accounting  for
stock  options and similar  equity  instruments  as  contrasted to the intrinsic
value based method of  accounting  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles  Board
["APB"] Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company
has not  decided if it will adopt SFAS No. 123 or  continue to apply APB Opinion
No. 25 for financial  reporting  purposes.  SFAS No. 123 will have to be adopted
for financial note disclosure purposes in any event. The accounting requirements
of SFAS No. 123 are effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years that
begin after December 15, 1995; the disclosure  requirements  of SFAS No. 123 are
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1995.



                                                          32

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #9
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[15] Acquisitions

On July 14, 1993, the Company  acquired Mister Cookie Face for 1,000,000  shares
of its common stock as of June 30, 1993, in a business combination accounted for
as a purchase.  The purchase price of $3,150,000  exceeded the fair value of the
net assets  acquired by $3,056,626,  which is being amortized over 9 years under
the  straight-line  method,  after  write-down for impairment  [See Note 4]. The
results  of  operations  of  Mister  Cookie  Face,  Inc.  are  included  in  the
consolidated statements of operations from July 1, 1993 onward.

Pro forma  information  as if the purchase had been made at the beginning of the
fiscal year is as follows:

                                   January 30,
                                     1 9 9 4

Sales                                                         $    18,863,374
                                                              ===============

[Loss] Before Extraordinary Item                              $      (159,443)
                                                              ===============

Net [Loss]                                                    $      (159,443)
                                                              ===============

Earnings [Loss] Per Share                                     $          (.01)
                                                              ===============

On October 28, 1994, the Company  purchased a liquor license and trade name from
a restaurant  in New Jersey.  The purchase  price of $267,008  exceeded the fair
value of the assets acquired by $117,008,  which is being amortized over 3 years
under the straight-line method, after adjustment for impairment.

[16] Capital Transactions

On June 8, 1993, the Company effected a one-for-three reverse stock split of its
outstanding  common stock, .01 par value,  without changing the par value of the
common stock. All share data has been adjusted to reflect this change.

[17] Registration Statement and SEC Investigation

In  September  1993,  the  Company  filed a  registration  statement  which  was
subsequently  withdrawn on March 28, 1996.  The Company  incurred  approximately
$270,750 in registration costs which were written off in fiscal 1995.





                          .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .

                                                          33

<PAGE>



                           INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT ON SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE


To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
   Chefs International, Inc.
   Point Pleasant, New Jersey

                  Our report on the consolidated  financial  statements of Chefs
International  Inc.  and its  subsidiaries  is included on page F-1 of this Form
10-K. In connection with our audits of such financial  statements,  we have also
audited the related accompanying  financial statement Schedule II -Valuation and
Qualifying Accounts.

                  In our opinion,  the financial  statement schedule referred to
above, when considered in relation to the basic financial  statements taken as a
whole, present fairly, in all material respects,  the information required to be
included therein.







                                               MORTENSON AND ASSOCIATES, P. C.
                                               Certified Public Accountants.
Cranford, New Jersey
March 22, 1996


                                                          34

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>




                                                                                Additions
                                                    Balance at       Charged       Charged to      Deductions        Balance at
                                                    Beginning        Against          Other             from            Close
                                                    of Period        Income         Accounts         Reserves         of Period
<S>                                                <C>               <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>          
For the period ended January 28, 1996:
   Allowances [Deducted from Accounts
   Receivable]                                     $        3,878   $       24,693  $          --  $        13,571  $       15,000
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

Amortization of Goodwill [See Note 4]              $      594,594   $      182,833  $          --  $            --  $      777,427
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

Amortization of Other Intangibles
   [See Note 4]                                    $      210,276   $       24,684  $          --  $            --  $      234,960
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

</TABLE>





                                                                35

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>



                                                                                Additions
                                                    Balance at       Charged       Charged to      Deductions        Balance at
                                                    Beginning        Against          Other             from            Close
                                                    of Period        Income         Accounts         Reserves         of Period
<S>                                                <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>

For the period ended January 29, 1995:
   Allowances [Deducted from Accounts
   Receivable]                                     $       33,750   $           --  $          --  $        29,872  $        3,878
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

Amortization of Goodwill [See Note 4]              $      416,149   $      178,445  $          --  $            --  $      594,594
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

Amortization of Other Intangibles
   [See Note 4]                                    $      218,964   $       24,136  $          --  $        32,824  $      210,276
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============





</TABLE>
                                                                36

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>


                                                                                Additions
                                                    Balance at       Charged       Charged to      Deductions        Balance at
                                                    Beginning        Against          Other             from            Close
                                                    of Period        Income        Accounts [A]      Reserves         of Period
<S>                                                <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>   
For the period ended January 30, 1994:
   Allowances [Deducted from Accounts
   Receivable]                                     $       11,745   $       24,085  $          --  $         2,080  $       33,750
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

Amortization of Goodwill [See Note 4]              $      317,204   $       98,945  $      12,481  $            --  $      416,149
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============

Amortization of Other Intangibles
   [See Note 4]                                    $      194,634   $       24,330  $          --  $            --  $      218,964
                                                   ==============   ==============  =============  ===============  ==============



[A] Addition due to acquisition.
</TABLE>

                                                                37

<PAGE>



Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
 Financial Disclosure

None.



                                                            38

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------


PART III
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------



Item 10.        Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain  information  with respect to each of the
directors and executive officers of the Company:

           Name           Age                        Office

Anthony Papalia           38      President, Treasurer, Chief Executive Officer,
                                  Chief Financial Officer and Director

James Fletcher            65      Vice President and Director

Martin W. Fletcher        43      Secretary and Director

Frank Koenemund           52      Director

Jack Mariucci             56      Director
- - ------------
   (a) James Fletcher is the father of Martin Fletcher.

The Company  does not have an  Executive  Committee.  The term of office of each
director  and  executive  officer  expires  when his  successor  is elected  and
qualified.  Executive  officers are elected by and hold office at the discretion
of the Board of Directors.

The following is a brief account of the business experience of each director and
executive officer of the Company during the past five years.

Anthony Papalia has been continuously  employed by the Company for the preceding
five  years.  He has served as a manager of various  New Jersey  Lobster  Shanty
restaurants and as an area supervisor.  Mr. Papalia, who was elected senior vice
president  and a director of the Company in  September,  1985 and  president and
treasurer in March 1988,  is  currently  devoting all of his working time to the
business of the Company. In July 1993, he was elected an executive officer and a
director of Mr. Cookie Face.

James  Fletcher was elected a vice president of the Company on February 10, 1978
and a director in December,  1978.  In April 1980 Mr.  Fletcher  became  general
manager of the Company's Florida seafood  restaurants.  He is currently devoting
all of his working time to the business of the Company.

Martin Fletcher has been continuously  employed by the Company for the preceding
five  years in  various  capacities.  He has  served as  general  manager of the
Company's Toms River,  New Jersey  Lobster  Shanty,  as area  supervisor for its
Florida west coast restaurants, as assistant controller, since September 1987 as
controller  and since March 1988 as secretary and a director of the Company.  He
is currently devoting all of his working time to the business of the Company. In
July 1993,  he was elected an  executive  officer  and a director of Mr.  Cookie
Face.

Frank Koenemund was principally engaged from 1988 through 1991 as a principal of
Thin's Inn and Thin N'Creamy, two New Jersey entities packaging and selling diet
cookies in various United States markets. Since February 1992, Mr. Koenemund has
been principally engaged as sole owner and as an executive officer of Mr. Cookie
Face which was  acquired  by the  Company in July 1993,  at which  time,  he was
elected a director of the Company.  He currently devotes all of his working time
to the business of the Company.


                                                            39

<PAGE>




Jack  Mariucci  was  principally  engaged  for more than the past five years and
until October 1994 as Executive Vice President and Executive  Creative  Director
of DDB Needham Worldwide - New York. DDB Needham is a global  advertising agency
with offices in cities  throughout the world.  Mr. Mariucci was also a member of
the New York Management  Board of DDB Needham.  Since October 1994, Mr. Mariucci
has been  principally  engaged as an independent  marketing  consultant.  He was
elected a director of the Company in July 1993.

Compliance with Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act

Based solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 and on representations that no Forms
5 were  required,  the Company  believes  that with respect to fiscal 1996,  all
Section 16(a) filing  requirements  applicable  to its  officers,  directors and
beneficial owners of more than 10% of its equity securities were timely complied
with except for late filings made by Messrs. Koenemund and Mariucci with respect
to stock options authorized at the Company's annual meeting of stockholders held
on December 19, 1995.

Item 11.        Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth  information  concerning the compensation paid or
accrued by the Company  during the three fiscal years ended  January 28, 1996 to
its Chief  Executive  Officer as well as to any other  executive  officer of the
Company or a subsidiary who earned at least $100,000 during fiscal 1996.  During
the  three-year  period ended  January 28,  1996,  the Company did not grant any
restricted  stock awards or have any  long-term  incentive  plan in effect.  The
Company  maintains a  Supplemental  Employee  Benefit  Program for its officers,
supervisors,   restaurant   managers  and  assistant   managers   paying  annual
contributions ranging from $1,000 to approximately $3,000 per individual (except
that the  contribution  for Mr.  Koenemund  who first became  covered  under the
Program in June 1995 was  $8,352 in fiscal  1996).  The  Program  provides  life
insurance  death  benefits,  disability  income  benefits and retirement  income
benefits.  James  Fletcher  is not  covered  under this  Program but the Company
agreed that if he  remained  in its employ  until age 65 and left such employ at
any time thereafter, the Company would pay him $20,000 annually for the ten year
period  following such  termination of employment or until his death, if he dies
prior thereto.  The Company  partially  funds this  obligation with an insurance
policy paying an annual premium of approximately $5,000.
<TABLE>

                                                SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

           Name and                                         Annual Compensation                  Other Annual
      Principal Position             Fiscal Year         Salary             Bonus                Compensation
<S>                                    <C>            <C>             <C>    <C>               <C> 
Anthony Papalia                        1996           $     119,692    $         --             $     2,088(a)
      President and Chief              1995           $     110,600    $         --             $     2,088(a)
      Executive Officer                1994           $     107,139    $         --             $     2,088(a)

Frank Koenemund                        1996           $     111,539    $     54,300             $     8,352(a)
      Chief Executive                  1995           $     100,000    $         --             $        --
      Officer of MCF                   1994           $      84,878    $         --             $        --

(a) Represents contributions under the Supplemental Employee Benefit Program.


</TABLE>

                                                            40

<PAGE>
<TABLE>




                                                  Long-Term Compensation

                                   Restricted
          Name and                                 Options          Stock            LTIP              All Other
     Principal Position            Fiscal Year      SARs           Awards           Payouts          Compensation
<S>                                  <C>          <C>                <C>         <C>                 <C>          

Anthony Papalia                      1996            -0-              0          $         --        $        --
      President and Chief            1995         162,500*            0          $         --        $        --
      Executive Officer              1994            -0-              0          $         --        $        --

Frank Koenemund                      1996         750,000**           0          $         --        $        --
      Chief Executive                1995         162,500*            0          $         --        $        --
      Officer of MCF                 1994            -0-              0          $         --        $        --
</TABLE>

 *    Each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at $1.25 per share.
 *   Each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at $1.00 per share.

Employment Agreement

At the annual meeting of the Company's  stockholders  held on December 19, 1995,
stockholders  ratified  employment  contracts  between  the  Company and Anthony
Papalia as chief executive  officer and chief financial  officer and between the
Company  and  Martin  Fletcher  as  controller.  Each  contract  expires  at the
conclusion of the Company's 1999 fiscal year and is  automatically  renewed on a
year by year basis for up to five consecutive  additional  one-year terms unless
either  party  gives at least six  months  prior  notice  that he or it does not
desire such renewal.  Mr. Papalia's annual salary under the contract is $150,000
and Mr. Fletcher's annual salary under the contract is $87,000. Each individuals
salary is subject to automatic  increase in each Renewal Year based on increases
in the  Consumer  Price  Index.  If  the  employment  of  either  individual  is
terminated other than for cause, he will become entitled to a Severance  Payment
equal to the amount of his  compensation  over the balance of the contract term.
Each  individual  is also  entitled to terminate  his  employment  and receive a
Severance  Payment  equal to six  months  salary in the  event of a  "change  of
control" of the Company.

Frank Koenemund, in connection with the Company's acquisition of Mr. Cookie Face
in July 1993,  executed  an  approximately  four and  one-half  year  employment
contract with Mr. Cookie Face  (through  January 31, 1998)  agreeing to serve as
president and chief executive  officer and to devote at least 90% of his working
time to such duties.  Pursuant to the  employment  contract,  Mr  Koenemund  was
compensated  at an annual  salary of $100,000 and was also entitled to an annual
bonus equal to the following  percentages  of Mr. Cookie Face's  pre-tax  income
(excluding  extraordinary  items) provided that no losses from any fiscal period
will be carried over to reduce profits in any other fiscal period.

             MCF Pre-Tax Income                              Percentage Bonus

On amounts up to $1,000,000                                             10%
On amounts in excess of $1,000,000 but not in excess of $2,000,000      7.5%
On amounts in excess of $2,000,000 but not in excess of $3,000,000      5%
On amounts in excess of $3,000,000                                      2.5%

On  October  30,  1995,  the term of Mr.  Koenemund's  employment  contract  was
extended through January 31, 2001, his salary was increased  commencing  October
30, 1995 to an annual rate of $150,000  and the bonus  provision  was  retained.
Based on the bonus formula,  Mr.  Koenemund,  who did not earn a bonus in fiscal
1994 or fiscal 1995, earned a bonus of $54,253 with respect to fiscal 1996.


                                                            41

<PAGE>





Effective October 2, 1995, the Company executed a Consulting  Agreement with M&M
Creative   Services,   Inc.  ("M&M")  retaining  M&M  as  a  consultant  for  an
approximately  three-year term through the conclusion of fiscal 1999, to provide
marketing, advertising and similar promotional services for a monthly consulting
fee of $3,000.  Jack  Mariucci,  a director  of the  Company,  is the  principal
employee  of M&M and  his  wife  is the  president  and  sole  stockholder.  The
Consulting Agreement requires Mr. Mariucci to devote at least 10% of his working
time in each month to providing the consulting  services and  terminates,  among
other  reasons,  in the  event  of  Mr.  Mariucci's  death  or  disability.  The
Consulting Agreement is automatically  renewed on a year by year basis for up to
five  consecutive  additional  one-year terms unless either party gives at least
six months prior notice that he or it does not desire such renewal.

Stock Options

On November 18, 1986, the Company's Board of Directors  granted  Incentive Stock
Options  ("ISOs")  exercisable to purchase an aggregate 36,334 shares of Chefs's
Common Stock at $.375 per share,  pursuant to the Company's 1982 Incentive Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan") to 27 employees  including three officers.  The options
are exercisable until ten years after the Date of Grant but only by the employee
(or his estate in the event of death).  The Company's  three  present  executive
officers each were granted  options to purchase  1,667  shares.  On November 18,
1986, the closing bid price for the Company's  common stock on the NASDAQ system
was $.375.  None of such  options  have been  exercised to date and an aggregate
23,334 of such options have been canceled due to terminations of employment.

On November 3, 1989, the Company's Board of Directors  granted  additional ISOS,
identical in form and  exercisable  to purchase an aggregate  146,334  shares of
Common  Stock at $.328125  per share  (equal to the mean between the closing bid
price and the closing  asked price for the Common Stock on NASDAQ on November 2,
1989), pursuant to the Plan, to ten employees including three officers.  Anthony
Papalia,  James Fletcher and Martin W. Fletcher were granted 36,667,  20,000 and
33,000 of these  options,  respectively.  To date,  ISOs have been  exercised to
purchase an aggregate  6,667 shares and an aggregate  6,664 of such options have
been canceled due to terminations of employment.

The Company's ISO Plan terminated in August 1992.

At Chefs' annual meeting of stockholders  held on October 3, 1994,  stockholders
approved  the  grant  to  four  key  members  of  management  of  stock  options
exercisable to purchase an aggregate 650,000 shares of Common Stock. The options
are each  exercisable  over a term of five  years  from  October  3,  1994 at an
exercise  price of $1.25 per share (the last sales price for the Common Stock on
the NASDAQ  Small-Cap System on July 29, 1994, the last trading day prior to the
date of  grant of the  options  by the  Board  of  Directors).  Each  option  is
non-transferable (except on death) and is exercisable by the optionee only while
serving  as an  officer,  director  or  employee  of the  Company  or one of its
subsidiaries.  The optionees and the number of shares  issuable upon exercise of
the options granted to such optionees are as follows:

          Optionee                                           Number of Shares

Anthony Papalia (President, Treasurer, CEO, CFO and Director)         162,500

Martin Fletcher  (Secretary and Director)                             162,500

Frank Koenemund  (President of Mr.Cookie Face subsidiary and Director)162,500

Jack Mariucci (Director)                                              162,500



                                                            42

<PAGE>






At Chefs' annual meeting of stockholders held on December 19, 1995, stockholders
approved  the  grant  to  Messrs.   Koenemund  and  Mariucci  of  stock  options
exercisable  to  purchase  750,000  shares and  150,000  shares of Common  Stock
respectively.  The options are each  exercisable  over a term of five years from
December 19, 1995 at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.  On October 20, 1995,
the last  trading  day prior to the date of grant of the options by the Board of
Directors,  the last sales  price for the Common  Stock on the NASDAQ  Small-Cap
System was  $.40625.  Each option is  non-transferable  (except on death) and is
exercisable,  in the case of Mr.  Koenemund,  only while  serving as an officer,
director  or employee  of the  Company or a  subsidiary,  and in the case of Mr.
Mariucci, only while rendering marketing and advertising services to the Company
or a subsidiary pursuant to a consulting agreement.

The following table illustrates  information concerning stock option grants made
during  fiscal  1996 to each of the  executive  officers  named in the  "Summary
Compensation Table."
<TABLE>

                                               Option Grants in Fiscal 1996

                                                   Percent of                                  Potential Realizable
                                Number of         Total Options                               Value at Assumed Annual
                                Shares of          Granted to                                  Rates of Stock Price
                              Common Stock       "Employees and     Exercise                     Appreciation for
                               Underlying         Consultants"        Price     Expiration        Option Term (1)
           Name             Options Granted      in Fiscal Year     Per Share      Date         5%($)         10%($)
           ----             ---------------      --------------     ---------      ----         -----         ------
<S>                             <C>                   <C>             <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>

Frank Koenemund                  750,000               83%            $1.00      12/18/00        -0-            -0-
</TABLE>
- - -----------
(1)  Assumes  appreciation  at the stated  rates in the market  price for Chefs'
Common Stock. The option will have no value unless,  and only to the extent that
the market price for Chefs' Common Stock  appreciates from the grant date to the
exercise date.

The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  concerning  unexercised
options for each of the executive  officers  named in the "Summary  Compensation
Table." No options were exercised by either individual in fiscal 1996.

                                            1996 Fiscal Year-End Option Values

                                                   Number of Unexercised Options
                                                      at 1996 Fiscal Year-End
                                                    Value of Unexercised
                                     In-The-Money
          Name      Exercisable     Unexercisable          Options at 1/28/96(1)

Anthony Papalia       38,334             -0-                        -0-
                      162,500            -0-                        -0-

Frank Koenemund       162,500            -0-                        -0-
                      750,000            -0-                        -0-
- - ------------
(1) The option  exercise  price  exceeded  the  closing bid price for the Common
Stock in the  over-the-counter  market on the last trading day preceding January
28, 1996.

The foregoing table does not include stock options granted by the Company's
 principal stockholder to
purchase shares of Common Stock owned by him.  See "Item 13 -
 Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."


                                                            43

<PAGE>




Directors' Compensation

Directors  who  are  not  employees  of  the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  are
compensated  at a monthly  rate of $1,500.  At  present,  the sole  non-employee
director is Jack Mariucci.

Item 12.        Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth  information as of April 18, 1996 with respect to
their  ownership of Chefs'  Common Stock by (i) each person known by the Company
to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Chefs'  outstanding  Common Stock,
(ii) each director of the Company,  (iii) each executive officer of the Company,
and (iv) all directors and executive  officers as a group.  The percentages have
been calculated on the basis of treating as outstanding for a particular holder,
all shares of Chefs'  Common  Stock  outstanding  on said date and all shares of
Common Stock  issuable to such holder in the event of exercise or  conversion of
outstanding options, warrants and convertible securities owned by such holder at
said date which are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of such date.

                                    Shares of
Name and Address                  Common Stock                Percentage
of Beneficial Owner             Beneficially Owned              Ownership

Directors*

Anthony Papalia                700,834(1)                       5%
James Fletcher                  22,667(2)                      --
Martin Fletcher                447,167(3)                       3%
Frank Koenemund              2,662,500(4)                      19%
Jack Mariucci                 437,500(5)                       3%

All executive officers and directors
 as a group (five persons)  4,270,668(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)          28%

Other

Robert E. Brennan             5,299,667(6)                      39%
264 Route 537 East
Colts Neck, New Jersey 07722
- - ------------
*The  address of each  executive  officer and  director is c/o the  Company,  62
Broadway, Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey 08742.

(1) Includes  200,834 shares  issuable upon exercise of stock options granted by
the Company and 500,000  shares  issuable  upon  exercise of options  granted by
Robert E.  Brennan to purchase  shares of Chefs'  Common Stock owned by him. See
"Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".  (2) Includes 21,667
shares  issuable  upon  exercise of stock  options  granted by the Company.  (3)
Includes  197,167 shares  issuable upon exercise of stock options granted by the
Company and 250,000 shares  issuable upon exercise of options  granted by Robert
E. Brennan to purchase  shares of Chefs' Common Stock owned by him. See "Item 13
- - - Certain  Relationships and Related  Transactions." (4) Includes 912,500 shares
issuable upon exercise of stock options granted by the Company, 1,000,000 shares
of Chefs' Common Stock issued in connection  with the July 1993  acquisition  of
Mr. Cookie Face and 750,000 shares  issuable upon exercise of options granted by
Robert E.  Brennan to purchase  shares of Chefs'  Common Stock owned by him. See
"Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." (5) Includes 312,500
shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of stock  options  granted by the  Company and
125,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options granted by Robert E. Brennan to
purchase  shares of Chefs'  Common  Stock  owned by him.  See "Item 13 - Certain
Relationships and Related  Transactions."  (6) Includes 1,625,000 shares subject
to options  granted by Robert E.  Brennan to four of the five  directors  of the
Company. See "Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."



                                                            44

<PAGE>




Robert E.  Brennan  through his stock  ownership  may be deemed the  controlling
stockholder of the Company.

Item 13.        Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Robert E. Brennan is a principal stockholder of the Company as well as the owner
of Gourmet  Associates  ("Gourmet")  which has leased  the Vero  Beach,  Florida
Lobster  Shanty  restaurant to the Company since 1979.  During the Company's two
most  recently  completed  fiscal  years and at present,  the lease has been and
continues to be a month to month "net" lease at a monthly rental of $10,000 with
the Company  also  paying  personal  property  taxes and  insurance  thereunder.
Management regards this lease to be advantageous to the Company.

On July 23, 1993, Robert E. Brennan, granted options to purchase an aggregate of
3,250,000  of his shares of Chefs Common  Stock to Messrs.  Koenemund,  Papalia,
Martin  Fletcher and Mariucci.  One half of these options,  exercisable at $5.50
per share,  expired in July 1995 without being  exercised.  The balance,  all of
which are outstanding, are as follows:
                             Number of          Option          Expiration
        Optionees             Shares             Price             Date

Frank Koenemund               750,000            $8.00            7/23/96
Anthony Papalia               500,000            $8.00            7/23/96
Martin Fletcher               250,000            $8.00            7/23/96
Jack Mariucci                 125,000            $8.00            7/23/96

The options granted to Messrs.  Koenemund,  Papalia and Fletcher are exercisable
solely while the optionee is employed by the Company and/or a Company subsidiary
and the  options  granted to Mr.  Mariucci  are  exercisable  only while he is a
director of the Company.

In February 1995, Mr. Cookie Face agreed to purchase certain furniture, fixtures
and equipment at a restaurant  operated by a corporation  wholly-owned  by Frank
Koenemund in a strip mall in Manalapan,  New Jersey for a $125,000 note, payable
out of 50% of the annual profits derived from Mr. Cookie Face's  operation of an
ice cream parlor and restaurant at said location.  Chefs'  management was of the
opinion that the  replacement  cost of such  furniture,  fixtures and  equipment
approximated  $125,000.  Mr. Koenemund represented that his approximate cost for
same two and three years prior was also $125,000. Mr. Cookie Face entered into a
five-year  lease for the premises  through January 31, 2000 to operate its first
Mister Cookie Face restaurant at such location at an annual rental  initially at
approximately  $32,000  and  reducing  to an  annual  rental in the last year of
$26,700.

In May 1995, the Company  opened a Mr. Cookie Face  restaurant at the strip mall
location  offering a limited  menu during  lunch and dinner hours as well as Mr.
Cookie  Face and  other  ice cream and  dessert  products  for both on  premises
consumption and retail take-out.  Due to disappointing sales, the Company closed
this restaurant in September 1995. The restaurant lost $160,700 in fiscal 1996.

In April  1996,  Mr Cookie  Face sold the  restaurant  furniture,  fixtures  and
equipment  and assigned the lease for the  restaurant  to WW Ice Cream  Parlors,
Inc. and Welsh Farms, Inc.  (collectively "Welsh") at a sales price of $190,000,
payable solely out of certain monetary credits which Welsh agreed to provide Mr.
Cookie  Face for  future  purchases  of ice cream  mix and ice  cream  products.
Despite the  assignment,  Mr. Cookie Face  continued to remain liable with Welsh
under the lease. At the same time, Mr.  Koenemund's  corporation agreed with Mr.
Cookie Face to reduce the principal amount of the above described  $125,000 note
to  $95,000  and to provide  that it would be  payable  solely out of 50% of the
amount of any monetary  credits  received by Mr. Cookie Face from Welsh pursuant
to the above described arrangement.




                                                            45

<PAGE>



CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
- - ---------------------------------------------------------


PART IV
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------



Item 14.        Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)(1)          Financial Statements

The consolidated  financial statements of Chefs International,  Inc. ("Chefs" or
the "Company") and its wholly owned  subsidiaries  are included in Part II, Item
8.

(2)             Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts is included in this Part IV. All
other schedules are omitted because the required  information is not applicable,
not  material or  included in the  consolidated  financial  statements  or notes
thereto.

(3)             Exhibits

3.1             Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended(A)

3.2             By-Laws of the Company, as amended(A)

4.1             Specimen Common Stock Certificate(A)

10.1            Monmouth Mall Shopping Center Lease for Garcia's restaurant

10.2            Acquisition Agreement as of June 30, 1993 between the Company
                 and Frank Koenemund
                concerning the acquisition of Mr. Cookie Face(B)

10.3            Employment Agreement as of June 30, 1993 between 
                Mr. Cookie Face and Frank
                Koenemund(B)

10.4            Amendment No. 1 dated as of October 30, 1995 to Employment
                Agreement between Mr.
                Cookie Face and Frank Koenemund

10.5            Term Loan and Revolving Credit Agreement dated January 19,
                1996 between the Company
                and First Union National Bank

10.6            Acquisition Agreement dated April 8, 1994 between the Company
                and Evelyn's Fish Market,
                Inc. for the acquisition of "Evelyn's" restaurant in
                Belmar, N.J.(C)

10.7            Lease Agreement dated September 29, 1995 between Evelyn's
                Associates and Chefs
                International, Inc. for "Lobster Shanty" restaurant in Belmar,
                 New Jersey(D)

10.8           Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 1995 between Chefs
                 and Anthony Papalia

10.9           Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 1995 between Chefs 
                 and Martin Fletcher

10.10           Consulting Agreement dated as of October 2, 1995 between 
                 Chefs and M&M Creative
                Services, Inc.


                                                            46

<PAGE>






10.11           Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 3, 1994 between Chefs
                and Anthony  Papalia.  Substantially  similar option  agreements
                were executed by Chefs with Martin Fletcher, Frank Koenemund and
                Jack  Mariucci as of October 3, 1994 for 162,500  shares each at
                an exercise price of $1.25 per share and as of December 19, 1995
                with Frank Koenemund (750,000 shares) and Jack Mariucci (150,000
                shares) at an exercise price of $1.00 per share

22              Subsidiaries - The following table indicates the wholly owned
                subsidiaries of the Company,
                their respective states of incorporation, and 
                (except for Mister Cookie Face, Inc.) the
                restaurants operated by each

                               State of
           Name             Incorporation                   Restaurants

Chefs International         Florida              Lobster Shantys -
      Palm Beach, Inc.                            Vero Beach and Jensen
                                                   Beach, Florida

Kev, Inc.                   New Jersey             Lobster Shanty - Pt. Pleasant
                                                    Beach, New Jersey

Robbins Parkway             New Jersey             Lobster Shanty - Toms
      Realty Co., Inc.                             River, New Jersey

Hightstown REB, Inc.       New Jersey             Lobster Shanty -
                                                  Hightstown, New Jersey

Mister Cookie Face, Inc.                                    New Jersey

- - ------------
(A)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Company's  Registration
Statement  on Form SB-2 (File no.  33-66936)  (B)  Incorporated  by reference to
exhibit  filed with the Company's  current  report on Form 8-K for July 23, 1993
(C)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Company's annual report
on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended  January 30, 1994 (D)  Incorporated  by
reference to exhibit filed with the  Company's  annual report on Form 10-KSB for
the fiscal year ended January 29, 1995

The Company did not file any reports on Form 8-K during the last  quarter of the
fiscal year ended January 28, 1996.




                                                            47

<PAGE>



SIGNATURES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


(Registrant)                                      CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.




                                                       By:/s/ Anthony C. Papalia
                                                   Anthony C. Papalia, President


                                Date May 9, 1996


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities and on the date indicated.



By:/s/ Anthony C. Papalia                               By: /s/ Frank Koenemund
        Anthony C. Papalia, Principal executive,     Frank Koenemund, Director
        financial and accounting officer and director

Date May 9, 1996                                             Date May 9, 1996
     ----------------------                                       -----------



By:/s/ Martin Fletcher                                    By: /s/ Jack Mariucci,
        Martin Fletcher, Director                        Jack Mariucci, Director

Date May 9, 1996                                             Date May 9, 1996
     --------------------------                                   -----------



By: /s/ James Fletcher
        James Fletcher, Director

Date May 9, 1996

                                                            48

<PAGE>



                                                       Exhibit 10.1

                                              Monmouth Mall Shopping Center
                                               Lease for Garcia's restaurant


<PAGE>
































                                               LEASE AGREEMENT

                                BY AND BETWEEN EQUITY PROPERTIES AND DEVELOPMENT

                              ITED PARTNERSHIP, AN ILLINOIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

                                      AS AGENT FOR OWNER ("LANDLORD") AND

                              CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION,

                                                 D/B/A GARCIA'S ("TENANT")

                                                     AT MONMOUTH MALL

                                                   EATONTOWN, NEW JERSEY


                                                            49

<PAGE>



                                                     TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I

                             REFERENCE PROVISIONS, DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS
        1
        SECTION        1.1.  REFERENCE PROVISIONS.........................  1
        SECTION        1.2.  DEFINITIONS..................................  4
        SECTION        1.3.  EXHIBITS AND MANUALS.........................  5

ARTICLE 11
                             LEASED PREMISES AND THE SHOPPING CENTER...... 5
        SECTION        2.1.  DEMISE....................................... 5
        SECTION        2.2.  CHANGES TO SHOPPING CENTER................... 5
        SECTION        2.3.  RELOCATION...................................6

ARTICLE III
                             TERM......................................... 6
        SECTION        3.1.  TERM......................................... 6
        SECTION        3.2.  SURRENDER OF LEASED PREMISES................. 6
        SECTION        3.3.  HOLDING OVER................................. 6

ARTICLE IV
                             USE AND OPERATION OF THE LEASED PREMISES....  6
        SECTION        4.1.  USE AND TRADE NAME..........................  6
        SECTION        4.2.  CONTINUOUS OPERATION BY TENANT..............  6
        SECTION        4.3.  STORE HOURS.................................  7
        SECTION        4.4.  ADDITIONAL OPERATIONAL COVENANTS............. 7
        SECTION        4.5.  SIGNS AND ADVERTISING........................ 9
        SECTION        4.6.  TENANT'S USE OF ROOF.........................10
        SECTION        4.7.  RETAIL RESTRICTION LIMIT.....................10

ARTICLE V
                             RENT......................................... 10
        SECTION        5.l.  RENT PAYABLE.................................10
        SECTION        5.2.  PAYMENT OF MINIMUM RENT......................10
        SECTION        5.3.  PAYMENT OF PERCENTAGE RENT....................10
        SECTION        5.4.  "GROSS SALES" DEFINED.........................11
         SECTION        5.5.  STATEMENTS OF GROSS SALES....................11
        SECTION        5.6.  RECORDS AND AUDITS.............................11
        SECTION        5.7.  TAXES.......................................... 12
        SECTION        5.8.  PAYMENT OF TAX RENT............................ 12
        SECTION        5.9.  RENT FOR A PARTIAL MONTH....................... 13
        SECTION       5.10.  RENT FOR A PARTIAL LEASE YEAR.................. 13
        SECTION       5.11.  TAXES ON TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY............  13

ARTICLE VI
                             COMMON AREAS...................................  13
        SECTION        6.1.  USE OF COMMON AREAS............................ 13
        SECTION        6.2.  MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF COMMON AREAS.......13
        SECTION        6.3.  "LANDLORD'S OPERATING COSTS" DEFINED...........  13
        SECTION        6.4.  TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF LANDLORD'S OPERTING
                              COSTS.........................................14
ARTICLE VII

                             UTILITIES.....................................  15
        SECTION        7.1.  UTILITY CHARGES...............................  15
        SECTION        7.2.  DISCONTINUANCES AND INTERRUPTIONS OF SERVICE..  15

ARTICLE VIII

                             INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE....................  15
        SECTION        8.1.  INDEMNITY BY TENANT........................   15
        SECTION        8.2.  LANDLORD NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS OF OTHERS     15
        SECTION        8.3.  TENANT'S INSURANCE.........................   16
        SECTION        8.4.  TENANT'S CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE............  16
        SECTION        8.5.  POLICY REQUIREMENTS........................  16
        SECTION        8.6.  INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS.............    17
        SECTION        8.7.  WAIVER OF RIGHT OF RECOVERY................   17




                                                            50

<PAGE>



ARTICLE IX

                             CONSTRUCTION..............................17
        SECTION        9.1.  CONDITION OF LEASED PREMISES..............17
        SECTION        9.2.  TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.......................     17
        SECTION        9.3.  SCHEDULE OF PLAN SUBMISSION FOR INITIAL TENANT
                             IMPROVEMENTS..............................     18
        SECTION        9.4.  SECURITY FOR TENANT'S WORK................    19
        SECTION        9.5.  OWNERSHIP OF IMPROVEMENTS.................     19
        SECTION        9.6.  MECHANIC'S LIENS..........................      19
        SECTION        9.7.  RECAPTURE OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS...........      20

ARTICLE X

                             REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, LANDLORD'S ACCESS AND
                             ALTERATIONS...............................    20
        SECTION       10.1.  REPAIRS BY LANDLORD.......................    20
        SECTION       10.2.  ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND DISPLAYS BY
                        TENANT
                                                                          
        SECTION       10.3.  INSPECTIONS AND ACCESS BY LANDLORD......    21

ARTICLE XI
                             CASUALTY.................................     21
        SECTION       11.1.  RIGHT TO TERMINATE.......................      21
        SECTION       11.2.  LANDLORD'S DUTY TO RECONSTRUCT...........      22
        SECTION       11.3.  TENANT'S DUTY TO RECONSTRUCT.............      22
        SECTION       11.4.  INSURANCE PROCEEDS.......................     22

ARTICLE XII

                             CONDEMNATION.............................     22
        SECTION       12.1.  TAKING OF LEASED PREMISES................     22
        SECTION       12.2.  TAKING OF SHOPPING CENTER................     23
        SECTION       12.3.  CONDEMNATION AWARD.......................  23

ARTICLE XIII

                             MARKETING FUND...........................  23
        SECTION       13.1.  MARKETING FUND...............................   23
        SECTION       13.2.  TENANTS CONTRIBUTION TO MARKETING FUND.......   23
        SECTION       13.3.  LANDLORD'S PARTICIPATION AND CONTRIBUTION....   23
        SECTION       13.4.  TENANT'S ADVERTISING.........................   24

ARTICLE XIV

                             SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
        SECTION       14.1.  SUBORDINATION................................  24
        SECTION       14.2.  MORTGAGEE'S UNILATERAL SUBORDINATION.........  24
        SECTION       14.3.  ATTORNMENT...................................  24
        SECTION       14.4.  QUIET ENJOYMENT..............................  24
        SECTION       14.5.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE....................       24

ARTICLE XV

                             ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING..............       25
        SECTION       15.1.  LANDLORD'S CONSENT REQUIRED............       25
        SECTION       15.2.  RIGHT TO TERMINATE AND RECAPTURE.......       25

ARTICLE XVI

                             DEFAULT AND REMEDIES....................       26
        SECTION       16.1.  DEFAULT.................................       26
        SECTION       16.2.  REMEDIES AND DAMAGES....................       26
        SECTION       16.3.  ASSIGNMENT IN BANKRUPTCY................       27
        SECTION       16.4.  LEGAL EXPENSES..........................       27
        SECTION       16.5.  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.....................       27
        SECTION       16.6.  WAIVER..................................       27

ARTICLE XVII

                             MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS................    27
        SECTION       17.1.  NOTICES................................     27
        SECTION       17.2.  SHORT FORM LEASE.......................     28
        SECTION       17.3.  INTEREST AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.......    28
        SECTION       17.4.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS..................    28 
                                                                         
        SECTION       17.5   LIMITATION ON RIHGT TO RECOVER .........    28    

                                                            51

<PAGE>






        SECTION       17.6.  RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES............       28
        SECTION       17.7.  SECURITY DEPOSIT.......................       28
        SECTION       17.8.  INTERPRETATION..........................       28
        SECTION       17.9.  NO MODIFICATION......................       28
        SECTION      17.10.  SEVERABILITY...........................       28
        SECTION      17.11.  TENANT LIABILITY.......................       28
        SECTION      17.12.  BROKERS COMMISSION....................       29
        SECTION      17.13.  OTHER TENANTS........................       29
        SECTION      17.14.  RULE AGAINST PERPETUITIES..............       29
        SECTION      17.15.  IRREVOCABLE OFFER, NO OPTION...........       29
        SECTION      17.16.  INABILITY TO PERFORM...................       29
        SECTION      17.17.  SURVIVAL..............................       29
        SECTION      17.18.  LANDLORD'S SELF-HELP...................       29
        SECTION      17.19.  DUE AUTHORIZATION.....................       29
        SECTION      17.20.  CONFIDENTIALITY.......................       30
        SECTION      17.21.  ASBESTOS ABATEMENT ..................       30
        SECTION      17.22.  PROPOSED REDEVELOPMENT.................       30
        SECTION      17.23.  CONTINGENCY...........................       30
        SECTION      17.24.  OPTION TO TERMINATE....................       31
        SECTION      17.25.  COMPETITION............................       31
        SECTION      17.26.  TERMINATION OF PRIOR LEASE...............       32
        SECTION      17.27.  DESIGNATED OUTDOOR SEATING AREA.........       32

                                                            52

<PAGE>








                                      STANDARD SHOPPING CENTER LEASE AGREEMENT

This  Lease  Agreement  (the  "Lease")  is  made  as of  the  __________  day of
__________,  19____ by and between  Equity  Properties and  Development  Limited
Partnership,  an  Illinois  limited  partnership  ("EPDLP"),  as agent for owner
("Landlord"), and Chefs International, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

                                                         ARTICLE I
                                  REFERENCE PROVISIONS, DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS

As used in this Lease,  the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in
Sections 1.1 and 1.2 below.

SECTION 1.1.          REFERENCE PROVISIONS.

             A.      (i)  Original Leased Premises: the "cross-hatched" space
 indicated on the lease plan attached as
Exhibit A-1 and containing a total floor space of approximately 3,445 square 
feet provided, however, pursuant to the
provisions set forth in Section 9.2(B) below, Landlord shall recapture an area 
of the Original Leased Premises (the
"Recapture Area") containing a total floor space of approximately 475 square
 feet (as shown cross-hatched on Exhibit
A-3 attached hereto).

                    (ii)  Expansion Space: the "cross-hatched' space indicated 
on the lease plan attached as Exhibit A-2
and containing a total floor space of approximately 1,280 square feet.

                   (iii)  New  Leased  Premises:   the   "cross-hatched"   space
indicated on the lease plan  attached as Exhibit A and  containing a total floor
space of approximately 4,250 square feet,  comprised of both the Original Leased
Premises (less the Recapture Area) and the Expansion Space.

             From and after the  Possession  Date, any reference in the Lease to
the term "Leased  Premises"  shall be deemed to refer to the New Leased Premises
which is comprised of both the Original  Leased Premises and the Expansion Space
and all terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to the Expansion Space and
the Original Leased Premises during  construction of the Expansion Space (as set
forth in Section 9.2[B] below); provided,  however,  notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein,  commencing on the Possession Date and continuing
up to and including  the day that is one (1) day prior to the Rent  Commencement
Date (as  hereinafter  defined),  all items of Rent and other  costs and charges
which this Lease expressly states are calculated on the basis of square footage,
including,  but not  limited  to,  Tax  Rent,  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of
Landlord's  Operating  Costs and Utility  Charges shall be  calculated  based on
3,445 square feet.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein,
commencing on the Rent Commencement  Date, all items of Rent and other costs and
charges which this Lease expressly  states are calculated on the basis of square
footage,  including,  but not limited to, Tax Rent, Tenant's Proportionate Share
of Landlord's  Operating Costs and Utility Charges shall be calculated  based on
the square footage of the New Leased Premises and shall be payable commencing on
the Rent Commencement Date as provided in this Lease.

      B.     Term: twelve (12) Lease Years (as defined in Section 1.2(J) below).

     C.      (i)  Commencement Date: January 1, 1996.
 (ii)  Rent Commencement Date: the earlier of ninety (90) days following the 
Possession Date or the
date on which Tenant opens to the public for business in the Expansion Space.

     D.     Termination Date: the last day of the twelfth (12th) Lease Year,
           or if the Term is sooner terminated 
          pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, the effective date of such
     termination.

             E.     Minimum Rent:

                     (i)  Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and 
continuing through the last day of the fifth
(5th) Lease Year (the "First Period"): One Hundred Six Thousand Two Hundred
Fifty Dollars ($106,250.00) per annum;
and

                    (ii)  Commencing on the first day of the sixth (6th) Lease 
Year and continuing through the last day
of the twelfth (12th) Lease Year (the "Second Period"): One Hundred Fourteen
 Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars
($114,750.00) per annum.

             F.     Percentage Rent:   An amount equal to (1) for each Lease
 Year (a) Gross Sales (as defined in Section
5.4 below) in excess of (i) Two Million One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand
 Dollars 
($2,125,000.00) during the First
Period; and (ii) Two Million Two Hundred Ninety-Five Thousand Dollars 
($2,295,000.00) during the Second Period
multiplied by (b) five percent (5%) (the amounts set forth in (i) and (ii)
 above 
shall each be referred to individually as
the "Full Year Breakpoint" for the Lease Year in question) and (2) for any
 Partial Lease Year (as defined in Section 1.2(J)
below), the amount of Gross Sales in excess of the amount arrived at by
multiplying the Full Year Breakpoint, for the
appropriate Lease Year, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
 number of days In the Partial Lease

                                                            53

<PAGE>








Year and the denominator of which shall be three hundred  sixty-five  (365) (the
"Partial Year Breakpoint") multiplied by five percent (5%); provided that, it at
any time  during  any Lease Year or  Partial  Lease Year  Tenant is not open for
business, then the Full Year Breakpoint or Partial Year Breakpoint for such Full
Lease Year or Partial  Lease Year,  as the case may be, shall be decreased by an
amount equal to such breakpoint multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the number of days in such Lease Year or Partial Lease Year that Tenant
is not open for business  and the  denominator  of which shall be three  hundred
sixty-five (365), or the number of days in such Partial Lease Year, whichever is
applicable.

             G.      (i)  Marketing Fund Dues:   Fifty Cents ($.50) per square
 foot of the Leased Premises per annum,
subject to upward adjustment only pursuant to Section 13.2 below.

                    (ii)   Marketing Fund Initiation Fee: Intentionally Omitted.

                    (iii)   Tenant's    Advertising   and    Promotional    Fund
Contribution:  Fifty  Cents  ($.50) per square foot of the Leased  Premises  per
annum, subject to upward adjustment only pursuant to Section 13.4 below.

             H.     Security Deposit:   Intentionally Omitted.

             I. Permitted Use: the operation of a full service  sit-down Mexican
restaurant  serving the Items specifically set forth on the menu attached hereto
as Exhibit C, and  incidental  thereto,  provided  Tenant obtains all applicable
Insurance  and  necessary  permits  and  licenses,  the sale of  beer,  wine and
alcoholic beverages for on-premises  consumption only, and for no other purpose.
Any  changes to  Tenant's  menu shall  require  the prior  written  approval  of
Landlord.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  herein,  Tenant
shall be  permitted  to modify the items on  Tenant's  menu  without  Landlord's
consent so long as: (i) Tenant  offers for sale Mexican  style food items,  (ii)
such modification  does not violate any lease or other agreements  affecting the
Shopping Center (or the extension of any such agreement),  and (iii) if Landlord
determines in its sole discretion  that such  modification is a violation of any
such agreement,  then Tenant shall cease selling such item(s) within twenty-four
(24), hours after receipt of notice from Landlord.

             J.     Tenant Trade Name:   Garcia's, Garcia's Mexican Restaurant,
 or Garcia's of Scottsdale, and no other
name, subject to the provisions of Section 4.1 below.

             K.     Notice Address:

             TO LANDLORD:                                  With a copy to:

             c/o Equity Properties and             Rosenberg & Liebentritt, P.C.
             Development Limited Partnership       Two North Riverside Plaza
             Two North Riverside Plaza                       Suite 1515
             Suite 1000                                 Chicago, Illinois 60606
             Chicago, Illinois 60606                        Attn: Leasing Group
             Attn:  Leasing Coordinator

             TO TENANT:                                      With a copy to:

             Chefs International, Inc.                    Anthony Mancuso
             62 Broadway Street                  Starkey, Kelly, Blaney & White
             Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey 08742    459 Jck Martin Boulevard
                             Brick, New Jersey 08724

             L.     Shopping Center:   as shown on the attached Exhibit A,
 presently known as Monmouth Mall, which
is located in Eatontown, New Jersey.

             M.  Possession  Date:  Tenant is  currently  In  possession  of the
Original  Leased  Premises  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the Prior Lease (as
defined in Section  17.26 of this Lease).  Tender of possession of the Expansion
Space shall be deemed to have been tendered and accepted  upon Tenant's  receipt
of a  possession  notice from  Landlord,  provided  physical  possession  of the
Expansion Space is tendered to Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it Tenant
accepts  physical  possession  of the  Expansion  Space prior to receipt of such
notice,  the date Tenant accepts possession shall be deemed to be the Possession
Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall
not deliver  possession  of the  Expansion  Space to Tenant  prior to January 1,
1996.

             N.     Guarantor[s]: None

                                                            54

<PAGE>








             IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto  intending  to be legally
bound hereby have executed this Lease under their  respective hands and seals as
of the day and year first above written. This Lease contains 33 pages, Exhibit A
contains 1 page,  Exhibit  A-1  contains 1 page,  Exhibit  A-2  contains 1 page,
Exhibit A-3 contains 1 page,  Exhibit B contains 89 pages and Exhibit C contains
6 pages.

                                                             LANDLORD:

                                                             EQUITY   PROPERTIES
                                                             AND     DEVELOPMENT
                                                             LIMITED
                                                             PARTNERSHIP,     an
                                                             Illinois    limited
                                                             partnership,     as
                                                             agent for  Landlord
                                                             By: SC  MANAGEMENT,
                                                             INC.,  an  Illinois
                                                             corporation
WITNESS:                                                    Its: General Partner

________________________            By:_______________________________________
                                                  Name:     Sanford Shkolnik
________________________                       Title:    Chairman

ATTEST/WITNESS:           TENANT:
                               CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation

________________________             By:_______________________________________
                                                Name:     Anthony Papalia
________________________                         Title:    President


STATE OF ILLINOIS             )
                              )  SS
COUNTY OF COOK                )

             BE IT REMEMBERED,  that on the day of ,19____,  before me, a Notary
Public  in and for  said  County,  personally  appeared  EQUITY  PROPERTIES  AND
DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,  an Illinois limited partnership,  as agent for
the  LANDLORD in the  foregoing  Lease  Agreement  by SC  Management,  Inc.,  an
Illinois corporation,  its General Partner, by Sanford Shkoilnik,  its Chairman,
who  acknowledged  that the signing thereof was the duly authorized act and deed
of said corporation on behalf of said limited  partnership as agent as aforesaid
for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

             IN TESTIMONY  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto set my hand and affixed my
official seal on the day and year first above written.

                                   -----------------------------------
                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

- - --------------------


STATE OF ____________              )
                                   ) SS
COUNTY OF __________               )

             BE IT  REMEMBERED,  that on the  __________  day of  _____________,
19____,  before me, a Notary Public in and for said County,  personally appeared
CHEFS  INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a Delaware  corporation the TENANT in the foregoing
Lease Agreement,  by Anthony Papalia,  its President,  who acknowledged that the
signing  thereof was the duty,  authorized act and deed of said  corporation and
his free and  voluntary  act and deed as said  officer for the uses and purposes
therein mentioned.

             IN TESTIMONY  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto set my hand and affixed my
official seal on the day and year first above written.

                                     -------------------------------------
                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

- - -----------------------


                                                            55

<PAGE>








SECTION 1.2.            DEFINITIONS.

             A.       Common Areas: all improvements, equipment, signs and area
 (as the same may be enlarged,
reduced, replaced, removed or otherwise altered by Landlord), from time to time,
 made available by Landlord for the non-
exclusive use or benefit of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants, occupants and 
users of the Shopping Center, and their
respective employees, agents, subtenants, concessionaires, licensees, customers
 and invitees, or any of them, which may
include (but shall not be deemed a representation as to their availability) the
 Enclosed Mall, sidewalks, parking areas,
access roads, driveways, landscaped areas, serviceways, tunnels, loading docks,
 roofs, stairs, ramps, elevators, escalators,
public washrooms, community halls or auditoriums, parcel pick-up stations, and
 other similar areas and improvements,
all as Landlord shall, from time to time, deem appropriate (in Its reasonable
 business judgment).

             B.       Concessionaire: any person conducting any business in the
 Leased Premises by, under or through
Tenant under any sublease, concession or license from Tenant, or otherwise,
 whether or not the same was authorized
under the provisions of this Lease.

             C.  "CPI":  The term "CPI" shall mean the  Revised  Consumer  Price
Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the
United  States  Department of Labor,  for United States City Average,  All Items
(1982-84  = 100).  If the  manner  in  which  the  CPI is  calculated  shall  be
substantially  revised  or if the  1982-1984  average  shall no  longer be used,
Landlord  and Tenant  shall  select a means to adjust such  revised  Index which
would produce results equivalent, as practicable, to those which would have been
obtained if the CPI has not been so revised. If the CPI shall become unavailable
to the public because  publication is discontinued,  or otherwise,  Landlord and
Tenant shall select a comparable substitute index based upon changes in the cost
of living or  purchasing  power of the  consumer  dollar  published by any other
governmental agency, or, if no such index shall then be available,  a comparable
index  published  by a  major  bank  or  other  financial  institution  or  by a
university  or a recognized  financial  publication.  In the event that the U.S.
Department  of  Labor,  Bureau  of Labor  Statistics,  changes  the  publication
frequency of the CPI so that a CPI is not  available to make an  adjustment  for
the period in question, the adjustment shall be based on the percentage increase
in the CPI for the twelve (12) month  period  beginning  with the closest  month
preceding the period in question for which a CPI is available.

             D.       Department, Variety or Specialty Stores: those premises 
(other than Common Areas) within the
Shopping Center which contain floor space of twenty thousand (20,000) square 
feet or more.

             E.       Enclosed Mall:   the portion or portions of the Shopping
 Center, if any, which are actually enclosed
by walls and roof, as the same may exist, from time to time.

             F.       Floor Space:   the number of square feet in the Original
 Leased Premises, the Expansion Space or
the New Leased Premises, as the case may be (as set forth in Section 1.1 [A])
 or in other space in the Shopping Center,
as determined by Landlord (in its reasonable business judgment).

             G. Interest: the greater of (i) the rate per annum equal to two (2)
percentage  points  above  the rate of  interest  then  most  recently  publicly
announced by American  National  Bank and Trust Company of Chicago as its "prime
rate" or "base  rate"  (the  "Prime  Rate") as the case may be,  or (ii)  twelve
percent  (12%) per annum.  Interest  shall be  adjusted on the first day of each
month immediately  following a month in which a change in such Prime Rate occurs
and such  adjustment  shall  be  based  upon  the  average  Prime  Rate for such
immediately  preceding  month.  If accrual or payment of such interest should be
unlawful, then interest shall be computed at the maximum legal rate.

             H.       Landlord Related Parties:   Landlord, its principals,
 beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, agents,
employees and any Mortgagee(s) (as defined in Section 14.1 below).

             I.       Laws:   all federal, state, county and local governmental 
and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances,
rules, regulations, codes, decrees, orders and other such requirements,
 applicable equitable remedies and decisions by
courts in cases where such decisions are binding precedents in the state in 
which the Shopping Center is located, and
decisions of federal courts applying the Laws of such state, at the time in 
question.

             J.  Lease  Year or  Partial  Lease  Year:  a period of twelve  (12)
consecutive calendar months, the first Lease Year commencing on the Commencement
Date,  if the  Commencement  Date is the  first  day of a  calendar  month,  and
otherwise  on the first day of the  first  full  calendar  month  following  the
Commencement  Date. Each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the anniversary
date of the first Lease Year. Any portion of the Term which is less than a Lease
Year shall be deemed a Partial Lease Year,  except that if the Commencement Date
occurs on a date other than the first day of a calendar  month,  then the period
commencing on the  Commencement  Date and ending on the last day of the calendar
month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be included in the first Lease
Year.

             K.       Managing Agent:   the managing agent of the Shopping 
Center as designated from time to time by
Landlord.  The Managing Agent of the Shopping Center is currently EPDLP.
 If Landlord elects to change the Managing
Agent of the Shopping Center, Landlord will notify Tenant in writing of such
change.

             L.       Owner:   the person(s) or entity(ies) that holds legal
 title (whether fee or leasehold) to the Shopping
Center or the portion thereof in which the Leased Premises are located. 
 The terms "owner" and "Landlord" have the same
meaning for purposes of this Lease and may be used interchangeably.

                                                            56

<PAGE>








             M.       Rent:   all Minimum Rent and additional rent.  All sums
 and charges payable by Tenant to Landlord
in addition to the Minimum Rent shall be deemed to be "additional rent" under
 this Lease whether or not the same shall
be designated as such.  Landlord shall have the same remedies for Tenant's 
failure to pay additional rent as for Tenant's
failure to pay Minimum Rent.

             N. Satellite Store Space: the aggregate floor space of all premises
in the Shopping Center  exclusively  appropriated  for use by a tenant,  whether
occupied or vacant,  but excluding the floor space of (i) mezzanine space,  (ii)
basement  space (if any),  (iii) storage space not located  within a tenant's or
occupant's  primary premises and (iv) Department,  Variety and Specialty Stores.
For purposes of this Lease,  the floor space  described in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) herein shall be collectively referred to as the "Ancillary Space".

             O.       Tenant Related Parties:   Tenant, its assignees, 
Concessionaires, agents, contractors, employees or
invitees.

SECTION 1.3.          EXHIBITS AND MANUALS.   The exhibits and manuals listed 
in this Section 1.3 are attached
to this Lease and are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Lease.

             Exhibit A                      -        Lease Plan
             Exhibit A-1            -       Original Leased Premises
             Exhibit A-2            -       Expansion Space
             Exhibit A-3            -       Recapture Area
             Exhibit A-4            -       Designated Outdoor Seating Area
             Exhibit B                      -        Construction Information 
and Design Criteria
             Exhibit C                      -        Menu

                                                        ARTICLE 11

                                        LEASED PREMISES AND THE SHOPPING CENTER

SECTION 2.1. DEMISE.  Landlord,  in consideration of the Rent to be paid and the
other conditions and covenants to be satisfied and performed by Tenant,  demises
and leases to  Tenant,  and Tenant  leases and takes from  Landlord,  the Leased
Premises,  each upon the terms and conditions of this Lease; provided,  however,
that in  addition  to other  rights  provided to or reserved by Landlord in this
Lease or otherwise,  Landlord shall have (i) the exclusive right to use both the
exterior faces of the exterior walls of the Leased Premises and, subject only to
Tenant's  rights  and  obligations  under  Section  4.6  below,  the roof of the
Shopping  Center,  and (ii) the right to  install,  maintain,  use,  repair  and
replace pipes, ducts, cables,  conduits,  vents, utility lines and wires to, in,
through, above and below the Leased Premises as and to the extent that Landlord,
may from time to time deem appropriate (in its reasonable business judgment) for
the proper operation and maintenance of the Shopping Center.  Landlord shall use
its reasonable efforts to locate said pipes, ducts, cables,  conduits,  plumbing
vents,  utility  lines and/or wires in non-sales  areas of the Leased  Premises,
however,  to the extent any of the same are  located  within  sales areas of the
Leased Premises, they shall not be visible to the public.

SECTION 2.2. CHANGES TO SHOPPING CENTER. Exhibit A sets forth the general layout
of the  Shopping  Center but is not,  and shall not be deemed to be, a warranty,
representation  or agreement on the part of Landlord that all or any part of the
Shopping Center is, will be, or will continue to be,  configured as indicated on
Exhibit A. In addition to other rights provided to or reserved by Landlord under
this Lease,  Landlord  hereby  reserves the right,  at any time and from time to
time, to (i) make alterations or additions to, build additional  stories on, and
demolish  or  otherwise  change,  all or any  part  of any  buildings  or  other
improvement  in or about the  Shopping  Center,  and build  other  buildings  or
improvements  in or about the Shopping  Center;  (ii) construct deck or elevated
parking  facilities;  and (iii) convey portions of the Shopping Center to others
or  withdraw  portions  from  the  Shopping  Center.   Tenant  consents  to  the
performance of all work deemed  appropriate by Landlord to accomplish any of the
foregoing,  and  any  inconvenience  caused  thereby;  provided,  however,  that
Landlord  agrees to use  reasonable  efforts to minimize the  interference  with
Tenant's  business in the Leased  Premises.  The design and  performance of such
work shall be in the sole discretion of Landlord.  None of the Landlord  Related
Parties (as defined in Section  1.2(H)  above) shall be subject to any liability
as a result of any change in the  Shopping  Center,  nor shall the same  entitle
Tenant to any compensation or diminution of Rent, or entitle Tenant to terminate
this Lease or constitute  an actual or  constructive  eviction.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Lease,  Landlord shall not change the
dimensions or location of the Leased  Premises or materially  obstruct access to
or  visibility of the Leased  Premises  from the Enclosed Mall without  Tenant's
consent (which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  unless
Landlord is required to do any of the foregoing by reason of any Law (as defined
in Section 1.2(I) above) as a result of any cause beyond the reasonable  control
of Landlord, or in accordance with the provisions of Articles XI or XII below or
unless such access  and/or  visibility  is  temporarily  affected as a result of
repairs,  remodeling,  redevelopment,  renovation or other  construction  to the
Shopping Center.  Landlord shall use due diligence to complete all such repairs,
remodeling, renovations, redevelopment or other construction.

SECTION 2.3.          RELOCATION.  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

                                                            57

<PAGE>




                                                        ARTICLE III

                                                           TERM

SECTION 3.1.          TERM.  The Term shall commence at 12:00 A.M. on the
 Commencement Date and shall end at the
end of Normal Mall Hours (as defined in Section 4.3 below) on the Termination
Date.  Tenant shall, upon request by
Landlord, confirm the Commencement Date in writing.

SECTION 3.2.  SURRENDER OF LEASED PREMISES.  On the Termination Date (whether by
lapse of time or otherwise), Tenant shall quit and surrender the Leased Premises
in  accordance  with the terms of this Lease and in good  order,  condition  and
repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Tenant shall also deliver all keys for
the Leased  Premises  as  specified  by  Landlord,  and inform  Landlord  of all
combinations on locks, safes and any vaults in the Leased Premises.

SECTION 3.3.          HOLDING OVER.

             A. This Lease shall terminate on the  Termination  Date pursuant to
the terms of this Lease without the necessity of notice from either  Landlord or
Tenant,  Tenant's  occupancy  subsequent to the Termination Date, whether or not
with the  consent  of  Landlord,  shall be  deemed  to be that of a  tenancy  at
sufferance,  subject to all the terms, covenants,  and conditions of this Lease,
except  that for each day Tenant  holds over the  Minimum  Rent shall be two (2)
times the Minimum Rent and Percentage  Rent payable in the last year of the Term
divided by three hundred  sixty-five  (365) ("Holdover  Rent").  No extension or
renewal of this Lease shall be deemed to have occurred by any holding over.

             B. In addition to paying to Landlord the Holdover  Rent,  if Tenant
falls to surrender the Leased  Premises to Landlord on the  Termination  Date as
required by this Lease, Tenant shall indemnity,  defend (with counsel acceptable
to Landlord [acting  reasonably]) and hold the Landlord Related Parties harmless
from and against all loss,  liability,  damages and expense (including,  without
limitation,  attorneys'  fees)  sustained  or  incurred  by any of the  Landlord
Related Parties on account of or resulting from such failure, including, without
limitation,  claims  made by any  succeeding  tenant  of all or any  part of the
Leased Premises.

             C.  Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary,  if
Landlord  and Tenant  elect to negotiate a renewal of this Lease or a new lease,
during the period of their  negotiations  occurring after the Termination  Date,
Tenant shall  continue to pay the Rent payable in the last Lease Year or Partial
Lease Year of the Term, provided that any annual or other periodic escalation of
Rent set forth in this Lease shall  continue  during the  holdover  period as it
said holdover period was part of the original Term.  Notwithstanding anything to
the  contrary  contained  herein,  neither  Landlord  nor Tenant  shall have any
obligation to commence to negotiate, or to continue negotiation of, a renewal of
this Lease or a new lease  covering  the Leased  Premises  and in the event that
such  negotiation is not commenced or such  negotiation is  discontinued  at any
time by  either  party in its sole  discretion,  Tenant  shall be  liable to pay
Holdover Rent retroactive to the first day of the holdover period as aforesaid.

                                                        ARTICLE IV

                                        USE AND OPERATION OF THE LEASED PREMISES

SECTION 4.1. USE AND TRADE NAME. Tenant shall use the Leased Premises solely for
the  Permitted Use and for no other  purpose,  and shall operate its business on
the Leased  Premises solely under the Tenant Trade name and under no other name;
provided,  however,  Tenant may change its Trade Name without Landlord's written
consent  provided:  (i) the use of the trade name proposed shall not violate any
then existing lease or other agreement  affecting the Shopping Center;  (ii) the
trade  name  proposed  shall not be  similar to the trade name of any other then
existing  tenant or occupant in the Shopping  Center;  (iii) the proposed  trade
name is the trade name used by all of the stores  operated  by Tenant  under the
current  trade  name;  (iv) Tenant  shall  install  new  internally  illuminated
storefront  signage  with  Tenant's  new trade  name and  Tenant  shall make all
necessary  modifications  to the sign band  and/or  the  bulkhead  of the Leased
Premises  at its  sole  cost  and  expense  and in  accordance  with  Landlord's
specifications  and  design  criteria  for the  Shopping  Center  and  Exhibit B
attached  hereto;  (v) Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord the reasonable  expenses
incurred by Landlord in modifying any directories that reference  Tenant's store
to reflect the new Trade Name; and (vi) Tenant  notifies  Landlord of its change
of Trade Name at least thirty (30) days prior to said  change.  On or before the
thirtieth  (30th) day after Tenant  changes its trade name,  Tenant shall submit
drawings  to  Landlord  for   Landlord's   review  and  approval  prior  to  the
installation of the sign and/or modification of the sign band and/or bulkhead.

SECTION 4.2.          CONTINUOUS OPERATION BY TENANT.

             A.  Tenant  shall (i) carry at all times in the  Leased  Premises a
full stock of merchandise;  and (ii) conduct its business on the Leased Premises
at  all  times  in a  first-class  manner  consistent  with  reputable  business
standards and practices and operate the entire Leased Premises  continuously and
uninterruptedly  during all of the hours set forth below, during the entire Term
in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

             B. If Tenant  violates any  provision  of this  Section  4.2,  then
Landlord  shall have,  in addition to all remedies in this Lease  provided,  the
right to collect upon demand,  in addition to the other Rent payable  under this
Lease,  liquidated damages in an amount equal to twice the Rent per day for each
and every day that such violation

                                                            58

<PAGE>






exists.  The payment of such additional rent shall not relieve Tenant of any
of its obligations under this Lease.

SECTION  4.3.  STORE  HOURS.  Tenant  shall  conduct its  business in the Leased
Premises  during the hours  designated by Landlord as the normal mail hours (the
"Normal Mall Hours").  Tenant acknowledges that as of the date hereof the Normal
Mall Hours are as follows:  (i) Monday  through  Saturday,  between the hours of
10:00 a.m. and 9:30 p.m.,  and (ii) Sunday,  between the hours of 12:00 p.m. and
6:00 p.m.  Landlord  shall have the right to after such  Normal  Mall Hours from
time to time during the Term of this Lease,  provided that Landlord gives Tenant
reasonable  prior written  notice of such change,  and provided  further that if
such change  includes  any  additional  hours other than the hours  specifically
stated in clauses (i) and (ii) above,  Tenant  shall be obligated to conduct its
business in the Leased Premises during such additional hours if, and only if, at
least one Department,  Variety or Specialty Store and seventy-five percent (75%)
of the  Satellite  Store  Space  tenants in the  Shopping  Center are  similarly
obligated  or otherwise  open for  business  during such  additional  hours.  In
addition,  Tenant may conduct its business in the Leased  Premises  during hours
("Additional  Hours")  other  than  Normal  Mall Hours as may be  determined  by
Tenant, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord at least ten (10) days in advance
of the  Additional  Hours that Tenant  intends to be open for  business,  and in
addition also notifies Landlord at least ten (10) days in advance of any changes
in the  Additional  Hours Tenant  intends to be open for business,  and provided
further  that  Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord  as  additional  Rent  all  costs
("Landlord's  Incremental Costs") incurred by Landlord which would not have been
incurred by Landlord it Tenant had not notified Landlord that Tenant intended to
operate during such Additional Hours, including,  without limitation,  all costs
incurred by Landlord in  furnishing  security,  heating,  cooling,  ventilating,
lighting,   maintenance  or  any  other   services   furnished  by  Landlord  in
anticipation of Tenant being open for business  during the Additional  Hours. In
the event that  Tenant is open for  business  at any time other than Normal Mall
Hours,  except as expressly set forth in the immediately  succeeding  paragraph,
Tenant shall keep all doors or other  entrances (if any) opening from the Leased
Premises  onto the  Enclosed  Mall (the "Mall  Entrance")  closed and locked and
shall not permit any  employee,  customer or other  person to gain access to the
Enclosed Mall through or by way of the Leased Premises.  Except as expressly set
forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph,  during any Additional Hours that
Tenant  conducts  its  business  at the  Leased  Premises,  Tenant's  employees,
customers  or any other  persons  entering or exiting the Leased  Premises  must
enter and exit through  Tenant's  exterior  entrance/exit to the Shopping Center
parking lot (the "Exterior Entrance").

             Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this Section
4.3,  if at any time  during the Term of this  Lease,  any  governmental  entity
having jurisdiction over the Shopping Center prohibits Tenant from utilizing its
Exterior Entrance,  Landlord shall permit Tenant's employees,  customers and any
other  persons  to enter  and exit from the  Leased  Premises  through  the Mall
Entrance during any Additional Hours; provided, however, it Tenant is prohibited
from  utilizing its Exterior  Entrance as  hereinabove  described,  and Landlord
determines  (acting  reasonably) that Landlord must place a gate in that portion
of the  Enclosed  Mall  Common  Area  located  directly  adjacent  to the Leased
Premises  in order to prevent  anyone  exiting  the Leased  Premises  during any
Additional Hours from gaining access to the Enclosed Mall,  Tenant hereby agrees
to pay  Landlord  one hundred  percent  (100%) of the cost of such gate (and the
installation  thereof within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor from
Landlord  (which  demand  shall  be  accompanied  by  reasonable   documentation
evidencing the cost of purchasing and installing such gate).

             Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, subject
to the  conditions  contained in this Section 4.3,  Tenant shall be permitted to
conduct its business in the Leased Promises during the following hours:
Sunday through Saturday between the hours of 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight.

SECTION 4.4. ADDITIONAL OPERATIONAL  COVENANTS.  Tenant covenants and agrees, at
all times  during the Term and such other  times as Tenant  occupies  the Leased
Premises or any part thereof,  to comply, at its own cost and expense,  with the
following:

             A. Any  handling  of  freight or  deliveries  to or from the Leased
Premises shall be made in a manner which is consistent with good shopping center
practice  and only at such times,  in the areas and through  the  entrances  and
exits designated by Landlord.  Any truck or machine used for handling freight or
making such deliveries shall have rubber wheels only.

             B. All  garbage  and other  refuse  shall be kept inside the Leased
Premises in the kind of  container  specified  by  Landlord  and shall be placed
outside of the Leased Premises  prepared for collection in the manner and at the
times and  places  specified  by  Landlord.  If  Landlord  elects to  furnish or
designate  such  service for the removal  and/or  recycling of garbage and other
refuse,  Tenant shall use the service  furnished or designated by Landlord,  but
Tenant shall not be  obligated to pay more for such service than the  prevailing
competitive  rates  charged  by  reputable,  independent  trash  removal  and/or
recycling  contractors for the same service on a direct and individual basis. If
furnished  or billed by Landlord,  Tenant shall pay for such service  monthly as
additional  rent.  If Landlord  does not provide such  service,  Tenant shall be
solely  responsible  for the removal  (including  any recycling  required by any
applicable  Law) of all garbage and other  refuse from the Leased  Premises  and
shall pay promptly all charges therefor.

             Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  herein, as of
the date  hereof,  Tenant is not required to separate  "wet" and "dry"  garbage,
however,   should  Landlord,   or  any  local   governmental   authority  having
jurisdiction over the Shopping Center, require such separation of garbage at any
time after the date hereof, Tenant shall comply with the requirements imposed by
Landlord  and/or such  governmental  entity (as the case may be) with respect to
the separation of refuse. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be required
to participate in any recycling program

                                                            59

<PAGE>



currently  or from time to time  conducted  by Landlord at the  Shopping  Center
during the Term of this Lease. As of the date hereof, there is a Shopping Center
recycling  program for dry cardboard,  bottles,  cans,  paper (grade 1 only) and
newspapers.

             In addition to the  foregoing,  Tenant shall (i) remove grease from
the grease trap  servicing  the Leased  Premises  and  maintain  the grease trap
within the Leased  Premises  in the  manner,  by such  means,  and at such times
consistent with the operation of a first-class restaurant and (ii) remove grease
from the "Grease  Guard(s)" (or its  equivalent) (as described in Section 9.2[B]
below) at Tenant's roof-mounted exhaust equipment outlets and shall maintain the
Grease  Guard(s) in such a manner as to prevent  grease from coming into contact
with  the  Shopping  Center  roof.  Grease  waste  shall be  placed  in a sealed
container,  as  reasonably  approved by Landlord,  designated  specifically  for
grease waste and capable of being wheeled and emptied as required by local code,
local governmental authority or Landlord, but in no event less than one (1) time
per week.  Such grease  waste  container  shall be located  within an area to be
approved by Landlord,  which approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Any
relocation  of such grease waste  container  shall be subject to the  Landlord's
prior  written  approval,  in the event  Tenant  fails to  maintain  the  Grease
Guard(s) as set forth in this  paragraph,  Landlord  may cause such grease to be
removed  and,  as  necessary,  the roof of the  Shopping  Center so  damaged  by
Tenant's failure to remove such grease to be repaired and Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for the cost thereof upon demand.

             C.  Tenant  shall not (i)  suffer,  allow or permit any  vibration,
noise,  odor or flashing or bright  light to emanate  from the Leased  Premises;
(ii) paint or cause to be displayed,  painted or placed,  any handbills,  bumper
stickers or other  advertising  devices on any vehicle(s)  parked in the parking
area(s) of the Shopping Center, whether belonging to Tenant, its employee(s), or
any other  person(s);  (iii)  solicit  business  or  distribute,  or cause to be
distributed,  in the Common Areas any handbills,  promotional materials or other
advertising;  (iv) conduct or permit any other activities in the Leased Premises
that might  constitute  a nuisance;  (v) permit the parking of vehicles so as to
interfere with the use of any driveway, corridor, walkway, parking area, mall or
any other Common Area; or (vi) use or occupy the Leased Premises or do or permit
anything to be done therein  which in any manner might cause injury or damage in
or about the Shopping Center.

             D.  Tenant may  maintain a slightly  negative  air  pressure in the
Leased  Premises  so as to permit a slight  drawing of heated or cooled air from
other  areas  of  the  Shopping  Center  as  indicated  on  Tenant's  plans  and
specifications and subject to Landlord's  approval of same, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall also keep the Leased Premises heated
or air-conditioned, as the case may require, at least to the same temperature as
the Landlord is endeavoring to maintain in the Shopping Center.

             E. Tenant  shall use and allow to be used all  plumbing  within the
Leased  Premises  and the  Shopping  Center only for the purpose for which it is
designed,  and no foreign  substance  of any kind shall be thrown  therein.  The
expense of any breakage,  stoppage or damage  resulting from a violation of this
provision shall be paid for by Tenant upon demand.

             F.       Tenant shall contract for and utilize termite and pest
 extermination services for the Leased Premises as
necessary.

             G.  Tenant  shall  keep any  display  windows or signs in or on the
Leased  Premises  well  lighted  during  such  hours and days that the  Shopping
Center,  or the  portion  thereof  in which  Tenant is  located,  is  lighted by
Landlord.

             H. Tenant shall contract for and utilize a window-cleaning  service
and maintain the windows in the Leased Premises in a reasonably  clean condition
and in a manner  consistent with a first class shopping center.  If Tenant fails
to keep its windows clean, Landlord may cause the same to be kept clean (through
a service or otherwise) and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof upon demand.

             I. Tenant  shall use good faith  efforts to avoid any action  which
would cause any work stoppage,  picketing,  labor disruption or dispute,  or any
interference  with the business or the rights and  privileges of Landlord or any
other tenant, occupant or other person lawfully in the Shopping Center (any such
event shall be referred to  collectively  herein as a "Labor  Dispute").  If any
action  or  inaction  on the part of any  Tenant  Related  Party  causes a Labor
Dispute,  Tenant  shall have any pickets  removed  and, if deemed  necessary  by
Landlord,  terminate at any time any  construction  work being  performed in the
Leased Premises  giving rise to such Labor Dispute,  until such time as Landlord
shall have given its  written  consent  for the  resumption  of such work (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld),  and Tenant shall have no claim for
damages of any nature against any of the Landlord  Related Parties in connection
therewith,  nor shall the date of the  commencement of the Term be extended as a
result thereof.

             J.       Tenant shall pay before delinquency all fees and charges 
and shall maintain all licenses and permits required
for Tenant to lawfully use the Leased Premises as contemplated by this Lease.

             K. Tenant shall (i) use the Shopping Center name as existing, or as
the same may be changed from time to time,  in  designating  the location of the
Leased Premises in all newspaper or other advertising,  and all other references
to the location of the Leased  Premises;  and (ii) to the extent Tenant mentions
in local advertising the location of any of its stores, Tenant shall include its
Trade Name and the  address  and  identity  of  Tenant's  business in the Leased
Premises in all such advertisements made by Tenant in any manner, in any medium.

             L. Tenant shall not conduct or permit to be conducted  any auction,
fire, "going out of business" or similar type of sale; provided,  however,  that
this provision shall not restrict the absolute  freedom (as between Landlord and
Tenant) of Tenant to  determine  its own  selling  prices nor shall it  preclude
periodic,  seasonal,  promotional or clearance sales held in the ordinary course
of business.

                                                            60

<PAGE>



             M.  Tenant  shall  not  place a load on any  floor in the  Shopping
Center  exceeding  the load which it was  designed  to carry,  nor shall  Tenant
install,  operate or maintain thereon any heavy item or equipment except in such
manner as to achieve a proper distribution of weight.

             N.  Tenant  shall not  install,  operate or  maintain in the Leased
Premises or in any other area of the Shopping  Center any  electrical  equipment
which  does not bear the  Underwriters  Laboratories  seal of  approval,  or its
equivalent,  or which would overload the  electrical  system or any part thereof
beyond its capacity for proper,  efficient  and safe  operation as determined by
Landlord (in its reasonable  business  judgment),  taking into consideration the
overall  electrical system and the present and future  requirements  therefor in
the Shopping Center.

             0. To the extent  required by Landlord (in its reasonable  business
judgment),  or any applicable  Law,  Tenant shall provide sound barriers for all
mechanical systems serving the Leased Premises.

             P.       Tenant shall not store, display, sell, or distribute any
 alcoholic beverages or any dangerous materials
without the prior written consent of Landlord.

             Q. Tenant shall not sell, distribute or display any item or provide
any  service  in any  manner  which,  in  Landlord's  good  faith  judgment,  is
inconsistent with the quality of operation of the Shopping Center or may tend to
injure or  detract  from the moral  character  or image of the  Shopping  Center
within the community,  without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Tenant
shall not permit any "adult"  entertainment or nudity in the Leased Premises and
shall not sell, distribute or display any paraphernalia commonly used in the use
or ingestion of illicit drugs, or any x-rated, pornographic or so-called "adult"
newspaper,  book,  magazine,  film,  picture,  video tape,  video disk, or other
similar representation or merchandise of any kind.

             R. Tenant shall comply with and shall cause the Leased  Premises to
comply  with all  Laws  affecting  the  Leased  Premises  or any part or the use
thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  except as provided below, Tenant shall
have no  obligation  to comply with any such Laws to the extent the same require
structural   alterations   or   structural   repairs  to  the  Leased   Premises
(collectively,  the "Structural  Work"),  all of which required  Structural Work
shall be the  obligation of Landlord  (except that the foregoing does not in any
way  relieve  Tenant  from any  responsibility  to pay its  share of  Landlord's
Operating  Costs as  provided  in this  Lease),  except to the extent  that such
Structural Work is (a) to the storefront of the Leased  Premises,  (b) caused by
an act or omission of Tenant, or Tenant's agents, employees or contractors,  (c)
required  as a result of  Tenant's  specific  use of the Leased  Premises or the
particular  configuration  of  the  Leasehold  Improvements  within  the  Leased
Premises,  (d)  necessitated by any  improvement,  alteration or addition to the
Leased  Premises  performed  by or at  the  direction  of  Tenant,  (e)  to  any
improvement,  alteration or addition to the Leased  Premises  performed by or at
the  direction  of  Tenant,  or (f)  required  of Tenant in its  capacity  as an
employer,  in any of which  cases such  Structural  Work shall be  performed  at
Tenant's sole cost and expense,  and at Landlord's option, shall be performed by
Tenant.

             S. Tenant  shall not operate or permit to be operated on the Leased
Premises any coin or token operated vending machine or similar device including,
without  limitation,  telephones,  amusement  devices and  machines  for sale of
beverages,  foods,  candy,  cigarettes or other goods, but Tenant shall have the
right to operate  vending  machines  located in a  non-sales  area of the Leased
Premises for the exclusive use of Tenant's employees.

             T. If  Landlord  designates  any  portion  of the  Shopping  Center
parking  area for  employee  parking  ("Employee  Parking  Areas"),  Tenant  and
Tenant's employees shall park their motor vehicles only in said Employee Parking
Areas.

             U. Tenant shall comply with and observe all other  reasonable rules
and regulations  established by Landlord, from time to time, provided such rules
and regulations  shall be uniformly and  non-discriminatorily  applicable to all
other similarly situated Satellite Store Space tenants.

SECTION  4.5.  SIGNS  AND  ADVERTISING.  Tenant  shall not place or permit to be
placed on the  exterior  of the  Leased  Premises  or the door,  window or roof,
within any display  window space or within five (5) feet behind the entry to the
Leased Premises, any sign,  decoration,  lettering or advertising matter without
Landlord's prior written approval,  except that Tenant may utilize such material
within the Leased  Premises on a temporary basis  (collectively,  the "Temporary
Signs") to advertise  special sales or  promotional  events  without  Landlord's
approval  provided that such Temporary  Signs are  professionally  made, in good
taste and not taped to any window of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall submit to
Landlord  reasonably  detailed  drawings  of  its  proposed  signs  (other  than
Temporary  Signs) for review and approval by Landlord  prior to utilizing  same.
All signs,  awnings,  canopies,  decorations,  lettering,  advertising matter or
other  items used by Tenant  shall be  insured  and  maintained  at all times by
Tenant  in good  condition,  operating  order  and  repair.  Flashing  signs are
prohibited.  Tenant  shall  install  one  internally  illuminated,  individually
lettered  sign or  other  type  of  sign as  specified  by  Landlord  above  the
storefront of the Leased Premises and professionally  lettered name signs on its
service doors both in accordance with plans and specifications therefor approved
by Landlord.

             Landlord shall have the right,  after  twenty-four (24) hours prior
written  notice to Tenant and  without  any  liability  for damage to the Leased
Premises reasonably caused thereby, to remove any items displayed or affixed in

                                                            61

<PAGE>



or to the Leased Premises which Landlord  determines (in its reasonable business
judgment) to be in violation of the provisions of this Section 4.5.

SECTION 4.6. TENANT'S USE OF ROOF. No radio or television aerial or other device
shall be erected on the roof or  exterior  walls of the Leased  Premises  or the
building  in which the Leased  Premises  are  located  without  first  obtaining
Landlord's written consent. If the Leased Premises are located immediately under
the roof of the Shopping  Center,  then Tenant is hereby  given a  non-exclusive
right to use that part of the roof of the building in which the Leased  Premises
are located  within the lines formed by projecting  the perimeter  wall lines of
the Leased Premises  vertically,  such use being solely for the installation and
maintenance of Tenant's  heating,  ventilating and air conditioning  system,  if
any;  provided,  however,  that (i) roof  penetrations  shall be made  only with
Landlord's  prior  written  consent and by a contractor  designated by Landlord;
(ii) Tenant  shall,  at its  expense,  promptly  repair,  utilizing a contractor
designated by Landlord,  any damage or wear to the roof resulting in whole or in
part from the use described in this Section 4.6; and (iii) Landlord may relocate
Tenant's equipment at any time at Landlord's expense.

SECTION 4.7. RETAIL RESTRICTION  LIMIT.  Tenant covenants and agrees that during
the Term,  neither Tenant nor any guarantor of this Lease (and if Tenant or such
guarantor is a corporation or partnership,  its respective officers,  directors,
stockholders,  affiliates or partners)  shall directly or  indirectly,  operate,
manage or have any interest in any other store or business  whose primary use is
the operation of a full service sit-down Mexican restaurant (including,  without
limitation,  any  concession  or  department  operated  within  another store or
business),  within a radius  of five (5)  miles  of the  Shopping  Center.  This
covenant,  however,  shall be inapplicable to any store or business of Tenant in
operation  on the  date of this  Lease,  provided  that  Tenant  has  heretofore
disclosed  the  existence  of such store or business in writing to Landlord  and
provided  further  that the  nature  and  character  of such  existing  store or
business  remain the same and such store is  continuously  operated  at the same
location.  If the covenant  contained in this Section 4.7 is breached,  Landlord
may, at its option,  in addition  to all of its other  rights and  remedies  set
forth in Article XVI of this Lease,  include  all gross sales  generated  by any
violative  store or business in calculating  the Gross Sales for the purposes of
this Lease,  in which event the terms and  conditions  set forth in Sections 5.3
through 5.6 shall apply to the business of such violative store.

                                                         ARTICLE V

                                                           RENT

SECTION 5.1. RENT PAYABLE.

             A. Tenant shall pay the Rent payable  under this Lease to Landlord,
without  prior  demand  therefor or any setoff or deduction  whatsoever,  at the
times set forth in this Lease in lawful money of the United States, at the place
designated  from time to time by  Landlord  by notice  given to  Tenant.  Unless
another  time shall be expressly  provided  for  payment,  Rent shall be due and
payable on demand or together with the next  succeeding  installment  of Minimum
Rent,  whichever  shall  first  occur.  Tenant's  covenant  to pay Rent shall be
independent of every other  covenant set forth in this Lease.  Tenant shall also
pay to Landlord all applicable  sales or other taxes which may be imposed on any
item of Rent  at the  same  time  as  such  item of Rent is due and  payable  to
Landlord.  In addition to  constituting  a default  under this Lease,  if Tenant
shall fail to make any payment of Rent when due,  Tenant shall pay a late charge
of One Hundred  Dollars  ($100.00)  to  reimburse  Landlord  for its  additional
administrative costs in processing such payment. Unless Landlord notifies Tenant
otherwise,  all Rent payments shall be made payable and sent to:  Monmouth Mall,
Route 35 & Wyckoff Road, Eatontown, New Jersey 07724.

             B. Any  payment by Tenant or  acceptance  by  Landlord  of a lesser
amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord  shall be treated as payment on
account.  The  acceptance  by  Landlord  of a check for a lesser  amount with an
endorsement or statement thereon or in any letter  accompanying such check, that
such lesser amount is payment in full shall be given no effect, and Landlord may
accept  such check  without  prejudice  to any other  rights or  remedies  which
Landlord may have against Tenant.

SECTION 5.2.  PAYMENT OF MINIMUM RENT.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Minimum
Rent  provided in Section  1.1(E) , in equal monthly  installments,  in advance,
commencing on the Rent  Commencement Date and on the first day of each and every
calendar month thereafter throughout the Term.

SECTION 5.3. PAYMENT OF PERCENTAGE RENT. Tenant shall pay to Landlord Percentage
Rent for each Lease  Year or Partial  Lease  Year  commencing  on the  twentieth
(20th) day of the month immediately following the month in which the Gross Sales
(as  hereinafter  defined in Section  5.4(A)  below)  first exceed the Full Year
Breakpoint  or Partial Year  Breakpoint as the case may be, and on the twentieth
(20th) day of each month  thereafter  during the remainder of such Lease Year or
Partial Lease Year.

SECTION 5.4. "GROSS SALES" DEFINED.

             A.       The term "Gross Sales" shall mean: the total price charged
 for all goods, merchandise, tickets, trade-
ins, beverages and food sold, leased or licensed, and all services or other
operations or items sold or rendered, at, in,

                                                            62

<PAGE>



on or from the Leased Premises by Tenant or any Concessionaire, whether for cash
or on a charge,  credit,  time basis or otherwise,  without reserve or deduction
for  inability  or  failure  to  collect,  including,  but not  limited  to, the
following:  (i) orders  originated or accepted by Tenant at the Leased  Premises
but delivery or  performance  is made from or at any place other than the Leased
Premises,  or vice versa:  (ii) orders received or filled at the Leased Premises
made by mail,  telephone or other means;  (iii) sales by means of mechanical and
other  vending  machines in the Leased  Premises;  (iv) all service,  finance or
interest charges imposed by Tenant on any type of account or note receivable, to
the extent that the principal  amount  thereof  consists of monies which were or
should have been included in Gross Sales;  and (v) all gross income  received by
Tenant from its  operations in, at, on or from the Leased  Premises  (including,
without  limitation,  the type of transactions  described above) which Tenant or
any  Concessionaire in the ordinary course of business would credit or attribute
to its business upon the Leased  Premises and which are neither  included in nor
excluded from Gross Sales by the other provisions of this Lease, but without any
duplication;  and in all  cases  without  deduction  or  allowance  for  cost of
inventory,  or other costs or expenses of purchasing,  selling and transporting,
or other costs or  expenses  related to  overhead  or  franchise  fees or taxes,
except as specifically provided in Section 5.4(B) below.

             B. There shall not be included,  or if included in the  calculation
of Gross  Sales,  there shall be  deducted,  as the case may be,  provided  that
specific  record is made at the time of each  transaction:  (i) the  actual  net
amount of refunds,  credits or allowances  actually made or allowed by Tenant in
accordance with reasonable business practices upon transactions  included within
Gross  Sales  where the item is returned  by the  purchaser  to and  accepted by
Tenant (provided that anything given in exchange for returned items and any such
credits to customers shall be included in Gross Sales when used);  (ii) sales or
retailer's excise taxes which are separately added by Tenant to the sales price,
paid  directly by the  customer,  collected by Tenant and actually  paid over by
Tenant to the  governmental  taxing  authorities,  but not deducting  from Gross
Sales any other tax of any nature; (iii) the exchange of merchandise between the
stores of  Tenant  where  such  exchanges  are made  solely  for the  convenient
operation of Tenant's  business and not for the purpose of  consummating  a sale
which has been made at,  on, in or from the  Leased  Premises;  (iv)  returns to
shippers or manufacturers  for credit;  (v) sales of fixtures which are not part
of  Tenant's  stock  in  trade;  (vi)  bulk  sales  or  wholesale  transfers  of
merchandise  not in the ordinary  course of business;  and (vii) the  following,
only to the extent that they do not, in the  aggregate,  exceed two percent (2%)
of Gross Sales in any Lease Year or Partial  Lease Year:  (a) sales to employees
of Tenant at a discount;  (b) Tenant's  accounts  receivable  consisting  of bad
checks and bad debts; provided, however, if such accounts are actually collected
later,  the amounts  shall be included in Gross Sales at such time,  and further
provided Tenant shall use reasonable  efforts within the retail trade to collect
such bad checks and bad debts;  (c) service charges levied against sales through
the use of national bank cards or other similar third party credit services such
as Visa  or  MasterCard  and  check  verification  charges;  and (d) the  amount
received from the sale of gift certificates  until such certificates are treated
as a sale at the Leased Premises pursuant to Tenant's bookkeeping practices.

SECTION 5.5.          STATEMENTS OF GROSS SALES.

             A.  Within  twenty (20) days after the end of each  calendar  month
included  in the Term,  Tenant  shall  deliver to  Landlord a written  statement
certified by Tenant setting forth (i) the amount of Gross Sales made during such
month;  (ii) the aggregate  amount of Gross Sales made during such Lease Year or
Partial  Lease Year  including  such month;  (iii) the amount of  deductions  or
exclusions  from Gross Sales taken in accordance  with Section 5.4(B) above,  if
any; (iv) the aggregate Percentage Rent due for such Lease Year or Partial Lease
Year; (v) the amount of Percentage  Rent  previously  paid by Tenant to Landlord
for such Lease Year or Partial Lease Year;  and (vi) the total  Percentage  Rent
then due for such month.

             B. On or before the sixtieth  (60th) day following  each Lease Year
or Partial Lease Year  included in the Term,  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a
written  certified  statement  setting forth the items  required  under Sections
5.5(A)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) with respect to such Lease Year or Partial Lease
Year.

             C. If Tenant  shall fail to deliver  any  statement  of Gross Sales
when due and does not cure  such  failure  within  ten (10) days  after  written
notice from Landlord, in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies
hereunder, (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, an amount equal
to One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per day for each day such statement is overdue;
and (ii) upon not less than three (3) days'  prior  notice to  Tenant,  Landlord
shall have the right to cause an audit of all books,  records and bank  accounts
of Tenant and any  Concessionaire  pertaining  to the business  conducted in the
Leased  Premises  and to  prepare  the  statements  which  Tenant  has failed to
deliver.  The  statement(s)  prepared by Landlord  shall be conclusive on Tenant
absent  manifest error,  and Tenant shall promptly pay all expenses  incurred in
the  preparation of such  statement(s)  and all sums, if any, as may be shown by
such audit to be due as Percentage Rent.

SECTION 5.6.          RECORDS AND AUDITS.

             A. The  business of Tenant and any  Concessionaire  upon the Leased
Premises shall be operated so that a duplicate dated sales slip,  dated invoice,
register receipt or similar  evidence of payment,  serially  numbered,  shall be
issued with each transaction  resulting in Gross Sales or exclusions  therefrom,
Tenant  shall keep at the Leased  Premises or at the home or regional  office of
Tenant,  a general ledger,  sales receipts,  sales records and other  supporting
documentation  for at least three (3) years after the end of the period to which
they pertain.  All such  documentation  shall disclose in detail all information
required to permit  Landlord to verity  Tenant's Gross Sales and conform to, and
be in accordance with,  generally accepted  accounting  principles  consistently
applied.  If the  documentation  Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to this
Section  5.6(A) is  insufficient  to permit  Landlord to verify  Gross Sales and
exclusions therefrom, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, the cost of any
examination

                                                            63

<PAGE>



or  audit  performed  pursuant  to  Section  5.6(B)  below,  including,  without
limitation,  all reasonable  travel expenses  Incurred by Landlord in conducting
such examination  and/or audit. If any audit is required or a controversy arises
regarding  Percentage Rent, Tenant shall retain its books and records until such
audit is terminated or controversy is resolved notwithstanding the expiration of
the Term.

             B. Landlord,  its agents and employees  shall have the right at any
time  during  normal  business  hours  after not less than five (5) days'  prior
written  notice to Tenant,  to cause an examination or complete audit to be made
of the documentation  described in Section 5.6(A) and such other  documentation,
including,  without  limitation,  bank  accounts  as Landlord  shall  reasonably
require.  If any audit or examination shall disclose that any statement of Gross
Sales understates Gross Sales for the reporting period (i) to any extent, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord upon demand the resultant  deficiency in Percentage  Rent,
together with interest thereon;  and (ii) to the extent of three percent (3%) or
more, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, upon demand,  the cost of
the audit or examination  including,  without limitation,  all reasonable travel
expenses incurred by Landlord in conducting such audit.

SECTION 5.7.  TAXES.  The term  "Taxes"  shall mean all  federal,  state,  local
governmental,  special  district and special service area taxes and assessments,
exactions, impact fees and charges (including,  without limitation,  lease, rent
or  occupancy  taxes) and other  governmental  charges and  levies,  general and
special, ordinary and extraordinary,  unforeseen as well as foreseen of any kind
and  nature  (including  interest  thereon  whenever  the same may be payable in
installments)  which Landlord shall pay or become  obligated to pay or which are
or shall  become  levied,  due and payable or liens upon,  assessed  directly or
indirectly  against  all or any  portion of the  Shopping  Center (or any of the
rents received therefrom) arising out of the use, occupancy, ownership, leasing,
management,  repair,  replacement or operation of the Shopping Center,  any part
thereof, appurtenance thereto or property, fixtures or equipment therein imposed
by any  authority  having  jurisdiction  over the  Shopping  Center  or any part
thereof, in the amount billed and payable immediately prior to the date the same
are  delinquent   together  with  the  costs  (including,   without  limitation,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees) of any  negotiation,  contest or appeal pursued by
Landlord  to reduce  or  prevent  an  increase  in any  portion  of such  Taxes,
regardless  of whether any  reduction  or  limitation  is  obtained,  and all of
Landlord's  administrative  costs with  respect to the  foregoing,  all of which
shall  arise  during  the Term or  which  shall be  attributable  to the  period
included in the Term. No inheritance, estate, franchise,  corporation, income or
profit tax that is or may be imposed upon Landlord personally shall be deemed to
be  included  in  "Taxes".  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein  to the
contrary,  Tenant's  obligation  hereunder to reimburse  Landlord for payment of
Taxes shall not include penalties imposed for late payment of Taxes.

SECTION 5.8.           PAYMENT OF TAX RENT.

             A. Tenant's  proportionate share of Taxes (the "Tax Rent") for each
Tax Year (as hereinafter defined) shall be computed by multiplying the amount of
the Taxes less any Deductible Contributions (hereinafter defined) to Taxes, by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the floor space of the Leased Premises
and the  denominator  of which shall be the floor space of the  Satellite  Store
Space  (excluding  the floor space of all  Separately  Assessed  Tenants and all
Temporary  Tenants [each as hereinafter  defined]) which is leased and occupied.
The  leased  and  occupied  Satellite  Store  Space for a Tax Year  shall be the
average of the leased and  occupied  Satellite  Store  Space on the first day of
each  calendar  month  in such Tax  Year.  For  purposes  of this  Section  5.8,
"Deductible Contributions" shall mean all contributions to Taxes made by (i) all
Separately  Assessed Tenants,  (ii) all Temporary  Tenants,  (iii) all Ancillary
Tenants (as hereinafter  defined) and (iv) all Department,  Variety or Specialty
Stores who are not Separately  Assessed  Tenants.  "Separately  Assessed Tenant"
shall mean any tenant  (excluding  Tenant)  whose  premises  within the Shopping
Center are  separately  assessed  and included on a separate tax bill and who is
obligated  to pay the  entire  amount of such tax bill  directly  to the  taxing
authorities or to Landlord. "Temporary Tenant" shall mean any tenant or occupant
(excluding Tenant) who occupies Satellite Store Space within the Shopping Center
pursuant to a lease,  license or other similar agreement with an original stated
term of twelve (12) months or less.  "Ancillary Tenant" shall mean any tenant or
occupant of the  Shopping  Center who  occupies  Ancillary  Space (as defined in
Section  1.2[N] above) in the Shopping  Center,  provided that if such Ancillary
Tenant occupies other space in the Shopping Center in addition to such Ancillary
Space, the "Deductible  Contributions"  made by such Ancillary Tenant shall only
include the contributions to Taxes (or in the case of Section 6.4, contributions
to Landlord's  Operating Costs) that are directly  attributable to the Ancillary
Space occupied by such Ancillary  Tenant.  The term "Tax Year" means each twelve
(12)  month  period  established  as the  real  estate  tax  year by the  taxing
authorities having jurisdiction over the Shopping Center.

             B. Tax Rent shall be paid by Tenant in equal  monthly  installments
in such amounts as are estimated and billed by Landlord for each Tax Year during
the Term, with the first installment being due on the Rent Commencement Date and
each  succeeding  installment  being due on the first day of each calendar month
thereafter.  If at any time  during a Tax Year (or after a Tax Year if the final
amount of the Taxes has not been  determined)  it shall appear that Landlord has
underestimated the Tax Rent for such Tax Year, Landlord may adjust the amount of
the monthly  installments  of Tax Rent and bill Tenant for any deficiency  which
may have accrued during such Tax Year. After Landlord's receipt of the final tax
bills for each Tax Year, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the amount of Taxes for
the Tax Year in question  and the amount of the Tax Rent for such Tax Year.  Any
overpayment  or  deficiency  in the Tax Rent for such Tax Year shall be adjusted
between  Landlord  and Tenant as follows:  Tenant shall pay Landlord or Landlord
shall credit to Tenant's  account (or, it such  adjustment  is at the end of the
Term,  pay  Tenant),  as the case may be,  within  thirty  (30)  days  after the
aforesaid notification to Tenant, the amount of any such excess or deficiency of
Tax Rent paid or payable by Tenant.

                                                            64

<PAGE>



SECTION  5.9.  RENT FOR A PARTIAL  MONTH.  For any  portion of a calendar  month
included at the  beginning  or end of the Term,  Tenant shall pay 1/30th of each
monthly  installment  of Rent for each day of such  portion  in  advance  at the
beginning of such portion.

SECTION 5.10.  RENT FOR A PARTIAL LEASE YEAR.  During any Partial Lease Year for
each item of Rent which is  calculated on an annual basis but payable in monthly
installments  (such as, but not limited  to,  Marketing  Fund Dues and  Tenant's
Advertising and Promotional  Contribution),  Tenant shall pay an amount equal to
the product  arrived at by  multiplying  the annual  amount of such item of Rent
payable  for the first full Lease Year,  in the case of a Partial  Lease Year at
the  beginning  of the Term,  or for the last full Lease Year,  in the case of a
Partial Lease Year at the end of the Term, by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the number of days in the  Partial  Lease Year and the  denominator  of
which shall be 360.

SECTION 5.11.         TAXES ON TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY.   If any such tax,
 excise on rents or otherimposition,  however described, is levied or assessed 
by any taxing authority on
account of Tenant's interest in this Lease,  Landlord's  receivables,  the Rent,
Tenant's inventory,  the Leasehold Improvements,  any Tenant Property, or it any
other taxes are imposed  upon this  Lease,  Tenant's  right to occupy the Leased
Premises,  Tenant's  investment  or business  operation  in the Leased  Premises
(including,  without limitation, any and all documentary stamps or similar taxes
assessed upon this Lease or the consideration  received by Landlord by reason of
this Lease),  then Tenant shall be  responsible  therefor and shall pay the same
before delinquency. If any taxing authority requires that any such tax or excise
on rents or other imposition, however described, for which Tenant is responsible
(other than the Taxes  included in the  calculation  of the Tax Rent) be paid by
Tenant, but collected by Landlord for and on behalf of such taxing authority and
forwarded by the Landlord to such taxing authority,  then the same shall be paid
by Tenant to Landlord at such times as such taxing  authority  shall require and
be collectible by Landlord and the payment thereof  enforced in the same fashion
as provided for the enforcement of payment of Rent.

                                                        ARTICLE VI

                                                       COMMON AREAS

SECTION 6.1. USE OF COMMON AREAS. During the Term, Tenant, its employees, agents
and customers  shall have a non-exclusive  license,  in common with Landlord and
all others to or for whom Landlord has given or may hereafter give rights to use
the  Common  Areas (as the same may exist from time to time),  but such  license
shall at all  times be  subject  to the  exclusive  control  and  management  by
Landlord and such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may, from time to
time, impose.

SECTION 6.2.           MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF COMMON AREAS.  Landlord shall
 operate,
decorate, repair, equip and maintain, or shall cause to be decorated,  operated,
repaired,  equipped  and  maintained,  the  Common  Areas in a manner  deemed by
Landlord, in its reasonable business judgment, to be appropriate.  In connection
with the  exercise of its rights  under this  Section  6.2,  Landlord  may:  (i)
utilize the Common Areas for promotions, exhibits, food facilities and any other
use which Landlord,  in its reasonable business judgment,  deems appropriate for
such Common Areas,  (ii) erect,  install,  remove and lease,  kiosks,  planters,
pools,  sculpture and other  improvements  within the Common Areas;  (iii) enter
into, modify and terminate easements and other agreements  pertaining to the use
and maintenance of any part of the Shopping Center;  (iv) close  temporarily all
or any portion of the Common Areas; (v) grant individual  tenants and others the
right to conduct sales in the Common Areas; (vi) restrict parking by tenants and
other  occupants  of  the  Shopping  Center,   their  employees,   agents,   and
concessionaires  and the respective  visitors and invitees of each;  (vii) close
all or any portion of the Shopping Center and in connection therewith,  seal off
all  entrances to the Shopping  Center or any portion  thereof to such extent as
may, in the sole  opinion of  Landlord,  be  necessary  to prevent a  dedication
thereof or the  accrual  of any  rights to any person or to the public  thereon;
(viii)  temporarily  suspend any and all services,  facilities and access by the
public to all or any part of the Shopping Center on legal holidays or due to any
event beyond the  reasonable  control of  Landlord;  and (ix) do and perform any
other acts in and to said  Common  Areas as, in the  exercise  of good  business
judgment, Landlord shall deem advisable.

SECTION  6.3.  "LANDLORD'S   OPERATING  COSTS"  DEFINED.  The  term  "Landlord's
Operating  Costs" shall mean all costs and expenses  incurred in a manner deemed
by Landlord,  in its reasonable business judgment, to be appropriate and for the
best  interest  of  the  Shopping  Center  in  connection  with  the  operation,
equipping,  replacement,  maintenance and repair of the Shopping Center (and all
systems,  structures  and Common  Areas  related  thereto),  including,  without
limitation, the costs and expenses of: (i) lighting,  cleaning, painting, paving
and striping of the Shopping Center, (ii) removing snow, ice, garbage, trash and
debris from the Shopping  Center,  (iii) operating,  maintaining,  repairing and
replacing ducts, conduits and similar items, fire protection systems,  sprinkler
systems,  security alarm systems,  storm and sanitary drainage systems and other
utility  systems,  signs and  markers,  on and off site traffic  regulation  and
control signs and devices, (iv) expanding, adding to or reconfiguring the Common
Areas (or any portion  thereof),  (v) all  insurance  applicable to the Shopping
Center with  types,  amounts,  and  deductibles  determined  by  Landlord;  (vi)
interior and exterior  planting,  replanting and replacing  flowers,  shrubbery,
plants,  trees, and other  landscaping;  (vii) complying with any  environmental
standards  and  complying  with any other Laws;  (viii) all repairs,  equipping,
operation,  maintenance,  replacement  and  improvements  of or to the  Shopping
Center,  including,  without  limitation,   floors,  ceilings,  roofs,  windows,
escalators,  elevators  and any other  portions of the structure of the Shopping
Center  and all  parking  areas and  structures,  transportation  equipment  and
systems and similar facilities, plus interest at the rate per annum equal to the
lesser of: (a) two (2) percentage points above the

                                                            65

<PAGE>



average annual Prime Rate for the Operating Cost Year  (hereinafter  defined) in
question;  and (b) the maximum legal rate ("CAM  Interest")  on the  unamortized
portion,  if any, of the cost of such repairs,  replacements  and  improvements;
(ix) the  purchase,  maintenance,  repair and  inspection  of all  machinery and
equipment used in the operation or  maintenance  of the Shopping  Center and all
personal  property  taxes and other  charges  incurred in  connection  with such
machinery and  equipment,  plus CAM Interest on the portion of the original cost
of such machinery and equipment not previously included in Landlord's  Operating
Costs;  (x) all license and permit fees and any and all parking  surcharges that
may result from any Laws,  including the cost of obtaining and operating  public
transportation  or shuttle  bus  systems,  if the same are deemed  advisable  by
Landlord or are required by any applicable Laws; (xi) music program services and
loudspeaker systems,  whether rented or purchased;  (xii) personnel,  including,
without limitation,  management,  security and maintenance personnel employed in
connection  with  the  management,  operation,  maintenance  and  repair  of the
Shopping Center,  and other personnel hired to direct traffic and the parking of
automobiles  in the parking  areas,  and all costs and expenses  relating to the
employment  of such  personnel,  including,  without  limitation,  the salaries,
benefits and insurance  costs of such  personnel,  provided that Landlord  shall
make a reasonable  allocation  of the costs and expenses of any  management  and
maintenance  personnel  that  perform  services  for  properties  other than the
Shopping Center amongst the properties (including the Shopping Center) for which
such  personnel   perform  services;   (xiii)  the  operation,   management  and
maintenance of the Landlord's  office in the Shopping Center;  (xiv) all utility
costs relating to the Common Areas; and (xv) Landlord's administrative costs and
overhead costs in an amount, in the aggregate, equal to fifteen percent (15%) of
the total of all other Landlord's  Operating Costs.  Landlord's  Operating Costs
shall  not  include,  however:  (a)  depreciation;  (b)  costs  of  repairs  and
replacements to the extent that proceeds of insurance or condemnation awards are
received therefor;  (c) the cost of a "Capital Expenditure" as defined under the
Internal Revenue Code Section 263 and the regulations prescribed thereunder,  in
effect as of the date of this  Lease,  unless  such cost is  amortized  over the
"useful life" of such Capital  Expenditure,  in which event Landlord's Operating
Costs for each year  included in the period  selected by Landlord  shall include
the cost of such Capital  Expenditure  as amortized  over such period,  plus CAM
Interest on the portion of such cost which has not been  included in  Landlord's
Operating  Costs in any year; (d) fines or penalties  resulting from  Landlord's
breach of this Lease or imposed upon Landlord by any governmental authority as a
result of the violation of any Law, by any of the Landlord Related Parties;  (e)
the  cost of any item or  service  to the  extent  of any  direct  reimbursement
Landlord  actually receives with respect thereto from Tenant or any other tenant
or occupant of the Shopping Center (other than  reimbursement  Landlord receives
through  payment  of a  proportionate  or other  share of  Landlord's  Operating
Costs); (f) the cost of building out leasable space in preparation for occupancy
(excluding any portion of said cost that results from repairs,  replacements  or
maintenance  work that would  otherwise  have been  performed or were  otherwise
required);  (g)  the  amount  of  brokerage  commissions  paid  by  Landlord  in
connection  with the leasing of space by Landlord in the  Shopping  Center;  (h)
principal and interest  payments to service the debt under any mortgage  secured
by the Shopping  Center;  (i) lease rentals under any ground or underlying lease
affecting  the  Shopping  Center;  (j)  Taxes  and Tax  Rent;  (k)  the  cost of
construction  of new  gross  leasable  floor  space;  and  (i)  the  cost of any
abatement  work  pursuant to Section  17.21,  performed by Landlord  unless such
abatement work is required in connection with improvements (the cost of which is
includable in Landlord's  Operating Costs under this Section 6.3),  maintenance,
repair or  replacements  at the Shopping  Center which would be  undertaken  and
performed  by Landlord in the  ordinary  course  regardless  of the  presence or
absence of asbestos-containing materials.

SECTION 6.4.   TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF LANDLORD'S OPERATING COSTS.In and
for each Operating Cost Year (as hereinafter  defined) or partial Operating Cost
Year  during  the Term,  Tenant  shall  pay  Landlord,  as  additional  rent,  a
proportionate share of Landlord's Operating Costs ("Tenant's Proportionate Share
of Landlord's  Operating  Costs"),  which shall be computed by  multiplying  the
amount of the  Landlord's  Operating  Costs  less any  Deductible  Contributions
(hereinafter defined) to Landlord's Operating Costs by a fraction, the numerator
of which shall be the floor space of the Leased  Premises and the denominator of
which shall be the floor space of the Satellite Store Space (excluding the floor
space of all Exterior Tenants  (hereinafter  defined) and all Temporary  Tenants
[as  defined  in Section  5.8])  which is leased  and  occupied.  The leased and
occupied  Satellite  Store Space for an Operating Cost Year shall be the average
of the  leased  and  occupied  Satellite  Store  Space on the  first day of each
calendar  month in such  Operating Cost Year.  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of
Landlord's  Operating  Costs shall  otherwise  be paid and  adjusted in the same
manner  the Tax Rent is paid and  adjusted  pursuant  to  Section  5.8,  but for
Operating Cost Years or portions  thereof,  if the Term does not begin or end at
the beginning or end of an Operating  Cost Year,  and provided that for purposes
of this Section 6.4, "Deductible  Contributions" shall mean all contributions to
Landlord's Operating Costs made by (i) all Exterior Tenants,  (ii) all Temporary
Tenants,  (iii) all  Ancillary  Tenants (as defined in Section 5.8) and (iv) all
Department,  Variety or Specialty Stores who are not Exterior Tenants. "Exterior
Tenant"  shall mean any tenant  (other than Tenant) in the  Shopping  Center who
does not have a storefront  on the Enclosed  Mall.  "Operating  Cost Year" shall
mean each twelve month period established by Landlord (from time to time) as the
Operating  Cost Year at the Shopping  Center.  Notwithstanding  anything in this
Lease to the contrary,  there will be no duplication in charges to the Tenant by
reason of the  provision in this Lease  setting  forth  Tenant's  obligation  to
reimburse  Landlord  for  Landlord's  Operating  Costs or by reason of any other
provision in this Lease.
                                                        ARTICLE VII

                                                         UTILITIES

SECTION 7.1.          UTILITY CHARGES.


                                                            66

<PAGE>



             A.  Tenant  shall pay all  rents  and  charges  for  water,  sewer,
electricity,  gas, heat,  steam,  hot and/or  chilled  water,  air-conditioning,
ventilating,  telephone  service  and other  utilities  supplied  to the  Leased
Premises, however supplied (the "Utility Charges"), when the same become due. If
any such  utilities  are not  separately  metered,  then in addition to Tenant's
payments of  separately  metered  charges,  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord on, at
Landlord's  option,  either the first day of each  calendar  month or within ten
(10) days after receipt of a bill therefor, Tenant's proportionate share of such
Utility  Charges which shall be calculated as follows:  the Utility  Charges for
such  utilities  plus  Landlord's  reasonable   administrative  costs  shall  be
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the floor space of the
Leased  Premises  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the total floor space
occupied by tenants using such  utilities.  Landlord  may, at any time,  install
submeters  in  connection  with the  utility  services  furnished  to the Leased
Premises and thereupon  collect all or any part of the Utility Charges  directly
from Tenant provided that such Utility Charges shall not exceed the rates Tenant
would be charged if billed  directly by the local utility  therefor for the same
services.  Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, at all times,
to alter any and all utilities,  and the equipment relating thereto, serving the
Shopping  Center or any portion  thereof,  provided such  alteration by Landlord
does not result in a diminution of the utility  service to the Leased  Premises.
Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord without delay such documentation as
may be required to effect such alteration.

             B. If  Tenant  shall  require  natural  gas for  the  operation  of
Tenant's  business in the Leased  Premises,  Tenant  shall,  at its own expense,
arrange for such  natural gas  utility  service  from the local gas company in a
manner approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

SECTION 7.2.          DISCONTINUANCES AND INTERRUPTIONS OF SERVICE.   None of
the Landlord Related
Parties  shall be liable to Tenant in  damages  or  otherwise  for the  quality,
quantity, failure,  unavailability,  discontinuance or disruption of any utility
service  (including any  discontinuance  pursuant to the immediately  succeeding
sentence)  and the same shall not (i)  constitute a  termination  of this Lease;
(ii) an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant; or (iii) entitle Tenant to an
abatement of Rent or other charges  (except as  specifically  set forth herein).
Landlord also reserves the right to discontinue,  without notice to Tenant,  any
heating,  ventilation,  air-conditioning  or other utility services furnished by
Landlord at any time if Tenant fails to pay timely any Utility Charges due under
this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such disruption or interruption of
service is due solely to Landlord's  negligence and said interruption of service
shall  continue for more than  forty-eight  (48) hours after notice thereof from
Tenant to Landlord and prohibit Tenant from operating its business in the Leased
Premises,  Minimum Rent shall abate until the earlier of the date of restoration
of service or the reopening of Tenant's business in the Leased Premises.

                                                       ARTICLE VIII

                                                  INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

SECTION 8.1. INDEMNITY BY TENANT. Except for losses,  liabilities,  obligations,
damages,  penalties,  claims,  costs,  charges,  and expenses resulting from the
negligence  of any of the Landlord  Related  Parties,  Tenant  shall  indemnify,
defend and hold the  Landlord  Related  Parties  harmless  against  and from all
losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs, charges and
expenses,  including, without limitation,  reasonable architects' and attorneys'
fees,  which maybe  imposed  upon,  incurred by, or asserted  against any of the
Landlord  Related  Parties and  arising,  directly or  indirectly,  out of or in
connection  with the use or occupancy or maintenance of the Leased  Premises by,
through or under Tenant,  and (without limiting the generality of the foregoing)
any of the following  occurring  during the Term: (i) any work or thing done in,
on or about the Leased Premises or any part thereof by any of the Tenant Related
Parties; (ii) any use, non-use, possession,  occupation,  condition,  operation,
maintenance or management of the Leased Premises or any part thereof,  (iii) any
act or  omission  of  Tenant or any of the  Tenant  Related  Parties  (but as to
Tenant's  invitees,  only to the extent such act or omission  occurs  within the
Leased Premises);  (iv) any injury or damage to any person or property occurring
in, on or about the Leased Premises or any part thereof;  (v) any failure on the
part of Tenant to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements, terms
or  conditions  contained  in this Lease with which  Tenant,  on its part,  must
comply or perform; or (vi) any Transfer (as defined in Section 15.1) or proposed
Transfer.  In case any  action  or  proceeding  is  brought  against  any of the
Landlord  Related  Parties by reason of any of the foregoing,  Tenant shall,  at
Tenant's  sole cost and expense,  resist or defend such action or  proceeding by
counsel approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 8.2.          LANDLORD NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS OF OTHERS.  Except for
 losses, liabilities,
obligations,  damages, penalties, claims, costs, charges, and expenses resulting
from the negligence of any of the Landlord Related Parties, none of the Landlord
Related  Parties shall be liable for, and Tenant waives,  all claims for loss or
damage to Tenant's business or damage to person or property  sustained by Tenant
or any person  claiming by, through or under Tenant  resulting from any accident
or  occurrence  in, on or about the  Leased  Premises  or any other  part of the
Shopping Center, including, without limitation, claims for loss, theft or damage
resulting from: (i) any equipment or appurtenances  becoming out of repair; (ii)
injury done or occasioned by wind or weather;  (iii) any defect in or failure to
operate, for whatever reason, of any utility,  improvement,  system or structure
in the Shopping Center;  (iv) any act,  omission or negligence of other tenants,
licensees  or any  other  persons  or  occupants  of the  Shopping  Center or of
adjoining or contiguous buildings,  of owners of adjacent or contiguous properly
or the public,  or by operations in the  construction of any private,  public or
quasi-public  work; or (v) any other cause of any nature.  To the maximum extent
permitted by law,  Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Leased  Premises,  and to
use such other  potions  of the  Shopping  Center as Tenant is herein  given the
right to use, at Tenant's own risk.



                                                            67

<PAGE>



SECTION  8.3.  TENANT'S  INSURANCE.  At all  times  commencing  on and after the
earlier of (i) the Possession  Date,  (ii) the  Commencement  Date, or (iii) the
date Tenant enters the Leased  Premises for any purpose,  Tenant shall carry and
maintain, at its sole cost and expense:

             A.  Commercial  General  Liability  Insurance  with  a  broad  form
comprehensive  general liability  endorsement  applicable to the Leased Premises
and its  appurtenances  providing,  on an occurrence  basis, a minimum  combined
single limit of Two Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)  and containing a contractual
liability endorsement.

             B. Plate glass  insurance and all risks of physical loss  insurance
written  at  replacement  cost  value and with a  replacement  cost  endorsement
covering  all of Tenant's  Property in the Leased  Premises,  and all  Leasehold
Improvements  installed in the Leased Premises.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
Tenant may  self-insure  for  damage to or  breakage  of any plate  glass in the
Leased  Premises.  If at any time this Lease is canceled or terminated by either
party  as  herein  permitted  following  any  casualty  loss  which  Tenant  has
self-insured  in whole or in part (an "uninsured  loss") and Landlord would have
been entitled to receive and retain the insurance  proceeds  payable  because of
such casualty if the uninsured  loss had been covered by insurance,  then Tenant
shall  promptly pay to Landlord an amount equal to the  insurance  proceeds that
would have been payable with respect to the uninsured loss if Tenant had carried
insurance in the form and amount required by the terms of this Lease rather than
self-insuring such loss.

             C. Business  interruption  insurance  covering  periods of not less
than one (1) year in the  following  amounts:  (i) for the first  Lease  Year an
amount equal to one and one-half (1-1/2) times the Minimum Rent and (ii) for the
succeeding Lease Years or Partial Lease Years, in amounts not less than the Rent
and Tenant's other operating expenses for the preceding twelve (12) month period
(the "Business Interruption Coverage"). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  Tenant does not have to maintain the  Business  Interruption
Coverage,  provided that if Tenant does not maintain such Business  Interruption
Coverage,  any loss or damage to Tenant  which  would have been  covered by such
Business  Interruption Coverage shall be deemed for the purposes of Section 8.7,
below,  to be covered by and recoverable by Tenant under a valid and collectible
policy of insurance  and Tenant shall be deemed to be self insuring with respect
thereto.

             D.  Whenever good business  practice,  in accordance  with industry
standards,  indicates  the need of  additional  insurance  coverage or different
types of insurance in  connection  with the Leased  Premises or Tenant's use and
occupancy thereof, Tenant shall, upon request, obtain such insurance at Tenant's
expense and provide Landlord with evidence thereof.

             E. If alcoholic  beverages are sold, used,  delivered or stored on,
in or from the Leased  Premises,  Tenant shall  maintain  throughout the Term of
this Lease at its expense,  insurance  with  combined  single limits of not less
than  Two  Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)  covering  any  claims  arising  under
applicable law relating to the manufacture, storage, sale, use or giving away of
any alcoholic or other  intoxicating  liquor or beverage,  which claims could be
asserted against Landlord,  Tenant or the Leased Premises.  Such insurance shall
be in such amounts as may be reasonably  specified by Landlord.  Nothing in this
section  shall be  construed  to permit  Tenant to sell,  use,  deliver or store
alcoholic  beverages on, in or from the Leased  Premises  unless such sale, use,
delivery or storage is  specifically  permitted by Landlord  pursuant to Section
1.1(I) herein.

SECTION 8.4. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE. Before any alterations, additions,
improvements or construction are undertaken, Tenant shall carry and maintain, at
its  expense,  or Tenant shall  require any  contractor  performing  work on the
Leased Premises to carry and maintain, at no expense to Landlord, in addition to
worker's  compensation  insurance as required by the  jurisdiction  in which the
Shopping  Center is located,  All Risk Builder's Risk Insurance in the amount of
the replacement cost of the Tenant Improvements and Commercial General Liability
Insurance  (including,  without  limitation,  Contractor's  Liability  coverage,
Contractual  Liability coverage,  Completed  Operations  coverage,  a Broad Form
Property Damage coverage and Contractor's  Protective  liability)  written on an
occurrence  basis with a minimum  combined  single limit of Two Million  Dollars
($2,000,000); such limit may be accomplished by means of an umbrella policy.

SECTION 8.5. POLICY REQUIREMENTS. Any company writing any insurance which Tenant
is required to maintain or cause to be  maintained  pursuant to Sections 8.3 and
8.4 (all such insurance,  as well as any other insurance  carried by Tenant with
regard to the Leased  Premises,  shall be  referred to as  "Tenant's  Insurance"
shall at all times be a company with at least a Best's  rating of A-VII and each
such  company  shall be licensed  and  qualified  to do business in the State in
which the Leased Premises are located. The form of such Tenant's Insurance shall
be subject to Landlord's  approval  (which  approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld). Tenant's Insurance may be carried under a blanket policy covering the
Leased  Premises and any other of Tenant's  locations.  All policies  evidencing
Tenant's  Insurance (other than any worker's  compensation  insurance) shall (i)
specify  Tenant  and  "owner(s)  and its (or their)  principals,  beneficiaries,
partners,  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents and mortgagee(s)"  (and any
other  designees of Landlord as the interest of such designees  shall appear) as
additional  insured and (ii) contain  endorsements that the insurer(s) will give
to Landlord and its designees at least thirty (30) days' advance  written notice
of any  change,  cancellation,  termination  or  lapse  of said  insurance.  Any
Tenant's Insurance covering the Leasehold Improvements against damage by fire or
other casualty shall provide that any loss to any of the Leasehold  Improvements
shall be adjusted  jointly with Landlord and Tenant and that  Landlord  shall be
named as a loss payee.  Tenant shall  deliver to Landlord at least  fifteen (15)
days prior to the time  Tenant's  Insurance  is first  required to be carried by
Tenant,  and upon renewals at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of
the term of any such  insurance  coverage,  a  certificate  of  insurance of all
policies evidencing  Tenant's Insurance.  The limits of Tenant's insurance shall
in no event limit Tenant's liability under this Lease, at law or in equity.
If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Article

                                                            68

<PAGE>



VIII,  then  Landlord  may,  but  shall not be  required  to,  perform  any such
obligations on behalf of Tenant and add the cost of the same as additional rent,
payable on demand.

SECTION 8.6. INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS. Neither Tenant nor any of the other
Tenant  Related  Parties shall do or fail to do anything  which will (i) violate
the terms of or increase the rate of, any of  Landlord's  or any other tenant or
occupant's  insurance  policies;  (ii)  prevent  Landlord  from  obtaining  such
policies  of  insurance  acceptable  to  Landlord  or any  Mortgagee;  or  (iii)
contravene the rules,  regulations and  recommendations of Landlord's  insurance
companies,  the Fire Insurance  Rating  Organization  or any similar body having
jurisdiction over the Leased Premises or the National Board of Fire Underwriters
or any  similar  body  exercising  similar  functions  in  connection  with  the
prevention of fire or the  correction of hazardous  conditions.  In the event of
the occurrence of any of the events set forth in this Section 8.6,  Tenant shall
pay Landlord  upon demand,  as  additional  rent,  the cost of the amount of any
increase in any such insurance premium.

SECTION 8.7. WAIVER OF RIGHT OF RECOVERY.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in
this Lease to the  contrary,  Landlord  and  Tenant do hereby  waive any and all
right of recovery,  claim, action or cause of action against the other and their
respective  Related Parties for any loss or damage that may occur to Landlord or
Tenant or any party claiming by through or under Landlord or Tenant, as the case
may be, their respective property, the Shopping Center or the Leased Premises or
any addition or  improvements  thereto,  or any contents  therein,  by reason of
fire, the elements or any other cause, regardless of cause or origin,  including
the negligence of Landlord or Tenant, or their respective Related Parties, which
loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible policies of insurance, to the
extent of the  insurance  proceeds  that are  recoverable  under such  insurance
policies.  All  insurance  policies  carried by either party with respect to the
Shopping Center of the Leased Premises, whether or not required to be carried by
this Lease and if such  policies  can be so written  and either do not result in
additional  premium or the other party  agrees to pay upon demand any  resulting
additional  premium,  shall  permit the  waiving of any right of recovery on the
part of the insured against the other party for any loss or damage to the extent
such rights have been waived by the insured prior to the occurrence of such loss
or damage.  In the event that Tenant is permitted to and  self-insures  any risk
which would have been covered by the insurance  required to be carried by Tenant
pursuant  to Section  8.3 of this Lease or Tenant  fails to carry any  insurance
required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.3 of this Lease, then all
loss or damage to Tenant, its business, its property, the Leased Premises or any
additions  or  improvements  thereto or  contents  thereof  that would have been
covered by such  insurance had Tenant  maintained it shall,  for purposes of the
waiver set forth in this  Section  8.7,  be deemed  covered and  recoverable  by
Tenant under valid and collectible policies of insurance.

                                                        ARTICLE IX

                                                       CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 9.1.  CONDITION OF LEASED PREMISES.  By taking  possession of the Leased
Premises,  Tenant is deemed to have (i)  inspected  the  Leased  Premises;  (ii)
accepted the Leased Premises "AS IS" with no representation or warranty by or on
behalf of Landlord as to the condition or suitability of the Leased  Premises or
of the  Shopping  Center  for  Tenant's  proposed  improvements  thereto  or use
thereof;  and (iii) agreed that  Landlord has no obligation to improve or repair
the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center except as follows:

             The Landlord will perform only the following work (the  "Landlord's
Work") in the Leased  Premises in a good and workmanlike  manner,  at Landlord's
sole cost and expense:

             Erect demising partitions (metal studs only, no dry wall separating
the Leased Premises from the adjacent premises.

SECTION 9.2.          TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

             A. Any and all other  improvements  to and remodeling of the Leased
Premises   required   pursuant  to  this  Lease  or   otherwise   (the   "Tenant
Improvements")  including,  without limitation,  the initial Tenant Improvements
(hereinafter  defined),  shall be performed by (i) Tenant at Tenant's  sole cost
and  expense,  (ii) in  accordance  with plans and  specifications  approved  by
Landlord and the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, Exhibit B),
(iii) in a first-class  workmanlike manner with first-class  materials,  (iv) by
duly  qualified  or  licensed  persons  and (v)  without  interference  with the
operation of Landlord or other occupants of the Shopping Center. Upon receipt of
Landlord's  written  approval  of such plans and  specifications,  Tenant  shall
promptly  commence and diligently  pursue to completion the  construction of the
initial Tenant  Improvements in accordance with the provisions set forth in this
Article  IX. As of the  Possession  Date,  Tenant  shall  perform all duties and
obligations imposed by this Lease including,  without limitation, the obligation
to pay Continuing Rent (pursuant to Section 17.26 below), provided that Tenant's
obligation  to  pay  Minimum  Rent,   Percentage   Rent,   Tax  Rent,   Tenant's
Proportionate  Share of Landlord's  Operating  Costs,  Marketing  Fund dues, and
Tenant's  Advertising and Promotional Fund Contribution,  pursuant to this Lease
shall accrue from and after the Rent Commencement Date.

             B. The initial Tenant Improvements shall mean and include,  without
limitation,  all improvements,  remodeling and redecorating required by Landlord
in connection  with Tenant's  initial  occupancy of the Leased  Premises,  which
shall  include,  but not be limited to, all required  demolition  (including the
demolition  of all  existing  leasehold  improvements  located in the  Recapture
Area), the furnishing and installation of a construction barricade,

                                                            69

<PAGE>



new wall,  floor and ceiling  treatments and finishes,  new demising walls,  new
electrical and lighting  systems,  new HVAC system (including new roof top unit)
and exhaust hoods and equipment equipped with "grease guards" (or equivalent) at
the roof, new plumbing  system  including  grease trap as required by applicable
Law, new sprinkler  system,  new fire protection  system,  new smoke  evacuation
system,  new interior and exterior  storefront  construction  and finishes,  new
neutral  piers,  new  internally  illuminated  storefront  signage and new store
displays and interior fixturing and furnishing all in accordance with Landlord's
specifications,   set  forth  in  Exhibit  B,   together   with  all   necessary
modifications to the mechanical systems within the Leased Premises and providing
service to the Leased Premises,  as required by all applicable Laws or necessary
to accommodate the initial Tenant  Improvements.  Tenant  acknowledges  that the
Leased Premises is a  reconfiguration  of one or more premises and Tenant agrees
that as a part of the  initial  Tenant  Improvements  Tenant  will  perform  all
demolition  and  construction  work  necessary  to make the Leased  Premises  an
integrated whole with integrated  systems that are independent from those of any
other  premises,  all in accordance  with plans and  specifications  approved by
Landlord and Exhibit B attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  Tenant  shall  also be  required  to  provide  a  decorative
enclosure  around the  Designated  Outdoor  Seating  Area (as defined in Section
17.27 below) as a part of the Tenant's initial Tenant Improvements.

             Subject to any  applicable  Law, in the event of a direct  conflict
between the final plans and specifications for the initial Tenant  Improvements,
as finally approved by Landlord,  and the construction  provisions  contained in
this Lease  (including,  without  limitation,  Exhibit  B),  the final  Landlord
approved plans and  specifications  shall control  Tenant's  construction of the
initial  Tenant  Improvements  and shall  supersede  any  directly  inconsistent
construction provisions contained in this Lease (including,  without limitation,
Exhibit B), but only to the extent the approved  plans and  specifications  deal
with an item specifically.

SECTION 9.3.       SCHEDULE OF PLAN SUBMISSION FOR INITIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

             A. Not  later  than  seven (7) days  after the date of this  Lease,
Tenant  shall  notify  Landlord  of the  identify  and  mailing  address of, the
licensed  architect  engaged  by  Tenant  for the  preparation  of plans for the
Initial  Tenant  Improvements  and  Landlord  agrees  to  accept  such  licensed
architect as Tenant's authorized agent.

             B. Not later than  fifteen  (15) days after the date of this Lease,
Tenant,  at Tenant's  expense,  shall cause  Tenant's  architect  to prepare and
deliver  to  Landlord  for  Landlord's  approval  one (1) set each of prints and
sepias of preliminary plans illustrating Tenant's design concept.

             C. Not  later  than  forty-five  (45)  days  after the date of this
Lease,  Tenant, at Tenant's expense,  shall cause Tenant's  architect to prepare
and deliver to Landlord for Landlord's approval four (4) sets of final plans and
specifications for the initial Tenant Improvements plus one (1) sepia set.

             D.  Landlord  agrees to review  Tenant's  plans and  specifications
within ten (10)  business  days after  receipt  thereof and notify Tenant of the
matters, if any, in which said plans fail to conform to Landlord's  construction
requirements or otherwise fail to meet with Landlord's  approval (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld). Tenant shall cause said plans to be revised
in such manner as to comply with  Landlord's  requirements  within ten (10) days
after  Landlord's  notice to Tenant and Tenant  shall submit  revised  plans for
Landlord's approval. When Landlord has approved Tenant's plans or revised plans,
as the case may be,  Landlord  shall  initial and return one (1) set of approved
plans to  Tenant  showing  the date of  Landlord's  approval.  Tenant  shall not
commence  the work  within the  Leased  Premises  until  Landlord  has  approved
Tenant's  final plans,  unless  Landlord's  prior  approval has been obtained in
writing.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,  Landlord's
approval of any plans and  specifications  submitted by Tenant  pursuant to this
Section 9.3 or otherwise is not intended and shall not be deemed to constitute a
representation,   warranty  or  assurance  of  any  kind  that  such  plans  and
specifications and the Tenant  Improvements shown thereon comply with applicable
Laws or that  the  same are  structurally  sound  and  Tenant  shall  be  solely
responsible  for causing  such  compliance  and for the  quality and  structural
integrity  of any Tenant  Improvements  and Tenant  acknowledges  that it is not
relying on any of the Landlord Related Parties for the same.

             E.  Notwithstanding   anything  contained  in  this  Lease  to  the
contrary,  Tenant is required to complete the initial Tenant  Improvements on or
before the date Tenant opens for  business in the Leased  Premises and Tenant is
required to open for business to the public in the Leased  Premises on or before
ninety (90) days following the Possession Date.

             F. Landlord  acknowledges  that as of the Possession Date Tenant is
open for business in the Original Leased Premises.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary contained herein, in order to facilitate performance of the initial
Tenant  Improvements,  Tenant  shall have the right to close for business to the
public in the  Original  Leased  Premises  for a period  which  shall not exceed
ninety (90) days (the "Permitted  Closure") during the  Construction  Period (as
hereinafter defined).  During the Construction Period,  pursuant to this Section
9.3(F),  Tenant shall continue to pay all Continuing Rent (as defined in Section
17.26  below)   pursuant  to  the  terms  of  Section  17.26  below.   The  term
"Construction  Period" as used  herein  shall be deemed to be the period of time
commencing on the date that Tenant commences  construction of the initial Tenant
Improvements  (the  "Start  Date") and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the
date that is ninety (90) days after the  Possession  Date, and (ii) the date the
initial Tenant Improvements in the Leased Premises are substantially complete.

                                                            70

<PAGE>



SECTION 9.4.          SECURITY FOR TENANT'S WORK.  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

SECTION 9.5.  OWNERSHIP  OF  IMPROVEMENTS.  All present and future  alterations,
additions  or  improvements  made in, on or to the  Leased  Premises,  by either
party,  including,  without  limitation,  all equipment and non-trade  fixtures,
light  fixtures,   roof-top  air-conditioning  units,  pipes,  ducts,  conduits,
plumbing,  wiring,  paneling,  partitions,  mezzanines,  floors,  floor and wall
coverings, and similar items (the "Leasehold  Improvements") shall be deemed the
property of Landlord and unless Landlord  directs  otherwise,  shall remain upon
and be  surrendered  with the Leased  Premises  as part  thereof in good  order,
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, upon Tenant's vacation or
abandonment of the Leased  Premises.  If Landlord  directs,  Tenant shall remove
kitchen  exhaust  hoods  and  walk-in  freezers  in the  Leased  Premises  on or
immediately  prior to the Termination  Date or the termination of Tenant's right
to  possession  and shall restore the Leased  Premises to the same  condition as
existed  prior  to  the  installation  of  such  property.  All  movable  goods,
inventory,  furniture,  trade  fixtures  and  other  movable  personal  property
belonging  to Tenant  which are  installed  or stored in the Leased  Premises by
Tenant and are not  permanently  affixed to the Leased  Premises,  shall  remain
Tenant's  property  ("Tenant's  Property")  and shall be removed by Tenant on or
prior  to the  Termination  Date  (or  the  termination  of  Tenant's  right  to
possession of the Leased Premises,  whichever is applicable)  provided that: (i)
Tenant is not in default  under this Lease;  and (ii) Tenant  shall  immediately
repair  any  damage  to the  Leased  Premises  caused by the  removal  of any of
Tenant's  Property  and restore the Leased  Premises  to the same  condition  as
existed prior to the installation of such property.

             Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  provided  Tenant is not in default
hereunder,  Landlord agrees to subordinate its security Interest as described in
this Section 9.5 to Tenant's  lenders,  ("Lender") if any,  requiring a priority
position under the following circumstances:

             (a)      Lender is financing Tenant's purchase of the equipment or
 inventory in which Landlord is
subordinating its security interest (the "Equipment");

             (b) that Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a complete  schedule of
the Equipment  financed  pursuant to the terms hereof,  which  schedule shall be
updated in the event of any changes,

             (c)      that Tenant shall be prohibited from financing any
 non-moveable fixture or permanent improvement
to the leasehold;

             (d)      that Tenant shall cause any and all Lenders to give 
Landlord notice of any public or private sale by
such Lender of Tenant's Equipment;

             (e)      that no public or private sale by any Lender shall be
 heldon the Leased Premises; and

             (f)      Lender can enter the Leased Premises for purpose of
 removal of the Equipment only if:

                      (1)   permitted by the agreement between Lender and Tenant
                       , and

                      (2)   Lender agrees to restore or repair all damage to the
                         Leased Premises caused by such removal,
                            and

                      (3)   Lender gives  Landlord  notice in the event that any
                            of Tenant's moveable trade fixtures or Equipment are
                            removed from the Leased Premises, and

                      (4)   Lender indemnities Landlord for any claim, liability
                            or expense  (including  reasonable  attorney's fees)
                            arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  Lender's
                            removal  of the  Equipment  and  Lender's  entry and
                            activities upon the Leased Premises.

             (g)  Landlord's  subordination  shall not be  effective  unless and
until  a  separate  agreement  is  entered  into  between  Lender  and  Landlord
respecting the foregoing items.

             The  statutory  lien for rent is not  hereby  waived,  the  express
contractual lien herein granted being in addition and supplementary thereto.

SECTION 9.6.  MECHANIC'S  LIENS.  No  mechanic's  or other lien shall be allowed
against the Shopping  Center or the estate of  Landlord.  If any  mechanic's  or
other lien shall at any time be filed  against the Leased  Premises by reason of
work, labor,  services or materials  performed or furnished,  or alleged to have
been performed or furnished,  to or for the benefit of Tenant or anyone claiming
by,  through  or under  Tenant,  Tenant  shall  forthwith  cause  the same to be
discharged of record or bonded to the satisfaction of Landlord.  If Tenant shall
fail to cause such lien to be so discharged or bonded within ten (10) days after
notice of the filing thereof,  then, in addition to any other right or remedy of
Landlord,  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated  to,  discharge the same, by
paying the amount claimed to be due without  inquiring as to the validity of any
such  lien,  and the  amount  so paid by  Landlord,  including  attorneys'  fees
incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, shall be due and payable by Tenant
to Landlord upon demand as additional rent.

SECTION 9.7.  RECAPTURE OF CONSTRUCTION  COSTS. To the extent Tenant  constructs
the initial Tenant  Improvements  in the Leased  Premises in accordance with the
plans and  specifications  approved by Landlord and in accordance with Exhibit B
(attached  hereto and made a part  hereof)  and  provided  Tenant has  furnished
Landlord with

                                                            71

<PAGE>



the following  documents in a form and substance  acceptable to Landlord:  (i) a
certificate of occupancy, (ii) proof of completion of construction in accordance
with the plans and  specifications  approved by Landlord,  (iii) paid bills, and
(iv) Tenant's affidavit, final lien waivers and sworn statements affidavits from
all contractors, subcontractors,  materialmen, and all others performing work in
the  Leased  Premises  in the  form  required  by  Landlord  or,  if no  form is
specified,  in  accordance  with the  statutory  and local  requirements  of the
jurisdiction  in which the Shopping  Center is located,  and if Tenant is not in
default under this Lease at each relevant  time,  Tenant may reduce  amounts due
and owing under the Lease as Minimum  Rent in  accordance  with this Section 9.7
until it has recaptured an aggregate amount (the "Construction Allowance") equal
to the lesser of: (a) One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars  ($120,000.00) and (b)
the  amount  of the  "hard"  costs  (i.e.,  the cost and  expense  of labor  and
materials for the initial Tenant  Improvements  [other than Tenant's  Property])
actually  incurred by Tenant in  constructing  the initial Tenant  Improvements.
Tenant shall be entitled to recapture such Construction Allowance by applying it
as a credit  against the Minimum Rent as it becomes due  hereunder by offsetting
the Offset Amount (hereinafter defined) against each installment of Minimum Rent
due until Tenant has  recaptured an aggregate  amount equal to the  Construction
Allowance.  For purposes of this Section 9.7, the term Offset  Amount shall mean
Two  Thousand  Dollars  ($2,000.00).  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
contained  herein,  all documents  which Tenant submits to Landlord under clause
(iv) above must be notarized originals. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed
to obligate  Landlord to grant to Tenant any portion of the credit with  respect
to the cost of any initial Tenant Improvements which may not have been completed
in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and Exhibit
B. In the event Tenant is unable to  recapture  the full amount set forth above,
Tenant shall have no further  right to recapture  nor any right or claim against
Landlord for any unrecapturable amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  at any time prior to the date that the entire  amount of the
Construction  Allowance  has  been  recaptured  pursuant  to this  Section  9.7,
Landlord  may elect,  in its sole  discretion,  to make a cash payment to Tenant
(the  "Allowance  Payment")  in lieu of all or any  portion of the  Construction
Allowance not yet applied by Tenant as a credit against Minimum Rent pursuant to
this Section 9.7 (such portion of the  Construction  Allowance shall be referred
to herein as the "Subject  Portion"),  and such Allowance Payment shall be in an
amount equal to the amount of such Subject  Portion  discounted to present value
using a  discount  rate  equal to two (2)  percentage  points  above the rate of
interest then most  recently  publicly  announced by American  National Bank and
Trust Company of Chicago as its "prime rate" or "base rate", as the case may be.
If Landlord  makes such an Allowance  Payment to Tenant in  accordance  with the
foregoing,  Tenant  shall  have no  further  rights to apply any  portion of the
Subject  Portion as a credit against  Minimum Rent pursuant to this Section 9.7.
All documents  required to be submitted to Landlord under this Section 9.7 shall
be mailed to: Equity  Properties and  Development  Company,  Two North Riverside
Plaza, Suite 1000,  Chicago,  Illinois 60606,  Attention:  Lease  Administration
Department.

                                                         ARTICLE X

                         REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, LANDLORD'S ACCESS AND ALTERATIONS

SECTION 10.1. REPAIRS BY LANDLORD. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in Articles XI, XII and Sections 4.6 and 17.16, Landlord shall make, or cause to
be made all  necessary  repairs  (structural  or  otherwise) to the Common Areas
(excluding,  however, any areas any tenant or any other occupant of the Shopping
Center is obligated to repair),  provided  Landlord has actual  knowledge of the
necessity for such repair.

SECTION 10.2.         ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND DISPLAYS BY TENANT.

             A. Any  alterations  or  improvements  made by  Tenant in or to the
Leased  Premises or any part thereof  shall (i) be subject to  Landlord's  prior
written  approval  thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld),
and (ii)  performed in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Article IX.  Tenant
shall,  at its sole  expense,  cause  plans and  specifications  therefor  to be
prepared by an architect or other duly qualified person for Landlord's approval.
In addition,  Tenant shall not paint or decorate any part of the exterior of the
Leased Premises,  or any part of the interior visible from the exterior thereof,
without first obtaining Landlord's written approval.

             Notwithstanding  the provisions  contained in this Section 10.2 and
provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease,  Tenant shall have the right
to make  non-structural  interior  alterations  to the Leased  Premises  without
obtaining  Landlord's  prior written  consent  provided  that: (i) such interior
alterations  shall be completed in a good and  workmanlike  manner in accordance
with  Landlord's  design  criteria  for the  Shopping  Center  and the plans and
specifications for the Leased Premises originally approved by Landlord; and (ii)
the cost of any such  interior  alterations  shall not  exceed in the  aggregate
Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000.00) per Lease Year.

             B. Tenant  shall at all times  during the Term,  from and after the
Possession  Date, at its own cost and expense,  maintain the Leased  Premises in
good order, condition and repair and make all necessary replacements and repairs
to the Leased Premises  (other than any repairs  required to be made by Landlord
pursuant to Sections 10.1, 11.2 or 12.1).  Tenant's  obligations  shall include,
without  limitation,  repairing,  maintaining,  and making replacements to items
such as the  following,  but only to the extent the same are  located  within or
exclusively serving the Leased Premises:  floors (other than structural floors);
walls  (other  than the  exterior  face or service  corridor  walls);  ceilings;
utility  meters;  pipes and conduits;  fixtures;  any loading dock servicing the
Leased  Premises  (including  any mechanical  systems  pertinent to the drainage
thereof);  subject  to  Section  4.6,  electrical,   heating,   ventilating  and
air-conditioning  equipment  and  systems  (whether  such  electrical,  heating,
ventilating  and  air-conditioning  equipment and systems are located inside the
Leased  Premises or on the roof of the Shopping  Center)  which are installed by
Tenant or which

                                                            72

<PAGE>



exclusively serve the Leased Premises;  sprinkler  equipment and other equipment
within the  Leased  Premises;  the  storefront(s);  security  grilles or similar
enclosures;  locks and closing  devices;  window  sashes,  casements and frames;
glass; and doors and door frames.

             C.  Tenant  shall  initiate  and  carry out a  program  of  regular
maintenance  and  repair of the  Leased  Premises,  including  the  painting  or
refinishing  of all  areas of the  interior  and the  storefront  of the  Leased
Premises,  so as to impede,  to the extent  possible,  deterioration by ordinary
wear and tear and to keep the same in attractive condition. After the first five
(5) years of the Term,  Tenant  shall,  at its  expense,  refurbish  the  Leased
Premises to the extent  necessary so that (i) the  furnishings,  floor covering,
wall  covering,  fixtures,  equipment  and surfaces  visible to customers in the
interior of the Leased Premises shall be substantially in the same condition and
appearance  as at the  commencement  of the Term and  (ii) the  exterior  of the
Leased  Premises  (including the storefront and storefront  sign) shall be neat,
presentable  and  attractive.  Tenant  shall not be  required,  pursuant to this
Section  10.2(C) to  reconstruct  the Leased  Premises  nor to  reconstruct  the
storefront of the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall submit plans and specifications
to Landlord for its approval covering said refurbishing  within thirty (30) days
after the start of the fifth  (5th)  Lease Year and  Tenant  agrees to make such
changes thereto as Landlord may request (acting reasonably). Tenant shall remain
open for business during the  refurbishing  and shall complete the  refurbishing
within   ninety  (90)  days  after   Landlord  has   approved   said  plans  and
specifications.  Tenant  shall not be required to  refurbish  under this Section
more than once every five (5) years.

             Tenant  shall  install  and  maintain,  at all times,  displays  of
merchandise  in the show windows (if any) of the Leased  Premises.  All articles
and the arrangement,  style, color and general appearance  thereof,  shall be in
keeping with the character and standards of the Shopping  Center,  as determined
by Landlord.

SECTION 10.3. INSPECTIONS AND ACCESS BY LANDLORD.  Tenant shall permit Landlord,
its agents,  employees and contractors to enter all parts of the Leased Premises
during the Normal Mall Hours upon forty-eight (48) hours notice to Tenant (which
notice  may be given to  Tenant's  on-site  manger)  (except  in the event of an
emergency, in which case no notice is required) (and in emergencies at any time)
to inspect or exhibit the same or to make any repairs or alterations  thereto as
Landlord  may see fit,  provided  that  Landlord  agrees  to use its  reasonable
efforts not to unreasonably  disturb  Tenant's conduct of business in the Leased
Premises.

                                                        ARTICLE XI

                                                         CASUALTY

SECTION 11.1.         RIGHT TO TERMINATE.

             A. In the event of a fire or other  casualty  ("Casualty"),  if (i)
the buildings  (taken in the aggregate) in the Shopping  Center shall be damaged
to the extent of more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the cost of replacement
thereof;  or (ii) the proceeds of Landlord's  insurance recovered or recoverable
as a result of a Casualty and retained by Landlord shall be  insufficient to pay
fully for the cost of  replacement  of the Leased  Premises  or the  building or
buildings  damaged;  or (iii) the Leased  Premises or the  building in which the
Leased  Premises  is located  shall be damaged as a result of any cause which is
not  covered  by  Landlord's  insurance;  or (iv) the Leased  Premises  shall be
damaged  in whole or in part  during  the  last  two (2)  Lease  Years or in any
Partial  Lease Year at the end of the Term;  or (v) either or both of the Leased
Premises  or the  building  in which the Leased  Premises  is  located  shall be
damaged  to the  extent  of  twenty-five  percent  (25%)  or more of the cost of
replacement  thereof; or (vi) the Shopping Center is damaged to such extent that
in the sole  judgment of  Landlord,  it cannot be  operated  as an  economically
viable  unit;  then,  in any such event,  Landlord may  terminate  this Lease by
notice given to Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days after the settlement
of the  loss  resulting  from  the  Casualty  between  Landlord  and  Landlord's
insurer(s) (or within one hundred eighty [180] days after the  determination  by
Landlord's insurers that such loss was not covered by Landlord's  insurance,  if
applicable).   If  Landlord  terminates  this  Lease  as  aforesaid,   then  the
Termination Date shall be the date set forth in the notice to Tenant, which date
shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date of said notice. The "cost
of  replacement"  shall be  determined  by the company or companies  selected by
Landlord's  insurers,  or if there shall be no such  determination,  by a person
selected by Landlord qualified to determine such "cost of replacement". Landlord
agrees  that  whenever  in this  Section  11.1 (A) it has the  right  to  cancel
Tenant's Lease it will not do so unless it shall likewise endeavor to cancel the
leases of other  Satellite  Store Space tenants  similarly  situated in Tenant's
building whose leases grant Landlord such a right to cancel.

             In the event of a Casualty  affecting the Leased  Premises,  Tenant
shall have the right to terminate this Lease if (a) the Leased Premises shall be
damaged  in whole  or in part,  during  the last two (2)  Lease  Years or in any
Partial  Lease Year at the end of the Term and the cost to repair or restore the
Leased  Premises  exceeds  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the cost of replacement
thereof;  (b) Landlord  fails to begin any  restoration  work it is obligated to
perform on the  Leased  Premises  within  six (6)  months  after the date of the
Casualty;  or (c)  Landlord  begins to  restore  the Leased  Premises,  if it is
required to do so,  within such six (6) month period but fails to complete  such
work  within  one (1)  year  from the date of the  Casualty.  Tenant's  right to
terminate  this Lease under this  Section  11.1(A)  shall be exercised by giving
Landlord  written notice of such exercise within thirty (30) days after the date
of the Casualty in

                                                            73

<PAGE>



the case of clause  (a) above and within  thirty  (30) days after the end of the
six (6)  month  period  and one (1) year  period,  respectively,  in the case of
clauses (b) and (c) above,  and the effective date of the  termination  shall be
the date  that is  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date  Landlord  receives  the
applicable notice.

             B. If the Casualty shall render the Leased  Premises  untenantable,
in whole or in part,  and provided that the Casualty or the  occurrence  causing
the  untenantability  of the  Leased  Premises  is not  caused  by or  primarily
attributable  to  Tenant  or  Tenant  Related  Parties,  all  Rent  (other  than
Percentage  Rent)  shall  abate  proportionately   during  the  period  of  such
untenantability on the basis of the ratio which the amount of floor space of the
Leased  Premises  rendered  untenantable  bears to the total  floor space of the
Leased  Premises.  Such abatement of Rent shall  terminate on the earlier of (i)
the date any repair and restoration work is substantially  completed by Landlord
pursuant to its  obligations,  if any,  under  Section 11.2, or thirty (30) days
after such date in the event Tenant is required to perform  repair work pursuant
to Section 11.3, or (ii) the date Tenant  reopens for business in the portion of
the Leased Premises previously rendered untenantable.  Notwithstanding  anything
to the contrary  contained herein, in the event as a result of a Casualty only a
portion of the Leased  Premises is damaged  which results in Tenant being unable
to operate  its  business  within  that  portion of the Leased  Premises  not so
damaged or  destroyed,  the  Leased  Premises  shall be deemed to be  completely
untenantable  for  purposes  of  this  Section  11.1(B).  Except  to the  extent
specifically  set forth in this  Section  11.1,  neither  the Rent nor any other
obligations  of Tenant under this Lease shall be affected by any  Casualty,  and
Tenant hereby specifically waives all other rights it might otherwise have under
law or by statute.

SECTION  11.2.  LANDLORD'S  DUTY TO  RECONSTRUCT.  Provided  this  Lease  is not
terminated  pursuant to Section 11.1 or any other  provision of this Lease,  and
subject to Landlord's  ability to obtain the necessary  permits therefor and the
availability  of insurance  proceeds,  Landlord  shall repair or  reconstruct or
demolish and rebuild the Leased Premises to a substantially similar condition as
existed  prior  to  the  Casualty.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
contained  herein,  in no event  shall any of the  Landlord  Related  Parties be
liable for  interruption of Tenant's  business or for damage to or repair of any
of those  items  which  Tenant is required  to insure,  including  all  Tenant's
Property and Leasehold Improvements.

SECTION  11.3.  TENANT'S  DUTY  TO  RECONSTRUCT.  Provided  this  Lease  is  not
terminated  pursuant to any  provision  of this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  promptly
commence and diligently  pursue to completion the repair and  refixturing of the
Leased  Premises to a  substantially  similar  condition as existed prior to the
Casualty,  and  otherwise in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions of this
Lease.  Tenant  shall  reopen for  business  in the Leased  Premises  as soon as
practicable after the occurrence of the Casualty.

SECTION 11.4.  INSURANCE  PROCEEDS.  All proceeds of insurance carried by Tenant
covering the Leasehold Improvements and Tenant's Property shall belong to and be
payable to Tenant. If this Lease is terminated by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to
Section 11.1 of this Lease, or if this Lease is terminated pursuant to any other
Section  hereof,  or if Tenant does not repair,  redecorate  and  refixture  the
Leased Premises  pursuant to Section 11.3 of this Lease,  the proceeds  covering
the  Leasehold  Improvements  shall belong to and be payable to Landlord and any
such proceeds received by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord.

             Should this Lease be  terminated  as a result of a Casualty  and to
the extent Landlord receives  insurance proceeds  specifically  allocated to the
permanent Leasehold  Improvements  installed in the Leased Premises by or at the
direction of Tenant ("Allocated Insurance Proceeds"),  Landlord shall pay Tenant
an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the Allocated  Insurance  Proceeds and (b)
an  amount  equal  to the  portion  of the  cost  actually  incurred  by  Tenant
(excluding  any  portion  of such cost paid by or on behalf of  Landlord  either
directly or indirectly as  reimbursement  to Tenant in cash or a credit  against
Rent or  otherwise)  for its  permanent  Leasehold  Improvements  as reported to
Landlord  (accompanied  by supporting  bills,  invoices,  paid receipts or other
evidence of the cost of such  improvements  reasonably  acceptable  to Landlord)
calculated  by  dividing  such cost by the number of Lease  Years  (including  a
fractional amount representing any Partial Lease Year[s]) in the initial Term of
this Lease and multiplying  the resulting  quotient by the number of Lease Years
(including a fractional amount representing any Partial Lease Year[s]) remaining
in the initial Term of this Lease as of the effective  date of the  cancellation
(the "Unamortized Improvement Cost").

                                                        ARTICLE XII

                                                       CONDEMNATION

SECTION 12.1.         TAKING OF LEASED PREMISES.

             A. If any portion of the Leased  Premises  shall be taken under the
power of eminent  domain by any public or  quasi-public  authority (a "taking"),
either  party  shall  have the  right  to  terminate  this  Lease as of the date
physical  possession  of the  property  taken  is  delivered  to the  condemning
authority  (hereinafter  referred  to as the  "effective  date of the taking) by
giving notice to the other party of such election  within thirty (30) days after
the effective date of the taking.

             B. If there is a taking of a portion  of the  Leased  Premises  and
this Lease shall not be terminated  pursuant to Section 12.1(A),  then (i) as of
the effective date of the taking,  this Lease shall  terminate only with respect
to the portion taken; (ii) after the effective date of the taking and during the
balance of the Term, the Minimum Rent,

                                                            74

<PAGE>



and the  Full  and  Partial  Year  Breakpoints,  if any,  shall  be  reduced  by
multiplying  the same by a fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the floor
space not so taken and the  denominator of which shall be the floor space of the
Leased  Premises  immediately  prior to the taking;  (iii) as soon as reasonably
possible after the effective date of the taking,  Landlord shall, at its expense
and to the extent feasible, restore the remaining portion of the Leased Premises
to a complete unit;  provided,  however,  that Landlord shall not be required to
expend more on such  alteration or restoration  work than an amount equal to the
net  proceeds  of the  condemnation  award  actually  received  and  retained by
Landlord which is allocable to the Leased Premises.

SECTION 12.2.  TAKING OF SHOPPING  CENTER.  If there is a taking of  twenty-five
percent (25%) or more of the leasable floor space within the Shopping  Center or
it there is a taking of any portion of the Shopping  Center so as to render,  in
Landlord's  judgment,  the remainder  unsuitable  for use as a shopping  center,
regardless  in either  case as to whether or not there is a taking of the Leased
Premises, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30)
days' written notice to Tenant.

SECTION 12.3. CONDEMNATION AWARD. All compensation awarded for any taking of the
Leased Premises (including,  without limitation,  the Leasehold Improvements) or
the  Shopping  Center  or any  interest  in  either  shall  belong to and be the
property of the Landlord,  and Tenant hereby  assigns to Landlord all its right,
title and  interest in any such  award,  except to the extent that this Lease is
terminated  and  Tenant  files a claim,  at its sole cost and  expense,  and the
condemning authority  specifically awards to Tenant or specifically  allocates a
portion of the award to Tenant for the Unamortized  Improvement  Cost calculated
as set  forth  in  Section  11.4 as of the  effective  date of the  taking,  and
Tenant's relocation expenses and lost goodwill; provided, however, the filing of
such claim by Tenant or  allocation by the  condemning  authority to Tenant does
not  adversely  affect or diminish  the award which  would  otherwise  have been
received by Landlord had Tenant not filed such a claim and received such award.

                                                       ARTICLE XIII

                                                      MARKETING FUND

SECTION 13.1.  MARKETING FUND.  Landlord may establish,  or has  established,  a
Marketing  Fund (the "Fund") for the purpose of promoting  the Shopping  Center,
Tenant shall  participate  in  advertising  programs  designated  by Landlord in
connection  with the Fund and shall comply with all other  reasonable  rules and
regulations established by Landlord in connection with the Fund.

SECTION 13.2.         TENANT'S CONTRIBUTION TO MARKETING FUND.  Tenant shall
 contribute to the Fund
one-twelfth  (1/12) of the annual  amount set forth in  Section  1.1(G)(i),  (as
adjusted at the time and in the manner provided below) on the Rent  Commencement
Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter throughout the Term.
As of the first  (1st) day of January  immediately  following  the  Commencement
Date,  and as of the  first  (1st)  day  of  January  of  each  year  thereafter
throughout  the Term, the annual Fund dues shall be increased to an amount equal
to the Fund dues in effect for the  immediately  preceding year increased by the
greater of five percent (5%) or a percentage equal to the percentage increase in
the CPI during the  immediately  preceding  calendar year. Any Fund dues payable
for a partial calendar month shall be appropriately prorated.

SECTION 13.3.         LANDLORD'S PARTICIPATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

             A. The amounts  collected by Landlord in  connection  with the Fund
shall be used by Landlord to pay all costs and expenses associated with programs
for the promotion of the Shopping  Center,  which programs may include,  without
limitation,  the following (but which shall not be deemed a representation as to
the actual provision of such programs):  special events, displays, signs, decor,
seasonal  events,  advertising  for the Shopping  Center,  visual  merchandising
services for tenants, and the distribution of promotional literature designed to
attract  customers.  In  addition,  Landlord may use the Fund dues to defray the
cost of administration of the Fund,  including,  without limitation,  the salary
and  related  costs  and  benefits  of  a  manager  and  related  administrative
personnel,  and rent  allocable  to any  management  office  within the Shopping
Center  devoted  to use by such  personnel.  Landlord  shall  have the right and
option  to  employ  or cause to be  employed  the  Marketing  Manager  and other
personnel  of the  Fund,  and to  provide  or cause to be  provided  promotional
services,  which, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, are desirable to administer
the Fund and promote the activities of the Shopping  Center.  All such personnel
shall be under the exclusive  control and  supervision  of Landlord.  Subject to
Section 13.3(B),  if applicable,  Tenant hereby authorizes the Fund to reimburse
Landlord for providing  such  personnel and any other costs incurred by Landlord
in assisting the Fund or providing services thereto.

             B. Landlord shall contribute twenty-five percent (25%) of the total
amount of the  Marketing  Fund dues paid to Landlord,  if any, by the tenants of
the  Shopping  Center.  As all or part of such cash  contribution,  Landlord may
elect to contribute all or part of the services of a Marketing  Manager and such
other  personnel and services as Landlord deems  appropriate  and the reasonable
rent  allocable to any management  office within the Shopping  Center devoted to
use by the Fund for its activities.  Landlord's obligations,  if any, under this
Section  13.3  shall  not be  binding  upon  any  Mortgagee  or  purchaser  at a
foreclosure sale.

                                                            75

<PAGE>



SECTION 13.4. TENANT'S ADVERTISING. Tenant shall contribute to a promotional and
advertising  program  to  be  administered  by  Landlord  an  amount  ("Tenant's
Advertising and Promotional Fund Contribution") equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of
the annual  amount set forth in Section  1.1(G) (iii) , (as adjusted at the time
and in the manner provided below) on the Rent Commencement Date and on the first
day of each calendar month thereafter throughout the Term. As of the first (lst)
day of January immediately  following the Commencement Date, and as of the first
(1st) day of  January  of each year  thereafter  throughout  the Term,  Tenant's
Advertising and Promotional  Fund  Contribution  shall be increased to an amount
equal to the Tenant's  Advertising and Promotional  Fund  Contribution in effect
for the immediately preceding year increased by the greater of five percent (5%)
or a  percentage  equal  to the  percentage  increase  in  the  CPI  during  the
immediately  preceding  calendar year. Any Tenant's  Advertising and Promotional
Fund  Contribution  payable for a partial  calendar month shall be appropriately
prorated.

                                                        ARTICLE XIV

                                               SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

SECTION  14.1.  SUBORDINATION.  Tenant's  rights  under this Lease are and shall
remain  subject and  subordinate to the operation and effect of: (i) all present
and future ground or underlying leases involving all or any part of the Shopping
Center; or (ii) any mortgage,  deed of trust or other security instrument now or
hereafter  affecting the Leased  Premises or the Shopping  Center;  or (iii) all
renewals,  modifications,  replacements,  consolidations  and  extensions  of or
participation in those  transactions  evidenced by documents  referred to in (i)
and (ii)  above,  whether the same shall be in  existence  on the date hereof or
created hereafter (any such lease,  mortgage,  deed of trust or other instrument
being  referred to as a "Mortgage"  and the person or persons having the benefit
of  same  being  referred  to  as a  "Morgagee").  Tenant's  acknowledgment  and
agreement of subordination  provided for in this Section 14.1 is  self-operative
and no further instrument of subordination  shall be required;  however,  Tenant
shall execute such further assurances thereof as may be requested,  from time to
time, by Landlord.

SECTION 14.2. MORTGAGEE'S UNILATERAL SUBORDINATION.  If and as a Mortgagee shall
so elect,  this Lease and Tenant's rights  hereunder shall be superior and prior
in right to its  Mortgage,  with the same  force and effect as it this Lease had
been  executed,  delivered  and recorded  prior to the  execution,  delivery and
recording of such Mortgage.

SECTION  14.3.  ATTORNMENT.  If any  person  shall  succeed  to all or  part  of
Landlord's  interest in the Leased Premises,  whether by purchase,  foreclosure,
deed in lieu of foreclosure,  power of sale,  termination of lease or otherwise,
and if and as so  requested  or required by such  successor-in-interest,  Tenant
shall, without charge, attorn to such successor-in-interest.

SECTION 14.4. QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Landlord covenants that it has full right, power
and authority to make this Lease and that Tenant,  on paying all of the Rent and
performing all of Tenant's other obligations in this Lease,  shall peaceably and
quietly  have,  hold and enjoy  the  Leased  Premises  during  the Term  without
hindrance,  ejection or molestation by any person lawfully  claiming by, through
or under Landlord, subject, however, to all Mortgages,  encumbrances,  easements
and  underlying  leases  to  which  this  Lease  may be or  become  subject  and
subordinate, from time to time.

SECTION 14.5.         ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

             A. As often as may be requested by Landlord,  Tenant shall promptly
and  without  cost to  Landlord  duly  execute and deliver to Landlord or to any
other person designated by Landlord a written  instrument  certifying:  (i) that
this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and effect (or if there has been a
modification, that the same is in full force and effect as modified, and stating
the modification); (ii) the dates, if any, to which the Rent, and other sums and
payments  due under  this  Lease  have been paid;  (iii)  whether  Landlord  has
breached the  performance of any  covenants,  terms and conditions on Landlord's
part to be performed under this Lease, and the nature of Landlord's  breach,  if
any; and (iv) such other  relevant  information as Landlord or any Mortgagee may
reasonably  request.  Landlord may prepare said document for Tenant's  signature
and send the same to Tenant for Tenant's  signature and in the event that Tenant
does not execute and return the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days, Tenant
shall be deemed to have certified all information contained therein.

             B. Upon  request of  Landlord,  Tenant  shall give  prompt  written
notice to any Mortgagee of any default of Landlord under this Lease,  and Tenant
shall allow such Mortgagee a reasonable  length of time (in any event,  not less
than  sixty  (60) days from the date of such  notice)  in which to cure any such
default.


                                                            76

<PAGE>



                                                        ARTICLE XV

                                                 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

SECTION 15.1.         LANDLORD'S CONSENT REQUIRED.

             A. Without first obtaining  Landlord's prior written consent (which
consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall
not sublet all or any portion of the Leased  Premises,  nor shall Tenant pledge,
hypothecate  or assign all or any of its  interest  in this  Lease,  whether for
collateral  purposes or otherwise.  Any such  subletting or assignment  shall be
referred  to as a  "Transfer",  and the  person  to whom  Tenant's  interest  is
transferred shall be referred to as a "Transferee." For purposes of this Article
XV, a  Transfer  shall  include  any  change  in the  control  of  Tenant or any
guarantor,  if the same is a corporation  (other than a corporation  listed on a
"national  securities  exchange"  as defined in the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934) of a partnership.  For purposes of this Article XV,  "control"  shall mean
the  possession  (directly  or  indirectly)  of the power to direct or cause the
direction of  management  and policies of the Tenant (or the  guarantor,  as the
case may be) whether by ownership of securities or otherwise,  provided that the
issuance of shares in a public offering registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1933 shall not be deemed a change in control for purposes of this Article
XV.

             Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein,  Tenant
may  assign  its entire  interest  under this Lease or sublet the entire  Leased
Premises  (but not a part thereof) to a wholly owned  corporation  or controlled
subsidiary  or parent of the Tenant or to any  successor  to Tenant by purchase,
merger, consolidation or reorganization (hereinafter collectively referred to as
"Corporate  Transfers") without the consent of Landlord,  provided (i) tenant is
not in default under this Lease; (ii) if such proposed Transferee is a successor
to  Tenant  by  purchase   said  proposed   Transferee   shall  acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the  stock or  assets  of  Tenant's  business  or, if such
proposed  Transferee  is a  successor  to Tenant  by  merger,  consolidation  or
reorganization,  the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation  shall  own  all or
substantially all of the assets of Tenant;  (iii) such proposed Transferee shall
have a net worth  which is equal to or greater  than  Tenant's  net worth at the
date, of this Lease; and (iv) such proposed  Transferee operates the business in
the Leased  Premises for the  Permitted Use and no other  purpose.  Tenant shall
give  Landlord  written  notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective
date  of  such  Corporate  Transfer.   As  used  herein,  the  term  "controlled
subsidiary"  shall mean a corporate  entity  wholly  owned by Tenant or at least
fifty-one percent (51%) of whose voting stock is owned by Tenant.

             B. Any Transfer by Tenant  consented  to by Landlord (or  permitted
under  this  Article  XV  without  Landlord's  consent)  shall  be only  for the
Permitted  Use and for no other  purpose,  and in no event  shall  any  Transfer
(including  a  Corporate  Transfer)  release or relieve  Tenant  from any of its
obligations  under this Lease.  If Landlord  consents to a Transfer  (or if such
Transfer is permitted  under this Article XV without  Landlord's  consent),  the
permitted Transferee shall assume Tenant's obligations under this Lease and such
Transferee,  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior to the  effective  date of the
permitted Transfer, shall deliver to Landlord the proposed sublease,  assignment
and assumption  agreement or other  instrument  evidencing  the Transfer,  which
shall be  subject  to  Landlord's  approval,  which  shall  not be  unreasonably
withheld. In the event of a Transfer (i) in the nature of an assignment,  Tenant
shall pay as additional rent to Landlord all monies and other  consideration  of
every kind  whatsoever  paid or payable to Tenant for such  Transfer and for all
property  transferred to the Transferee as part of the consideration  including,
without  limitation,  non-trade fixtures and other Leasehold  Improvements,  but
excluding  Tenant's  Property  (collectively,  all of  the  foregoing  shall  be
referred to as the "Transfer Consideration"); provided, however, Tenant shall be
entitled to exclude from the Transfer Consideration the Unamortized  Improvement
Cost  calculated  as set forth in Section 11.4 as of the  effective  date of the
Transfer;  and (ii) in the nature of a sublease,  Tenant shall pay as additional
rent to Landlord  along with the monthly  payments of Rent due under this Lease,
the Transfer  Consideration  less the Rent (exclusive of Rent  attributable to a
default of Tenant hereunder) reserved under this Lease as reasonably  determined
by  Landlord,  provided,  however,  Tenant shall be entitled to exclude from the
Transfer Consideration the Unamortized  Improvement Cost calculated as set forth
above.  For purposes of this Section 15.1(B) only, the term "Tenant's  Property"
shall be deemed to include goodwill and any other intangible  personal  properly
associated with Tenant's business, but in no event shall it be deemed to include
Tenant's  interest  under this Lease.  If said Transfer  requires the consent of
Landlord  pursuant to this Article XV,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand
as additional rent  Landlord's  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  administrative
expenses incurred in connection with any Transfer.

             C. Any Transfer  without  Landlord's  consent  shall not be binding
upon  Landlord,  and shall  confer no rights  upon any third  person.  Each such
unpermitted  Transfer  shall,  without  notice  or  grace  period  of any  kind,
constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease.  The  acceptance by Landlord of
the payment of Rent  following any Transfer  prohibited by this Article XV shall
not be deemed  to be either a consent  by  Landlord  to any such  Transfer  or a
waiver by  Landlord  of any  remedy of  Landlord  under this  Lease.  Consent by
Landlord to any one Transfer  shall not  constitute a waiver of the  requirement
for consent to any other  Transfer.  No  reference  in this Lease to  assignees,
Concessionaires,  subtenants  or  licensees  shall be deemed to be a consent  by
Landlord  to the  occupancy  of  the  Leased  Premises  by  any  such  assignee,
Concessionaire, subtenant or licensee.

SECTION 15.2.         RIGHT TO TERMINATE AND RECAPTURE.  With respect to any
 Transfer requiring
Landlord's  consent,  in lieu of consenting to any proposed  Transfer,  Landlord
shall  have the  right,  but not the  obligation,  to  terminate  this Lease and
recapture  the Leased  Premises  upon thirty (30) days notice to Tenant  unless,
within five (5) business days after Landlord's  notice to Tenant  exercising its
option to cancel and terminate this Lease,  Tenant notifies  Landlord in writing
that Tenant is withdrawing its request for Landlord's  consent to such Transfer,
in which event such  exercise by Landlord of such option to cancel shall be void
and of no further force and effect.

                                                            77

<PAGE>



                                                        ARTICLE XVI

                                                   DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 16.1.         DEFAULT.

             A.  Any one or more of the  following  events  shall  constitute  a
default by Tenant under this Lease:  if, (i) Tenant fails to pay,  when due, any
portion of Rent due  hereunder;  (ii) Tenant  fails to observe or perform any of
the terms,  conditions or covenants of this Lease to be observed or performed by
Tenant  (other than those  involving the payment of money and those set forth in
the  following  clause  (iii)) and,  such breach shall not have been cured for a
period of seven (7) days after  written  notice  thereof from Landlord to Tenant
unless such failure,  within  Landlord's  reasonable  judgment,  cannot be cured
within  said seven (7) days,  in which event  Tenant  shall not be in default if
Tenant  commences  to cure such  breach  within  the seven  (7) day  period  and
diligently  proceeds to complete the same;  (iii) Tenant vacates or abandons the
Leased  Premises or Tenant shall not open for business in the Leased Premises in
accordance with Article IX or shall fail to continuously operate its business in
the Leased  Premises as required by the terms of this Lease;  (iv) Tenant  fails
during any twelve (12) month period to perform any  covenant or agreement  under
this Lease after  Tenant shall have  defaulted  under this Lease on two previous
occasions  during  such twelve (12) month  period,  even though such  default or
defaults had been cured by Tenant;  (v) Tenant defaults under any other lease or
agreement between Landlord and Tenant,  and such default is not cured within any
applicable cure period;  (vi) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall file a
petition in bankruptcy or shall be adjudicated  bankrupt or insolvent,  or shall
file any petition or answer seeking any  reorganization,  dissolution or similar
relief under any applicable Law or if Tenant or any such guarantor shall seek or
consent to the  appointment  of a trustee,  receiver or  liquidator of Tenant or
such  guarantor  or the  business of either,  shall make an  assignment  for the
benefit of  creditors,  or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
when due;  (vii) there shall be filed  against  Tenant or any  guarantor of this
Lease an  involuntary  petition  in  bankruptcy  or any  proceeding  seeking  to
reorganize,  dissolve or liquidate Tenant or such guarantor,  or if a trustee or
receiver shall be appointed for Tenant or such guarantor or over the business or
substantially  all of the  property  of  either  of  them,  and  such  petition,
proceeding,  trustee or receiver is not dismissed with  prejudice  within thirty
(30) days;  (viii) any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or
any of  Tenant's  Property,  whereby  all or any part of the Leased  Premises or
Tenant's  interest  under  this  Lease  shall  be taken  or  occupied,  and such
execution or attachment,  shall not be set aside,  vacated or discharged  within
thirty (30) days after the issuance of same;  or (ix) if Tenant is operating its
business in the Leased Premises as a franchisee under a franchise agreement, any
termination  or expiration of said franchise  agreement  prior to the end of the
Term of this  Lease.  An event  provided  for in  clauses  (iii)  through  (ix),
inclusive, shall be a default without notice or grace period of any kind.

             B. Upon the occurrence of any event  described in Section  16.1(A),
Landlord  shall have all the rights and  remedies  provided  in Section  16.2 in
addition to all other remedies  available under this Lease or provided at law or
in equity.

SECTION 16.2.         REMEDIES AND DAMAGES.

             A. Upon the occurrence of any event  described in Section  16.1(A),
Landlord may elect to terminate  this Lease or to  terminate  Tenant's  right to
possession without  terminating this Lease and to enter upon the Leased Premises
and expel Tenant or any persons or entities occupying the Leased Premises and so
to repossess and enjoy the Leased  Premises.  If this Lease or Tenant's right to
possession  under this Lease shall at any time be terminated under the terms and
conditions of this Section 16.2 or in any other way, Tenant hereby covenants and
agrees to immediately  surrender and deliver up the Leased Premises peaceably to
Landlord.

             B. If Landlord  elects to terminate  Tenant's  right to  possession
under this Lease,  but not to  terminate  this Lease,  Landlord  may,  relet the
Leased  Premises  (or any part thereof for the account of Tenant at such rentals
and upon such terms and  conditions as Landlord shall deem  appropriate,  and to
the extent Landlord  receives the rents therefor,  Landlord shall apply the same
first  to the  payment  of such  expenses  as  Landlord  may  have  incurred  in
recovering  possession of the Leased Premises  (including,  without  limitation,
legal expenses and attorneys' fees) and for putting the same into good order and
condition  and  preparing  or  altering  the same for  re-rental,  and any other
expenses,  commissions and charges paid,  assumed or incurred by or on behalf of
Landlord in connection  with the reletting of the Leased  Premises,  and then to
the fulfillment of the covenants of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall pay to
Landlord the Rent and all other sums payable up to the time of such  termination
of this Lease or Tenant's right to possession  under this Lease, and thereafter,
Tenant  covenants  to pay  Landlord  until the end of the Term of this Lease the
equivalent  of the amount of all the Rent and all other sums required to be paid
by Tenant under this Lease less the net avails of such reletting, if any, during
the same period,  and the same shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord on
the dates such Rent and other sums are due under this Lease.  Any  reletting  by
Landlord  shall not be  construed  as an  election  on the part of  Landlord  to
terminate  this Lease unless a notice of such  intention is given by Landlord to
Tenant.  Notwithstanding  any  reletting  without  termination  of  this  Lease,
Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease. In any event,
Landlord  shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant's  obligations  hereunder be
diminished by reason of any failure by Landlord to relet the Leased  Premises or
any failure by Landlord  to collect any sums due upon such  reletting,  provided
that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the

                                                            78

<PAGE>



damages  recoverable against Tenant in the event that Tenant defaults under this
Lease and Tenant's right to ossession of the Leased Premises is terminated under
this Article XVI; provided,  however, except to the extent required byapplicable
Law,  Landlord  shall have no  obligation  to relet the Leased  Premises  before
Landlord  leases  other vacant  space in the  Shopping  Center,  or to relet the
Leased Premises to any potential tenant who Landlord could reasonably  reject as
a Transferee pursuant to Article XV hereof.

             C.  If  Landlord   elects  to  terminate   this  Lease  instead  of
terminating only Tenant's right to possession,  Landlord shall have the right to
recover against Tenant as damages for loss of the bargain, and not as a penalty,
the excess (if any), as determined by Landlord, of (i) the then present value of
the projected Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant hereunder (as determined
by Landlord on the basis of  reasonable  estimates)  that would have accrued for
the  balance of the Term of this Lease less (ii) the then  present  value of the
fair market value of the Leased Premises for the balance of such term.

SECTION  16.3.  ASSIGNMENT  IN  BANKRUPTCY.  In the  event of an  assignment  by
operation of law under the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code, or any State bankruptcy or
insolvency  law and Landlord is prevented  from or elects not to terminate  this
Lease under Section  16.2,  the assignee  shall  provide  Landlord with adequate
assurance of future performance of all of the terms, conditions and covenants of
this Lease,  which shall  include,  without  limitation,  assumption  of all the
terms,  covenants and conditions of this Lease by the assignee and the making by
the assignee of the following express  covenants to Landlord:  (i) that assignee
has  sufficient  capital to pay the Rent and other  charges due under this Lease
for the entire Term; (ii) that assumption of this Lease by the assignee will not
cause Landlord to be in violation or breach of any provision in any other lease,
financing  agreement or operating agreement relating to the Shopping Center; and
(iii)  that such  assignment  and  assumption  will not  disrupt  or impair  any
existing tenant mix in the Shopping Center.

SECTION 16.4.  LEGAL EXPENSES.  In the event that Landlord should retain counsel
and/or  institute any suit against  Tenant for violation of or to enforce any of
the covenants or conditions of this Lease,  or should Tenant  institute any suit
against  Landlord for  violation of any of the  covenants or  conditions of this
Lease,  or  should  either  party  institute  a suit  against  the  other  for a
declaration of rights hereunder, or should either party intervene in any suit in
which the  other is a party,  to  enforce  or  protect  its  interest  or rights
hereunder, the prevailing party in any such suit shall be entitled to all of its
costs, expenses and reasonable fees of its attorney(s) in connection therewith.

SECTION 16.5. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  No reference to any specific right or remedy
in this Lease shall  preclude  Landlord from  exercising  any other right,  from
having  any  other  remedy,  or from  maintaining  any  action  to  which it may
otherwise be entitled under this Lease, at law or in equity.

SECTION 16.6.         WAIVER.

             A.  Neither  Landlord nor Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any
breach of any term, covenant,  or condition herein contained unless the same has
been specifically waived by such party in writing.  Any such waiver shall not be
deemed to be a waiver of any  subsequent  breach of the same or any other  term,
covenant or condition herein contained.

             B. Tenant hereby  waives any and all rights of  redemption  and all
rights to relief from forfeiture  granted by or under any applicable Law. To the
fullest extent  permitted by law, Tenant waives the right to a trial by jury and
the  right to file any  counterclaims  or  cross-claims  other  than  compulsory
counterclaims  or  cross-claims  in actions for  recovery of  possession  of the
Leased Promises only.


                                                       ARTICLE XVII

                                                 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 17.1.         NOTICES.

             A.  Whenever  any  demand,  request,  approval,  consent  or notice
("Notice")  shall or may be given to either of the  parties by the  other,  each
such Notice shall be sent by  registered or certified  mail with return  receipt
requested, or sent by overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) at the
respective  addresses of the parties as set forth in Section 1.1(K).  Any Notice
under this Lease  delivered by registered  or certified  mail shall be deemed to
have been given and  effective on the earlier of (a) the third day following the
day on which the same shall have been mailed with sufficient  postage prepaid or
(b) the delivery date indicated on the return receipt;  Notice sent by overnight
courier  service  shall be deemed given,  and effective  upon the day after such
notice is delivered to or picked up by the  overnight  courier  service.  Either
party may,  at any time,  change its  Notice  Address by giving the other  party
Notice in  accordance  with the above,  stating the change and setting forth the
new address.

             B. If any Mortgagee  shall notify Tenant that it is the holder of a
Mortgage  affecting the Leased Premises,  no Notice thereafter sent by Tenant to
Landlord  shall be  effective  unless and until a copy of the same shall also be
sent to such Mortgagee in the manner prescribed in this Section 17.1 and to such
address as such Mortgagee shall designate.

                                                            79

<PAGE>



             C.       Any notice from Landlord may be given by Landlord,
 Landlord's Managing Agent for the Shopping
Center or Landlord's attorneys.

SECTION 17.2.         SHORT FORM LEASE.  This Lease shall not be recorded 
without the express written consent of
Landlord.  A "short form lease" may be recorded only if Landlord requests or
consents in writing to such recording.
Recording, filing and like charges shall be paid by the requesting party.

SECTION 17.3. INTEREST AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS. If (i) Tenant fails to make any
payment  under  this  Lease  when due,  (ii)  Landlord  performs  or causes  the
performance  of any  obligation  of Tenant under this Lease,  or (iii)  Landlord
incurs any costs or expenses as a result of Tenant's  default  under this Lease,
then Tenant shall pay,  upon demand,  the amount due under (i), or the amount of
such costs and expenses  incurred  under (ii) or (iii) above,  plus Interest (as
defined in Section  1.2(G) above) from the date such payment was due or from the
date Landlord incurs such costs or expenses plus Landlord's administrative costs
in connection therewith.

SECTION  17.4.  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  This  Lease  and  the  covenants  and
conditions  herein  contained  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
Landlord, and Tenant and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Upon
any sale or other  transfer by Landlord of its interest in the Leased  Premises,
Landlord  shall be  relieved  of any  obligations  under  this  Lease  occurring
subsequent to such sale or other  transfer.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if
Tenant  is a single  individual  and  dies or  becomes  incapacitated,  Landlord
reserves the right to terminate  this Lease upon thirty (30) days advance Notice
to Tenant or Tenant's legal representative.

SECTION 17.5.         LIMITATION ON RIGHT OF RECOVERY AGAINST LANDLORD.  It i
 specifically
understood  and  agreed  that none of the,  Landlord  Related  Parties  shall be
personally  liable for any of the  covenants,  conditions  or provisions of this
Lease. In the event of a breach or default by Landlord of any of its obligations
under this Lease,  Tenant shall look solely to the equity of the Landlord in the
Shopping  Center  (which  shall  include  all rents and  other  income  from the
Shopping Center,  subject to all Mortgages and other encumbrances  affecting the
Shopping  Center) for the  satisfaction  of Tenant's  remedies.  The  limitation
contained in this Section 17.5 shall not limit or impair  Tenant's right to seek
and  obtain  injunctive  relief  against  Landlord,  its  agents,  employees  or
contractors  for the  satisfaction  of Tenant's  remedies,  The  limitations  on
Tenant's  right of recovery  against the Landlord  Related  Parties set forth in
this  Section  17.5  shall  survive  the  expiration  of the Term of this  Lease
(whether by lapse of time or otherwise).

SECTION 17.6. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. Nothing contained in this Lease shall
be deemed to be construed as creating the relationship of principal and agent or
of partnership or joint venture between Landlord and Tenant, it being understood
and agreed that  neither the method of  computing  Rent nor any other  provision
contained  herein nor any acts of the parties  hereto  shall be deemed to create
any relationship between the parties other than that of Landlord and Tenant.

SECTION 17.7.         SECURITY DEPOSIT.  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

SECTION 17.8.  INTERPRETATION.  Whenever used herein, the singular shall include
the plural and the plural shall include the singular, as necessary,  and the use
of any gender shall include  either  gender,  as  necessary.  This Lease and the
rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State in which the Shopping Center is located.

SECTION 17.9. NO MODIFICATION.  This Lease is intended by the parties as a final
expression of their  agreement and as a complete and exclusive  statement of the
terms thereof, all negotiations,  considerations and representations between the
parties having been incorporated  herein.  Acceptance of a course of performance
rendered  under  this or any  prior  agreement  between  the  parties  or  their
affiliates  shall not be relevant or  admissible to determine the meaning of any
of the terms of this  Lease.  No  representations,  understandings,  agreements,
warranties  or promises  with respect to the Leased  Premises or the building or
Shopping  Center of which they are a part or with  respect  to past,  present or
future tenancies, rents, expenses, operations or any other matter have been made
or relied  upon in the making of this Lease  other than those  specifically  set
forth herein.  This Lease can be modified only by a written instrument signed by
Landlord and Tenant.

SECTION  17.10.  SEVERABILITY.  If any term or provision  of this Lease,  or the
application  thereof to any person or  circumstances  shall,  to any extent,  be
invalid or  unenforceable,  the remainder of this Lease,  or the  application of
such term or provision to persons or circumstances, other than those as to which
it is held invalid or  unenforceable,  shall not be affected  thereby,  and each
term and  provision  of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest
extent permitted by law.

SECTION  17.11.  TENANT  UNABILITY.  If two or more  individuals,  corporations,
partnerships  or other persons (or any  combination of two or more thereof shall
sign this Lease as Tenant,  the liability of each such individual,  corporation,
partnership  or other persons to pay the Rent and perform all other  obligations
hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several, and all notices, payments and
agreements  given  or  made  by,  with  or  to  any  one  of  such  individuals,
corporations,  partnerships  or other persons shall be deemed to have been given
or made by, with or to all of them.

                                                            80

<PAGE>





SECTION 17.12. BROKER'S COMMISSION.  Each of the parties represents and warrants
to the other that except as  expressly  set forth in this  Section  17.12,  such
party has not dealt with any broker in connection  with this Lease and that such
party has no knowledge of any claims for brokerage  commissions or finders' fees
in  connection  with this Lease.  Each party agrees to indemnity  and defend the
other against,  and hold it harmless from, all liability  arising from any claim
for  brokerage  commissions  or finders'  fees of any kind  (including,  without
limitation, attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith) in connection with
this Lease, any amendment  hereto or any Transfer,  which claim arises (directly
or indirectly) out of an agreement, contract, course of dealings or relationship
between such a party and the claiming party.

SECTION  17.13.  OTHER TENANTS.  Landlord  reserves the absolute right to effect
other  tenancies  in the  Shopping  Center as Landlord  shall  determine  in the
exercise of its sole business  judgment.  Tenant does not rely on the fact,  nor
does  Landlord  represent,  that any  specific  tenant,  Department,  Variety or
Specialty Store or occupant,  or the number of tenants,  Department,  Variety or
Specialty  Stores or  occupants,  shall occupy any space in the Shopping  Center
during the Term. A vacation of premises or cessation of  operations by any other
tenant(s)  in the Shopping  Center shall not in any way release  Tenant from its
obligations under this Lease.

SECTION 17.14.  RULE AGAINST  PERPETUITIES.  If the Term of this Lease shall not
have  commenced  within  five (5) years from the date of this  Lease,  then this
Lease shall thereupon become null and void and have no further force and effect.

SECTION 17.15.  IRREVOCABLE  OFFER, NO OPTION.  In  consideration  of Landlord's
administrative  expense  in  considering  this  Lease,  Tenant's  submission  to
Landlord  of this Lease,  duly  executed by Tenant,  shall  constitute  Tenant's
irrevocable  offer to continue for fourteen  (14) days from and after receipt by
Landlord or until  Landlord  shall deliver to Tenant written notice of rejection
of Tenant's offer, whichever shall first occur. If within said fourteen (14) day
period Landlord shall neither return this Lease duly executed by Landlord nor so
advise Tenant of Landlord's  rejection of Tenant's  offer,  then Tenant shall be
free to revoke its offer.  Although  Tenant's  execution  of this Lease shall be
deemed an offer irrevocable by Tenant,  the submission of this Lease by Landlord
to Tenant for  examination  shall not  constitute a reservation of or option for
the Leased  Premises.  This Lease shall  become  effective  only upon  execution
thereof by both parties and delivery thereof to Tenant.

SECTION  17.16.  INABILITY  TO  PERFORM.  If  Landlord  or Tenant is  delayed or
prevented from  performing any of its obligations  under this Lease,  except for
Tenant's  obligation for payment of money, by reason of strike or labor troubles
or any cause  whatsoever  beyond its  control,  the period of such delay or such
prevention shall be deemed added to the time herein provided for the performance
of any such obligation by either party. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Tenant's
obligation to open  initially may be deferred only by an  industry-wide  strike.
For purposes of this Section  17.16,  a cause or event shall not be deemed to be
beyond a party's  control,  if it is within the control of such party's  agents,
employees or contractors.

SECTION 17.17. SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in
this Lease, the expiration of the Term of the Lease, whether by lapse of time or
otherwise,  shall not relieve  either  party from their  respective  obligations
accruing  during or  attributable  to any  portion  of the Term,  subject to the
provisions of Section 17.5.

SECTION  17.18.  LANDLORD'S  SELF-HELP.  In  addition  to  Landlord's  rights of
self-help set forth  elsewhere in this Lease or as provided by law or in equity,
if Tenant at any time fails to perform any of its  obligations  under this Lease
in a manner satisfactory to Landlord,  Landlord shall have the right but not the
obligation,  with two (2) days prior notice (except in the case of any dangerous
condition or emergency, in which case no notice shall be required) to perform or
cause to be performed  such  obligations on behalf and at the expense of Tenant.
In such event,  Landlord's  costs and expenses  incurred  with  respect  thereto
shall, upon demand, be paid for by Tenant as additional rent. The performance by
Landlord of any such obligation  shall not constitute a release or waiver of any
of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

SECTION 17.19. DUE  AUTHORIZATION.  If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership,
the  person(s)  executing  this Lease on behalf of Tenant  hereby  covenant  and
warrant that: Tenant is a duly formed corporation or a duly created  partnership
(as the case may be) in good standing,  qualified to do business in the State in
which the Shopping  Center is located;  such persons are duly authorized by such
corporation  or  partnership to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such
corporation  or  partnership;  and this Lease  constitutes  a valid and  binding
agreement of Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof.




                                                            81

<PAGE>



SECTION  17.20.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  It is agreed and  understood  that Tenant may
acknowledge only the existence of this Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant,
and that Tenant may not  disclose any of the terms and  provisions  contained in
this  Lease to any tenant or other  occupant  in the  Shopping  Center or to any
agent,  employee,  subtenant  or  assignee of such  tenant or  occupant.  Tenant
acknowledges  that any  breach  by Tenant  of the  agreements  set forth in this
Section 17.20 shall cause Landlord irreparable harm. The terms and provisions of
this Section 17.20 shall survive the termination of this Lease (whether by lapse
of time or otherwise).

SECTION 17.21. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT.  In the event Landlord desires or is required
by any applicable Law to remove,  encapsulate,  enclose,  remediate or otherwise
abate   asbestos-containing   materials   located  within  the  Leased  Premises
("abatement  work"), then Landlord agrees to perform or cause the performance of
such work at Landlord's  sole cost. If Tenant is required to cease its operation
at the Leased Premises or interrupt or delay its  construction or opening at the
Leased Premises in order for such abatement work to be performed,  then Tenant's
Minimum Rent and all other Rent (excluding Percentage Rent and any past due Rent
or charges  due as a result of any  default of Tenant  under this  Lease)  shall
abate for the period of time beginning on the commencement of the abatement work
and ending upon the completion of the abatement work.  Notwithstanding  anything
to the contrary  herein,  in the event the  abatement  work is required  before,
during  or after the Term as a result  of:  (i)  anything  done by  Tenant,  its
agents, employees or contractors;  or (ii) any activities of Tenant, its agents,
employees or contractors in, on or about the Leased Premises, then the abatement
work shall be performed by or at the direction of Landlord at Tenant's sole cost
and expense,  and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such abatement
work within  five (5) days after  written  demand by Landlord  from time to time
during the  performance  of such work and Tenant  shall not be  entitled  to any
abatement of Minimum Rent or any other Rent as a result of the  abatement  work.
Landlord  shall use  reasonable  efforts to not perform such asbestos  abatement
work during the months of October, November or December of any year and Landlord
shall  notify  Tenant at least  thirty  (30) days prior to  commencement  of the
abatement work, unless the governmental  authority  requiring the abatement work
requires the abatement work to be performed in October,  November or December or
sooner  than  thirty  (30)  days  from the time  Landlord  is  required  by such
governmental body to perform such work.

             Unless  agreed in  writing by any  Mortgagee,  the  obligations  of
Landlord  set forth in this  Section  17.21 shall not be binding upon any person
acquiring the interest of Landlord as a result of any  foreclosure  or any other
action or proceeding instituted under or in connection with the mortgage held by
such  Mortgagee.  The Rent abatement  provided in the preceding  paragraph shall
constitute   Landlord's   sole   obligations   with   respect  to   asbestos  or
asbestos-containing  material  at the  Shopping  Center  and  Tenant's  sole and
exclusive  remedy  therefor  and,  except  for any  claims  resulting  from  the
negligence of any of the Landlord Related Parties,  Tenant hereby waives any and
all claims  Tenant  may now or  hereafter  have  based  upon any  inconvenience,
interruption  of Tenant's  business or any other loss,  cost,  damage,  claim or
expense  which  may be  suffered  or  incurred  as a result of the  presence  of
asbestos  or  asbestos-containing  materials  within the Leased  Premises or the
removal or abatement of the same.

             At all  times  during  the Term of this  Lease and  except  for the
abatement  work  described  above,  Tenant  shall  comply  with and  conform its
activities   to  (i)  all   applicable   Laws   respecting   the   handling   of
asbestos-containing materials or performing of routine maintenance activities in
the vicinity of  asbestos-containing  materials and (ii) any asbestos  operation
and maintenance program initiated by Landlord.  Tenant's  obligations under this
Section 17.21 shall survive the  expiration of the Term of this Lease whether by
lapse of time or otherwise.

SECTION 17.22. PROPOSED  REDEVELOPMENT.  Tenant acknowledges that as of the date
hereof, Landlord has commenced a general redevelopment of the Shopping Center or
a  portion  thereof  (the  "Redevelopment").  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary contained in this Lease,  Tenant further  acknowledges that if Landlord
determines,  in its sole and absolute discretion,  to perform all or any portion
of such proposed  Redevelopment,  the exact location,  configuration and size of
the Shopping Center, the Satellite Store Space, any and all Department,  Variety
and  Specialty  Stores and the Common  Areas  shall be subject to change  and/or
adjustment.  During the  Redevelopment,  barricades  and other  obstacles may be
placed in and around the  Shopping  Center  and/or the Leased  Premises  and the
Redevelopment  work may temporarily affect access to or visibility of the Leased
Premises,  provided that Landlord  shall use  reasonable  efforts to perform the
Redevelopment  with as little  interference  to Tenant's  business in the Leased
Premises as is  possible  under the  circumstances.  If the  Redevelopment  work
requires  minor  reductions  in the size of the Leased  Premises  as a result of
columns, shafts or other installations,  Tenant hereby consents to such work and
to such minor  reduction  and agrees to  temporarily  close for  business at the
Leased  Premises  if  requested  to do so in  writing  by  Landlord  in order to
facilitate such Redevelopment work;  provided,  however,  that commencing on the
date that  Tenant  closes at  Landlord's  request all Rent shall abate until the
earlier to occur of (i) the date Landlord notifies Tenant that Tenant may reopen
Tenant's  business in the Leased  Premises  and (ii) the  reopening  of Tenant's
business  in the Leased  Premises.  Subject to the  provisions  of this  Section
17.22,  Tenant  shall have no approval  rights  whatsoever  with  respect to the
proposed   Redevelopment,   the  plans  and   specifications   therefor  or  the
construction thereof. Nothing contained in this Section 17.22 shall be deemed to
be a  representation  or warranty of any kind  whatsoever  that  Landlord  shall
perform all or any portion of the Redevelopment.

SECTION 17.23.        CONTINGENCY. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.



                                                            82

<PAGE>



SECTION 17.24.        OPTION TO TERMINATE.   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

SECTION 17.25. COMPETITION.

             A. To the extent  Landlord  is not  prohibited  by any  existing or
future Law, and  provided  Tenant is not In default  under this Lease,  Landlord
covenants  not to enter into a lease  agreement  for space at the Enclosed  Mall
portion of the Shopping Center with a Competitor (as hereinafter  defined) for a
term  scheduled to commence  during the Term of this Lease.  If Landlord  enters
into a lease for space in the Enclosed Mall portion of the Shopping  Center with
a Competitor for a term that commences during the Term of this Lease, and Tenant
is not in default under this Lease,  then, as Tenant's sole remedy therefor,  in
lieu of the Minimum Rent and  Percentage  Rent  provided in Sections  1.1(E) and
1.1(F),  respectively,  of this Lease, commencing on the date of the opening for
business  of such  Competitor,  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  substitute  rent
("Substitute  Rent")  equal to five  percent  (5%) of Gross Sales (as defined in
Section 5.4) per annum until such time as (i) the  Competitor  closes its store;
(ii) the Competitor's lease terminates;  (iii) that Competitor's  primary use is
no longer a use specified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of Section  17.25(B) below;
(iv) tenant's  primary use is no longer the Subject  Primary Use (as hereinafter
defined); or (v) the Competitor's primary use is the use specified in clause (c)
of  Section  17.25(B),   but  the  third  (3rd)  Lease  Year  has  ended  and  a
Non-Traditional  Mexican Restaurant (as hereinafter defined) is no longer deemed
to be a  Competitor  for  purposes  of this  Section  17.25,  at which  time the
Substitute Rent Period shall end and Tenant shall again pay to Landlord  Minimum
Rent  and   Percentage   Rent  as  provided  in  Sections   1.1(E)  and  1.1(F),
respectively,  of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein,  for the sole purpose of calculating  Percentage  Rent due for the Lease
Year[s] and/or Partial Lease Year[s] in which the Substitute  Rent Period begins
and ends;  if such  period does not begin on the first day of the Lease Year (or
Partial  Lease  Year)  and/or end on the last day of the Lease Year (or  Partial
Lease Year), such Lease Year or Partial Lease Year (as the case may be) shall be
treated as a Partial Lease Year and the applicable  Breakpoint shall be prorated
for a Partial  Lease Year as provided  In Section  1.1 (F).  Any time during the
Term when Tenant is entitled to pay  Substitute  Rent to Landlord is hereinafter
referred to a "Substitute Rent Period."

             Substitute  Rent  shall  be  paid  to  Landlord  commencing  on the
twentieth (20th) day of the month  immediately  following the month in which the
Substitute  Rent Period  began,  and on the  twentieth  (20th) day of each month
thereafter  until  the  end  of  such  Substitute  Rent  Period,  provided  that
Substitute  Rent for the last  month of such  Substitute  Rent  Period  shall be
payable on the twentieth (20th) day of the month immediately following the month
in which such Substitute  Rent Period ended.  During any Substitute Rent Period,
Tenant shall remain  obligated to provide  statements of Gross Sales as provided
in Section 5.6 of this  Lease,  but  substituting  the words  "Substitute  Rent"
whenever the words "Percentage Rent" appear in said Sections 5.5 and 5.6 of this
Lease.

             B. For purposes of this Section 17.25,  a  "Competitor"  shall mean
any Satellite Store Space tenant located within the Enclosed Mall portion of the
Shopping Center (i) whose lease or other  agreement with Landlord  (collectively
an "Occupancy  Agreement")  is dated on or after the date of this Lease and (ii)
whose  primary use is the  operation  of: (a) a full  service  sit-down  Mexican
restaurant  (the  "Subject  Primary  Use"),  (b) a fast food Mexican  restaurant
(i.e.,  Taco Bell, Taco Viva), or (c) a fast food restaurant  serving  primarily
Mexican-inspired cuisine (such as, for example,  burritos,  tacos,  quesadillas)
(the  "Non-Traditional  Mexican  Restaurant").  For  purposes  of  this  Section
17.25(B), a menu item shall be deemed to be Mexican-inspired cuisine (as opposed
to Mexican  cuisine) if the filling is not  traditional  Mexican filling or such
filling is  prepared  together  with  other  items or  ingredients  that are not
typically used in traditional Mexican cuisine. Competitor shall not in any event
include:  (aa) a tenant  open  for  business  on the  date of this  Lease or any
assignee or  sublessee  of any such tenant or any  renewal or  extension  of the
Occupancy  Agreement of such tenant, or (bb) a tenant whose Occupancy  Agreement
is dated  prior to the date of this Lease or any  assignee or  sublessee  of any
such tenant or any  renewal or  extension  of the  Occupancy  Agreement  of such
tenant, (cc) a tenant who has been permitted to assume an Occupancy Agreement or
otherwise  operate its business in the Shopping Center based upon or as a result
of a bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar action, or (dd) any Department,  Variety
or Specialty Store.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein,
commencing  on the first day of the fourth (4th) Lease Year,  a  Non-Traditional
Mexican  Restaurant  shall no longer be included in the definition of Competitor
and shall not be deemed a Competitor for purposes of this Section 17.25.

             C. In the event the Substitute  Rent Period granted in this Section
17.25 continues  uninterrupted  for a period of twelve (12) consecutive  months,
Tenant may, by written notice give to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the
end of such twelve (12) month Period,  terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant
gives such notice to terminate  to Landlord  within such thirty day (30) period,
this Lease shall terminate on the one hundred-  eightieth (180th) day after such
notice to terminate is received by Landlord with the same force and effect as if
this Lease by its terms expired on such date.  Tenant's  right to terminate this
Lease as provided  in this  paragraph  shall be  automatically  and  irrevocably
waived  unless such  written  notice to terminate is given by Tenant to Landlord
within such thirty (30) day period.

             D.  Tenant  shall  indemnity,  defend  and hold  Landlord  harmless
against  and from all  liabilities,  obligations,  damages,  penalties,  claims,
costs, charges and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney's
fees,  which may be imposed  upon,  incurred  by, or asserted  against  Landlord
arising, directly or indirectly,  out of or in connection with the terms of this
Section 17.25. In case any action or proceeding is brought  against  Landlord by
reason of the foregoing, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, resist
or defend such action or proceeding with counsel approved by Landlord.

SECTION 17.26.        TERMINATION OF PRIOR LEASE.



                                                            83

<PAGE>



             A. Tenant is currently occupying the Original Leased Premises under
a    certain    lease    between    U.S.I.F.    Wynnewood    Corporation,     as
predecessor-in-interest to Landlord, and Tenant, dated March 10, 1975 as amended
by that certain Letter  Agreement  dated September 10, 1975, that certain Letter
Agreement dated  September 11, 1975, that certain Letter  Agreement dated August
22, 1977, that certain Lease Modification  Agreement dated September 1, 1977 and
that certain  Amendment to Lease dated January 1, 1990 (the "Second  Amendment")
(collectively,  the "Prior Lease").  Effective as of the Possession Date of this
Lease,  the Prior Lease is  terminated  and Landlord  shall be released from its
obligations  arising from or connected  with the  provisions  of the Prior Lease
provided  that  Landlord  shall  satisfy,  perform and fulfill all covenants and
obligations  under the Prior Lease  applicable to the period up to and including
the Possession  Date of this Lease.  Effective as of the Possession Date of this
Lease,  Tenant shall be released from its obligations  arising from or connected
with the  provisions  of the Prior Lease  provided  that Tenant  shall  satisfy,
perform  and  fulfill  all  covenants  and  obligations  under the  Prior  Lease
applicable  to the period prior to and  including  the  Procession  Date of this
Lease.

             B. Tenant  represents and warrants that it is the rightful owner of
all the  tenant's  interest  in the Prior  Lease,  that  Tenant has not made any
disposition,  assignment,  sublease or conveyance of the Prior Lease or Tenant's
interest therein, that Tenant has no knowledge of any fact or circumstance which
would give rise to any claim,  demand,  action or cause of action arising out of
or in connection with Tenant's  occupancy of the Leased Premises under the Prior
Lease,  and that no other  person or entity has an interest in the Prior  Lease,
collateral  or  otherwise.  The  representation  and warranty set fourth in this
Section  17.26(B)  shall be  deemed  to be  remade  in full by  Tenant as of the
Possession Date of this Lease.

             C.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this  Section  to the
contrary, Tenant shall indemnity, defend (with counsel approved by Landlord) and
hold Landlord  harmless from and against any and all  liabilities,  obligations,
damages,  penalties,  claims,  costs,  charges and expenses  (including  without
limitation  attorneys' fees) which may be imposed upon, incurred by, or asserted
against  Landlord and arising,  directly or indirectly,  out of or in connection
with the use, nonuse, possession,  occupancy, condition, operation,  maintenance
or management of the Original  Leased  Premises or any part thereof prior to and
including the  Possession  Date of this Lease,  any act or omission of Tenant or
any  of  its  assignees,  concessionaires,  agents,  contractors,  employees  or
invitees,  any injury or damage to any person or  property  occurring  in, on or
about the Original  Leased  Premises or any part thereof  prior to and including
the  Possession  Date of this  Lease,  or any  failure  on the part of Tenant to
perform or comply with any of the  covenants,  agreements,  terms or  conditions
contained in the Prior Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant.

             D. Notwithstanding  anything in this Section 17.26 to the contrary,
for and in consideration of the early termination of the Prior Lease, and not as
a penalty,  the obligation of Tenant under the Prior Lease to pay all Continuing
Rent (as herein  defined)  shall survive the  termination of the Prior Lease and
notwithstanding  that the Prior  Lease has been  terminated  and  Tenant  has no
further rights under the Prior Lease,  the Continuing  Rent shall be paid at the
times,  in the manner and  otherwise in  accordance  with the terms of the Prior
Lease as if the same had not been terminated  pursuant  hereto.  For purposes of
this Section  17.26 only,  the term  "Continuing  Rent" shall mean Minimum Rent,
Percentage  Rent,  Tenant's  pro rata share of real estate  taxes (as defined in
Section 2.3 of the Prior  Lease),  Enclosed  Mall Expense (as defined in Section
2.4 of the Prior Lease),  Parking Area Expense (as defined in Section 2.4 of the
Prior Lease),  Marketing Fund dues (as defined in Section 2.5 of the Prior Lease
[as modified by Paragraph 2 of the Second Amendment]),  Tenant's Promotional and
Advertising  Contribution  (as defined in Paragraph 1 of the Second  Amendment),
Tenant's  proportionate  share of Landlord's  insurance  premiums (as defined in
Section  6.1(D)(2) of the Prior Lease),  utility  charges (as defined in Section
2.6 of the Prior  Lease),  if any, and any and all  payments  and charges  which
Tenant would have been  required to pay under the Prior Lease it the Prior Lease
were still in full force and effect for the period  commencing on the Possession
Date and  continuing  through and including the day that Is one (1) day prior to
the Rent Commencement Date.

             E.  During the  Construction  Period,  pursuant  to Section  9.3(F)
above,  Tenant  shall  continue to pay all  Continuing  Rent due pursuant to the
terms of Section 17.26(D) above; provided,  however, for purposes of calculating
the Percentage  Rent portion of the Continuing Rent due for the calendar year or
partial  calendar year in which Tenant so closes,  the Minimum Rent due for such
calendar  year or partial  calendar year shall be deemed to be the total Minimum
Rent due for such calendar year or partial  calendar year decreased by an amount
equal to such total annual Minimum Rent multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator
of which is the number of days Tenant is not open for  business in the  Original
Leased  Premises  in  accordance  with  Section  9.3(F)  of this  Lease  and the
denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five (365) (or the number of days in
such partial calendar year [whichever is applicable]).  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of the foregoing sentence shall
In no event reduce or abate, in any manner,  Tenant's obligation to pay the full
Minimum Rent portion of the Continuing Rent as required herein.

SECTION 17.27.        DESIGNATED OUTDOOR SEATING AREA.   Landlord hereby agrees
 that Tenant may use
that portion of the sidewalk located immediately adjacent to the exterior of the
Leased Premises  fronting the parking area of the Shopping Center, as more fully
indicated  on  Exhibit  A-4  attached  hereto  and  made  a part  hereof,  as an
additional  seating area (the "Designated  Outdoor Seating Area")  consisting of
tables,  chairs and trash receptacles,  furnished by Tenant at its sole cost and
expense  (collectively,  the "Designated  Outdoor Area Furniture"),  in a manner
approved by Landlord and in accordance with all applicable Laws,  provided that:
(a) the exact location of such  Designated  Outdoor  Seating Area is depicted on
Tenant's final plans and specifications for the initial Tenant  Improvements and
approved   by   both   Landlord   and   all   applicable   governmental   and/or
quasi-governmental  authorities;  (b) the  Designated  Outdoor  Area  Furniture,
including,  without limitation,  the color, design, material,  finish, method of
installation,  size  and the  exact  location  of the  Designated  Outdoor  Area
Furniture shall be depicted on Tenant's final plans and  specifications  for the
initial  Tenant  Improvements  and  approved  by  Landlord  and  all  applicable
governmental  and/or  quasi-governmental   authorities;  (c)  Tenant  uses  such
Designated Outdoor Seating Area for the sole purpose of

                                                            84

<PAGE>



providing  seating to patrons  purchasing  beverages  and/or food  described  in
Section  1.1(1) hereof from the Leased  Premises;  (d) such  Designated  Outdoor
Seating Area is operated only during Normal Mall Hours,  (e) Tenant  installs no
more than four (4) tables and  sixteen  (16) chairs in such  Designated  Outdoor
Seating Area; and (f) Tenant installs at least two (2) trash receptacles in such
Designated  Outdoor  Seating Area. The square footage of the Designated  Outdoor
Seating Area shall be included  within the definition of the Leased Premises for
all purposes of this Lease,  provided that the square  footage of the Designated
Outdoor  Seating Area shall not be included  within the definition of the Leased
Premises for the purpose of calculating any time of Rent.

             Tenant  shall be  responsible  for  busing the  Designated  Outdoor
Seating Area which shall include,  without limitation,  wiping of table tops and
chairs,  depositing  trash in and  removing  trash from the  receptacles  in the
Designated  Outdoor  Seating Area, spot cleaning of the sidewalk as necessary in
the event of customer  spills,  all  Designated  Outdoor Area Furniture Work (as
hereinafter defined),  and all costs associated  therewith.  In the event Tenant
does not perform the foregoing  responsibilities  to the  satisfaction of either
Landlord  or the  Burrough  of  Eatontown,  New  Jersey,  or if  any  applicable
governmental or quasi-governmental  authority revokes its license and/or permits
for such  Designated  Outdoor  Seating  Area,  Landlord  shall have the right to
either: (aa) perform such Tenant responsibilities and bill Tenant for Landlord's
costs therefor;  or (bb) terminate,  upon ten (10) days written notice to Tenant
(or such shorter period as such authority shall require),  Tenant's right to use
the Designated  Outdoor Seating Area. If Landlord  terminates  Tenant's right to
use the Designated  Outdoor  Seating Area,  Tenant shall cease operation of such
Designated  Outdoor Seating Area and shall remove all of the Designated  Outdoor
Area Furniture on or before the tenth (10th) day following  Tenant's  receipt of
said notice (or such shorter period as such  authority  shall require) and shall
restore the  Designated  Outdoor  Seating Area to the same  condition as existed
prior to the installation of such Designated Outdoor Seating Area Furniture.

             Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   if  at  any  time   after  the
Commencement Date,  Landlord,  in its reasonable  business judgment,  determines
that all or any portion of the Designated Outdoor Area Furniture requires repair
or replacing (such repair or replacement is  collectively  referred to herein as
the  "Designated  Outdoor  Area  Furniture  Work"),  Tenant  shall  perform such
Designated  Outdoor Area  Furniture  Work at its sole cost and  expense.  In the
event  Tenant  replaces  all  or any  portion  of the  Designated  Outdoor  Area
Furniture,  the  design,  quantity  and color of the same shall be  approved  by
Landlord.

                                                            85

<PAGE>



                                                 FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

             This  First  Amendment  to Lease  ("Amendment")  is made as of this
__________  day of  __________,  199__  by and  between  Equity  Properties  and
Development Limited Partnership,  an Illinois limited partnership,  as Agent for
owner  ("Landlord"),  and Chefs  International,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation,
d/b/a/ Garcia's ("Tenant").

                                                        WITNESSETH:

             WHEREAS,  Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain lease dated
November 29, 1995 (the lease, together with all written  modifications  thereto,
is  referred  to  herein as the  "Lease")  for  certain  premises  (the  "Leased
Premises") more  particularly  described in the Lease in a shopping center known
as Monmouth Mall (the "Shopping Center"), located in Eatontown, New Jersey; and

             WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto are desirous of amending the Lease in
accordance with the terms hereof.

             NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the Leased Promises and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease is amended, as follows:

             1 .   LEASED PREMISES.  Effective as of the date hereof
 (the "Effective Date"), Sections 1.1(A)(ii) and (iii) of
the Lease shall be deleted in their entireties and the following inserted in
 lieu thereof:

                   "(ii) Expansion Space:  the "cross-hatched" space indicated
 on the lease plan attached as Exhibit A-2 and
containing a total floor space of approximately 1,401 square feet.

                   (iii) New Leased Promises: the "cross-hatched" space 
indicated on the lease plan attached as Exhibit A and
containing a total floor space of approximately 4,371 square feet, comprised 
of both the Original Leased Premises (less the Recapture
Area) and the Expansion Space."

             2.    MINIMUM RENT.  Effective as of the Effective Date,
 Section 1.1(E) of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety
and the following inserted in lieu thereof

                   E.   Minimum Rent:

                   (i)  Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing 
through the last day of the fifth (5th) Lease
Year (the "First Period"): One Hundred Nine Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-Five
Dollars ($109,275.00) per annum; and

                   (ii) Commencing on the first day of the sixth (6th) Lease
 Year and continuing through the last day of the twelfth
(12th) Lease Year (the "Second Period"').  One Hundred Eighteen Thousand
 Seventeen Dollars ($118,017.00) per annum."

             3.    PERCENTAGE RENT.  Effective as of the Effective Date,
 Section 1.1(F) of the Lease shall be deleted in its
entiretly and the following inserted in lieu thereof

                   F.  Percentage  Rent:  An amount  equal to (1) for each Lease
Year (a) Gross  Sales (as  defined  in  Section  5.4 below) in excess of (i) Two
Million One Hundred  Eighty-Five  Thousand Five Hundred Dollars  ($2,185,500.00)
during the First Period; and (ii) Two Million Three Hundred Sixty Thousand Three
Hundred Forty Dollars ($2,360,340.00) during the Second Period multiplied by (b)
five  percent  (5%) (the  amounts  set forth in (i) and (ii) above shall each be
referred to  individually  as the "Full Year  Breakpoint"  for the Lease Year in
question)  and (2) for any  Partial  Lease Year (as  defined  in Section  1.2(J)
below),  the  amount  of Gross  Sales in  excess  of the  amount  arrived  at by
multiplying  the Full Year  Breakpoint,  for the  appropriate,  Lease Year, by a
fraction,  the  numerator  of which  shall be the number of days in the  Partial
Lease Year and the denominator of which shall be three hundred  sixty-five (365)
(the "Partial Year Breakpoint")  multiplied by five percent (5%); provided that,
if at any time  during any Lease Year or Partial  Lease Year  Tenant is not open
for business,  then the Full Year Breakpoint or Partial Year Breakpoint for such
Full Lease Year or Partial Lease Year, as the case may be, shall be decreased by
an amount equal to such  breakpoint  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of
which shall be the number of days in such Lease Year or Partial  Lease Year that
Tenant is not open for  business  and the  denominator  of which  shall be three
hundred  sixty-five  (365),  or the number of days in such  Partial  Lease Year,
whichever is applicable,"

             4.    POSSESSION DATE.  Effective as of the Effective Date,
 Section 1.1(M) of the Lease shall be deleted in its
entirety and the following inserted in lieu thereof;

             "M    Possession Date:  Tenant is currently in possession of the 
Original Leased Premises pursuant to the provisions
of the Prior Lease (as defined in Section 17.26 of this Lease).  Tender of
 possession of the Expansion Space shall be deemed to have
been tendered and accepted on January 4, 1996."

             5.    RENT ABATEMENT.  Effective as of the Effective Date,
 Section 9.3(F) of the Lease shall be deleted in its
entirety and the following inserted in lieu thereof;

             "F. Landlord  acknowledges that as of the Possession Date Tenant is
open for business in the Original Leased Premises.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary contained herein, in order to facilitate performance of the initial
Tenant  Improvements,  Tenant  shall have the right to close for business to the
public in the  Original  Leased  Premises  for a period  which  shall not exceed
ninety (90) days (the "Permitted  Closure") during the  Construction  Period (as
hereinafter  defined).  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in
Section 17.26 below,  during the Construction  Period in the event Tenant (i) is
in possession of the Expansion Space and is closed for business to the public in
the Leased  Premises,  Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the Continuing  Rent
(as  defined in Section  17.26  below)  pursuant  to the terms of Section  17.26
below,  provided,  however,  Tenant shall be required to pay any and all Utility
Charges for the Leased Premises when the same become due. The term "Construction
Period" as used herein  shall be deemed to be the period of time  commencing  on
the date that Tenant commences  construction of the initial Tenant  Improvements
(the  "Start  Date") and ending on the  earlier to occur of (i) the date that is
ninety (90) days after the Possession Date, and (ii) the date the initial Tenant
Improvements in the Leased Premises are substantially complete."

                                                            86

<PAGE>





             6.    TERMINATION OF PRIOR LEASE.  Effective as of the Effective
 Date, Section 17.26(A) of the
Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and the following inserted in lieu
 thereof

             "SECTION 17.26. TERMINATION OF PRIOR LEASE.

             A. Tenant is currently occupying the Original Leased Premises under
a    certain    lease    between    U.S.I.F.    Wynnewood    Corporation,     as
predecessor-in-interest to Landlord, and Tenant, dated March 10, 1975 as amended
by that certain Letter  Agreement  dated September 10, 1975, that certain Letter
Agreement dated  September 11, 1975, that certain Letter  Agreement dated August
22, 1977, that certain Lease Modification  Agreement dated September 1, 1977 and
that certain  Amendment to Lease dated January 1, 1990 (the "Second  Amendment")
(collectively,  the "Prior  Lease").  Effective as of 11:59 P.M. of December 31,
1995 (the "Prior Lease  Termination  Date"),  the Prior Lease is terminated  and
Landlord  shall be released from its  obligation  arising from or connected with
the provisions of the Prior Lease provided that Landlord shall satisfy,  perform
and fulfill all covenants and  obligations  under the Prior Lease  applicable to
the period up to and including the Prior Lease Termination Date, Effective as of
the Proper Lease Termination Date, Tenant shall be released from its obligations
arising from or connected  with the  provisions of the Prior Lease provided that
Tenant shall satisfy,  perform and fulfill all covenants and  obligations  under
the Prior Lease  applicable to the period prior to and including the Prior Lease
Termination Date.

             B. Tenant  represents and warrants that it is the rightful owner of
all the  tenants  interest  in the Prior  Lease,  that  Tenant  has not made any
disposition,   assignment,   sublease  or  conveyance  of  the  Prior  Lease  or
Tenant'sinterest   therein,  that  Tenant  has  no  knowledge  of  any  fact  or
circumstance  which  would  give rise to any claim,  demand,  action or cause of
action  arising out of or in connection  with  Tenant's  occupancy of the Leased
Premises  under  the Prior  Lease,  and that no other  person  or entity  has an
interest in the Prior Lease,  collateral or otherwise.  The  representation  and
warranty set forth in this Section 17.26(B) shall be deemed to be remade in full
by Tenant as of the Prior Lease Termination Date.

             C.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this  Section  to the
contrary, Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel approved by Landlord) and
hold Landlord  harmless from and against any and all  liabilities,  obligations,
damages,  penalties,  claims,  costs,  charges and expenses  (including  without
limitation  attorneys' fees) which may be imposed upon, incurred by, or asserted
against  Landlord and arising,  directly or indirectly,  out of or in connection
with the use, nonuse, possession,  occupancy, condition, operation,  maintenance
or management of the Original  Leased  Premises or any part thereof prior to and
including the Prior Lease Termination Date, any act or omission of Tenant or any
of its assignees, concessionaires,  agents, contractors, employees or investees,
any injury or damage to any  person or  property  occurring  in, on or about the
Original  Leased  Premises or any part thereof  prior to and including the Prior
Lease  Termination  Date,  or any  failure  on the part of Tenant to  perform or
comply with any of the covenants,  agreements,  terms or conditions contained in
the Prior Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant.

             D. Subject to the provisions  contained in Section 9.3(F) above and
notwithstanding  anything  in this  Section  17.25 to the  contrary,  for and in
consideration of the early termination of the Prior Lease, and not as a penalty,
the  obligation of Tenant under the Prior Lease to pay all  Continuing  Rent (as
herein   defined)  shall  survive  the   termination  of  the  Prior  Lease  and
notwithstanding  that the Prior  Lease has been  terminated  and  Tenant  has no
further fights under the Prior Lease,  the Continuing  Rent shall be paid at the
times,  in the manner and  otherwise in  accordance  with the terms of the Prior
Lease as if the same had not been terminated  pursuant  hereto.  For purposes of
this Section  17.26 only,  the term  "Continuing  Rent" shall mean Minimum Rent,
Percentage  Rent,  Tenant's  pro rata share of real estate  taxes (as defined in
Section 2.3 of the Prior  Lease),  Enclosed  Mall Expense (as defined in Section
2.4 of the Prior Lease),  Parting Area Expense (as defined in Section 2.4 of the
Prior Lease),  Marketing Fund dues (as defined in Section 2.5 of the Prior Lease
[as modified by Paragraph 2 of the Second Amendment]),  Tenant's Promotional and
Advertising Contribution (as defined in Paragraph 1 of the Second Amendment) and
Tenant's  proportionate  share of Landlord's  insurance  premiums (as defined in
Section  6.1(D)(2)  of the Prior Lease) as if the Prior Lease were still in full
force and effect for the period  commencing on the Prior Lease  Termination Date
and  continuing  through and  including the day that is one (1) day prior to the
Rent  Commencement  Date.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained
herein,  and although not contained in the definition of Continuing Rent, Tenant
shall also be required  to  continue  to pay all utility  charges (as defined in
Section  2.6 of the Prior  Lease),  if any,  supplied  to the  Leased  Premises,
however supplied when the same become due.

             E. Subject to the  provisions  contained in Section  9.3(F)  above,
during the Construction Period, Tenant shall continue to pay all Continuing Rent
due pursuant to the terms of Section  17.26(D)  above,  provided,  however,  for
purposes of calculating  the Percentage  Rent portion of the Continuing Rent due
for the calendar year or partial  calendar  year in which Tenant so closes,  the
Minimum Rent due for such calendar year or partial calendar year shall be deemed
to be the total Minimum Rent due for such calendar year or partial calendar year
decreased by an amount equal to such total annual  Minimum Rent  multiplied by a
fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the number of days Tenant is not open for
business in the Original  Leased  Premises in accordance  with Section 9.3(F) of
this Lease and the  denominator of which is three hundred  sixty-five  (365) (or
the number of days in such partial  calendar year  [whichever  is  applicable]).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of the
foregoing  sentence  shall in no event reduce or abate,  in any manner,  Tenants
obligation  to pay the full  Minimum  Rent  portion  of the  Continuing  Rent as
required herein."

                                                            87

<PAGE>



             7. EXHIBITS. Effective as of the Effective Date, Exhibit A attached
hereto  shall be  substituted  for the  Exhibit A attached  to the Lease and all
references  to Exhibit A in the Lease shall be deemed to be a  reference  to the
Exhibit A attached  hereto.  Effective  as of the  Effective  Date,  Exhibit A-2
attached  hereto shall be substituted  for the Exhibit A-2 attached to the Lease
and all references to Exhibit A-2 in the Lease shall be deemed to be a reference
to the Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.

             8.  DELETED  SECTIONS.,  Notwithstanding  the  deletion  of certain
section of the Lease  pursuant to this  Amendment,  or anything to the  contrary
contained  in this  Amendment,  such  deleted  sections  shall  control  and the
provisions of those sections  deleted shall remain in full force and effect with
respect to obligations accruing prior to the effective date of any such deletion
pursuant to this Amendment.

             9.  DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this  Amendment  the term "owner"
shall mean the person(s) or  entity(ies)  that holds legal title (whether fee or
leasehold)  to the  Shopping  Center or the portion  thereof in which the Leased
Premises are located. The terms "owner" and "Landlord" have the same meaning for
purposes of this Amendment and may be used interchangeably. Any other term which
is  capitalized,  but not defined in this  Amendment,  which is capitalized  and
defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning for purposes of this  Amendment
as it has for purposes of the Lease.

             10.  CONFLICT OF PROVISIONS.  In the event of any conflict  between
the Lease and this Amendment, the terms, conditions and provisions of the latter
shall govern.  However,  except as herein expressly  amended,  all of the terms,
covenants,  conditions  and provisions of the Lease shall continue in full force
and effect.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have hereunder set their hands and
seals as of the day and year first above written.

Signed and acknowledged in the                               LANDLORD:
presence of:

                      EQUITY PROPERTIES AND DEVELOPMENT LIMITED
                      PARTNERSHIP, an Illinois limited partnership, as agent for
                       Landlord

                            by    SC MANAGEMENT, INC., an Illinois Corporation
                                  Its: General Partner


________________              _________________________________________
                              Name:Sanford Shkolnik
________________                                             Title:Chairman

                                                             TENANT:

                              CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware Corporation

                             By:_________________________________________
                                    Name:   Anthony C. Papalia
                                      Title:  President



                                                            88

<PAGE>




STATE OF ILLINOIS           )
                            ) SS
COUNTY OF COOK              )

             BE IT REMEMBERED,  that on the __________ day of _______,  19____.,
before me, a Notary Public in and for said County,  personally  appeared  EQUITY
PROPERTIES AND DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, an Illinois limited partnership,
as agent for the LANDLORD in the foregoing Amendment by SC Management,  Inc., an
Illinois corporation,  by Sanford Shkolnik,  its Chairman, who acknowledged that
the signing thereof was the duly authorized act and deed of said  corporation on
behalf  of said  limited  partnership  as  agent as  aforesaid  for the uses and
purposes therein mentioned.

             IN TESTIMONY  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto set my hand and affixed my
official seal on the day and year first above written.
                                              ---------------------------------
                                  Notary Public
My Commission Expires:

- - -------------------

STATE OF _____________            )
                                  ) SS
COUNTY OF ___________             )

    BE IT REMEMBERED,  that on the ___________ day of __________ , 1996,  before
me,  a  Notary  Public  in  and  for  said  County  personally   appeared  Chefs
International,   Inc.,   a  Delaware   corporation   ____________________,   its
_______________   President,   the  TENANT  in  the  foregoing  Amendment,   who
acknowledged  that the signing  thereof was the duly  authorized act and deed of
said corporation and his free and voluntary act and deed as said officer for the
uses and purposes therein mentioned.

    IN TESTIMONY  WHEREOF,  I have hereunto hand and affixed my official seal on
the day and year first above written.
                                          -------------------------------------
                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

- - --------------------

                                                            89

<PAGE>



                                                       Exhibit 10.4

                                 Amendment No. 1 dated as of October 30, 1995
                                              to Employment Agreement between
                                           Mr. Cookier Face and Frank Koenemund


<PAGE>




                                                      AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                                            TO

                                                   EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


             AMENDMENT  NO.  1 dated as of  October  30,  1995 to an  EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  entered into as of June 30, 1993  between  MISTER
COOKIE FACE, INC, ("Employer") and FRANK KOENEMUND ("Employee").

                                                        WITNESSETH

             WHEREAS  the parties  executed  the  Agreement  as of June 30, 1993
providing for  employment by the Employer of the Employee as President and Chief
Executive  Officer of Employer  through  January 31, 1998 at an annual salary of
$100,000; and

             WHEREAS the parties  hereby agree to amend the  Agreement to extend
the  term  thereof  to  January  31,  2001 and to  increase  the  annual  salary
(commencing October 30, 1995) to $150,000;

             NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual covenants herein
contained and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the parties hereto agree as
follows:

             1.  Employment  Term.  The  first  sentence  of  Section  2 of  the
Agreement is hereby  modified to provide that the Agreement  shall  terminate on
January  31,  2001 (or such  other date as shall  coincide  with the last day of
Chefs International, Inc.'s 2001 fiscal year).

             2. Salary.  The first sentence of Section 4 (a) of the Agreement is
hereby modified to provide that commencing October 30, 1995 until termination of
the  Agreement,  the Employer  shall pay Employee a salary at the annual rate of
$150,000, less withholding.

             3.   Other Provisions.  Except as specifically amended above,
the parties hereto hereby reaffirm
each provision of the Agreement as of the date hereof.

             IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have each duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                                         EMPLOYER:

                                                       MISTER COOKIE FACE, INC.

                                        By_____________________________________
                                               Anthony Papalia, Vice President
                                                         EMPLOYEE:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                    Frank "Doc" Koenemund


                                                            90

<PAGE>



                                                       Exhibit 10.5

                                       Term Loan and Revolving Credit Agreement
                                            dated January 19, 1996 between the
                                           Company and First Union National Bank


<PAGE>



                                   TERM LOAN AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (NJ)



THIS TERM LOAN AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (together with all exhibits hereto
and any  amendments  and  modifications  hereto in effect from time to time, the
"Agreement") is made this 19th day of January,  1996, by and between FIRST UNION
NATIONAL BANK (the "Bank") and CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Borrower").

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency
of which is hereby  acknowledged  and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the
Bank and the Borrower agree as follows:

A.= Credit Accommodations.   Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter
 set   forth, the Bank
           agrees to extend to the Borrower the following credit accommodations:

             1.  Term Loan A. The Bank shall make a term loan ("Term Loan A") to
                 the Borrower in the amount of Six Hundred  Twenty Five Thousand
                 Dollars  ($625,000.00) on the date hereof. Term Loan A shall be
                 evidenced  by a Term Note in the form  provided the Borrower by
                 the Bank (together with any attachments  thereto and amendments
                 and  modifications  thereof in effect from time to time,  "Term
                 Note A").  Term Note A will bear  interest at the rate and will
                 be repaid as set forth in Term Note A.

             2.  Term Loan B. The Bank shall make a term loan ("Term Loan B") to
                 the   Borrower   in  the   amount   of  One   Million   Dollars
                 ($1,000,000.00)  on the  date  hereof.  Term  Loan B  shall  be
                 evidenced  by a Term Note in the form  provided the Borrower by
                 the Bank (together with any attachments  thereto and amendments
                 and  modifications  thereof in effect from time to time,  "Term
                 Note B" and together with Term Note A, the "Term Notes"),  Term
                 Note B will bear interest at the rate and will be repaid as set
                 forth in Term Note B.

             3.  Revolver.

                 a. Revolver.  The Bank shall extend a revolving credit facility
                 (the "Revolver") to the Borrower, expiring on May 31, 1997 (the
                 "Expiration  Date"),  under  which  the  Bank,  subject  to the
                 following  terms and  conditions,  will make  advances  (each a
                 "Revolving  Credit Loan") to the Borrower from time to time and
                 the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow such amounts up to
                 the Maximum  Principal  Amount.  Amounts  outstanding under the
                 Revolver  shall be evidenced by a Revolving  Credit Note in the
                 form  provided  the  Borrower  by the Bank  (together  with any
                 attachments thereto and amendments or modifications  thereof in
                 effect from time to time, the "Revolving Credit Note").

                 b.     Maximum Principal Amount.   The maximum aggregate
                       principal amount of advances
                 to be outstanding at any time hereunder shall be One Million
                 Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

                 c.     Payment Terms.   Each Revolving Credit Loan will bear
                   interest at the rate and will
                 be repaid as set forth in Revolving Credit Note.

                                                            91

<PAGE>




                 d. Notice of  Borrowing.  The Borrower  shall give the Bank (i)
                 written notice of the amount and date of each advance requested
                 under the Revolver no later than 11:00 a.m.  three Working Days
                 (as defined below) prior to the date of such proposed  advance,
                 in the form of the "Notice of Borrowing Under Revolving Credit"
                 attached to the Revolving Credit Note as Exhibit A, or, (ii) if
                 the Bank permits, in its sole and absolute discretion,  an oral
                 request  of the  amount  and  date  of each  proposed  advance,
                 provided such oral request is confirmed promptly after the oral
                 request by such  written  Notice of Borrowing  Under  Revolving
                 Credit.  No LIBOR Loan may be  continued as such when any Event
                 of Default or event  which,  with the giving of notice,  or the
                 passage of time, or both,  would become an Event of Default has
                 occurred  and  is  continuing,   but  shall  be   automatically
                 converted  to the  Prime  Rate on the last day of the  Interest
                 Period applicable  thereto for the remainder of the term of the
                 Revolver.  Each  advance  shall  be in an  amount  equal to Ten
                 Thousand Dollars ($1,000,000.00) or any whole multiple thereof,
                 provided, however, that the outstanding principal balance under
                 the  Revolver  shall  not  exceed,  at any  time,  the  Maximum
                 Principal Amount.

                 e.     Computation.   Interest and any fees or compensation
                  based
                  upon a per annum rate
                 shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the
                   actual number of days elapsed.

                 f. Reduction of Commitment.  The Borrower shall have the right,
                 upon not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written  notice
                 to the Bank, to terminate all or part of the unused  portion of
                 the  commitment  under the Revolver.  Any partial  reduction of
                 such  unused  commitment  shall  be in an  amount  equal to One
                 Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000.00) or any whole multiple
                 thereof.

                 g. No  Novation  of  Existing  Notes.  A portion of Term Loan A
                 (approximately  $275,000) will be used to  consolidate  certain
                 existing  debt from the  Borrower to the Bank as  evidenced  by
                 that certain Long Term  Installment  Note,  dated  November 21,
                 1994,  in the original  principal  amount of $150,000  from the
                 Borrower to First Fidelity  Bank,  N.A., now known as the Bank,
                 and that certain  Commercial Loan Note, dated January 17, 1991,
                 in the original  principal amount of $425,000 from the Borrower
                 to First  National  Bank of Toms River,  N.J.,  predecessor  in
                 interest to the Bank; and a portion of Term Loan B will be used
                 to refinance certain existing indebtedness from the Borrower to
                 the Bank as evidenced by that  certain  Revolving  Credit Note,
                 dated  February 25, 1994, in the original  principal  amount of
                 $2,000,000 from the Borrower to First Fidelity Bank,  N.A., now
                 known as the Bank;  without any discharge or  extinguishment of
                 indebtedness   evidenced  by  the  notes  described  above,  or
                 termination of any lien or release of any collateral granted as
                 security for the obligations thereunder. Neither this Agreement
                 nor the Notes are intended to create a novation. From and after
                 the date hereof,  this Agreement,  the Notes and the other Loan
                 Documents shall govern the rights, powers, remedies, duties and
                 obligations  of the  Borrower  and the Bank with respect to the
                 Liabilities.

B.             Debiting of Account.  The Borrower  agrees to maintain an account
               (the  "Account") at the Bank  continuously  until the Liabilities
               due  hereunder  are paid in full.  The Bank may, and the Borrower
               authorizes  the Bank to,  debit the Account for the amount of any
               payment  as  and  when  such  payment   becomes  due   hereunder.
               Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Bank and any Affiliate may,
               and the Borrower  authorizes the Bank and any Affiliate to, debit
               any  account  and/or  certificate  of deposit  maintained  by the
               Borrower with the Bank or any Affiliate for the

                                                            92

<PAGE>




               amount of any  payment,  as and when  such  payment  becomes  due
               hereunder,   whether  such  payment  is  for  accrued   interest,
               principal or expense,  even if debiting such account results in a
               loss or reduction  of interest to the Borrower or the  imposition
               of a penalty applicable to the early withdrawal of time deposits.
               Such authorization shall not affect the Borrower's  obligation to
               pay when due all amounts payable hereunder,  whether or not there
               are  sufficient  funds  in  any  accounts  of the  Borrower.  The
               Borrower  agrees to fund the Account from time to time in amounts
               sufficient to make the payments hereunder as and when they become
               due. The foregoing rights of the Bank and its Affiliates to debit
               the  Borrower's  accounts  shall be in  addition  to,  and not in
               limitation  of, any rights of set-off  which the Bank  and/or any
               Affiliate may have hereunder or under any Loan Document.

C.             Definitions.  The following terms used throughout this Agreement 
shall have the meanings
               assigned below:

               1.  Affiliate.   The term "Affiliate" means First Union
 Corporation and any of its direct and
                   indirect affiliates and subsidiaries including, but not 
limited to, First Union National Bank.

               2.  Business Day.   The term "Business Day" means any day other 
than a Saturday, Sunday,
                   or a day on which the Bank is authorized or obligated by law
 or executive order to be
                   closed.

               3.  Collateral.  The term "Collateral" means any and all property
 
of any Obligor (as defined
                below) now or hereafter in the possession, custody or control
                   of the Bank or any Affiliate
                   including, but not limited to, any balance or share of any
                  deposit, trust or agency account
                   and all collateral described in any and all Loan Documents
                  (as defined below), the additional
                   collateral described in Section L of this Agreement, and any 
                other property of any Obligor
                   now or hereafter subject to a security agreement, mortgage, 
                    pledge agreement, assignment,
                   hypothecation or other document granting the Bank or any
                 Affiliate a security interest or
                   other lien or encumbrance.

             4.  Consolidated.  The term "Consolidated" shall mean an accounting
                 presentation which
                 includes any consolidated subsidiaries of the Borrower.

             5.  Dumping.   The term "Dumping" means the releasing, spilling,
                emptying, pouring, emitting,
                 dumping or otherwise discharging of any substance into the 
              environment.

             6.  LIBOR Loan.   The term "LIBOR Loan" means a loan which bears
                  interest based upon
                 LIBOR.

             7.  GAAP.   The term "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting
                  principles in effect from
                 time to time in the United States.

             8.  Liabilities.   The  term   "Liabilities"   means  any  and  all
                 obligations  and  indebtedness of every kind and description of
                 the  Borrower  and/or  any  Obligor  owing  to the  Bank or any
                 Affiliate, whether or not under the Loan Documents,  including,
                 without  limitation,  all obligations under any swap agreements
                 as  defined  in 11  U.S.C.  ss.101  between  the  Bank  and the
                 Borrower   whenever   executed,   and  whether  such  debts  or
                 obligations  are  primary  or  secondary,  direct or  indirect,
                 absolute or  contingent,  sole,  joint or  several,  secured or
                 unsecured, due or to

                                                            93

<PAGE>





                 become due,  contractual  or tortious,  arising by operation of
                 law  or  otherwise,  or  now  or  hereafter  existing,  whether
                 incurred  by the  Borrower  and/or any  Obligor  as  principal,
                 surety, endorser, guarantor,  accommodation party or otherwise,
                 including,  without  limitation,   principal,  interest,  fees,
                 including late fees and expenses, including attorneys' fees and
                 costs  and/or  the  allocated  fees and costs of the  Bank's in
                 house  legal  counsel  or that  have been or may  hereafter  be
                 contracted or incurred.

             9.  Loan Documents.   The term "Loan Documents" means all credit 
                  accommodations, notes,
                 loan agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, 
                  instruments, pledge agreements,
                 assignments, acceptance agreements, commitments, facilities, 
                    reimbursement agreements and
                 any other agreements and documents, now or hereafter existing,
                creating, evidencing,
                 guarantying, securing or relating to any or all of the 
                  Liabilities, together with all amendments,
                 modifications, renewals, or extensions thereof (but not
                   including swap agreements as defined
                 in 11 U.S. C. ss.101), between the Borrower and the Bank, 
                whenever executed.

            10.  Loans.  The term "Loan" means each of the Term Loans and each 
                     Revolving Credit Loan and
                 the term "Loans" means the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit 
                  Loans.

            11.  Natural Resources.   The term "Natural Resources" means each 
                     and all of the atmosphere,
                 air, waters, earth, land, minerals, flora, fauna, fish,
                   shellfish, wildlife, biota, and/or other
                 natural resources.

           12.  Note. The term "Notes" means the Term Notes and the Revolving
            Credit Note.

          13.  Obligor.   The term "Obligor" means the Borrower, each and
               every member of the Borrower
                 if the Borrower is a partnership, and each and every maker,
                endorser, guarantor and surety
                 of or for the Liabilities.

            14.  Prime Rate.  The term  "Prime  Rate" means the rate of interest
                 established  by the Bank as its reference rate in making loans,
                 and is not tied to any external rate of interest or index.  The
                 rate of interest charged  hereunder shall change  automatically
                 and  immediately as of the date of any change in the Prime Rate
                 without notice to the Borrower.

            15.  Swap Agreement.  The term "Swap  Agreement"  means that certain
                 ISDA Master Agreement entered into between the Borrower and the
                 Bank,  dated  January 19, 1996,  including the Schedule and all
                 Confirmations  (as such terms are  defined  in the ISDA  Master
                 Agreement).

            16.  Telerate Page 3750. The term  "Telerate  Page 3750" means,  the
                 display  designated  as "Page  3750" on the Dow Jones  Telerate
                 Service  (or such other page as may  replace  that page on that
                 service for the purpose of displaying  London interbank offered
                 rates of major banks).

            17.  Working Day.   The term "Working Day" means any day on which 
              dealings in foreign
                 currencies and exchange between banks may be carried on in New
             York City, New York.

D.          Use of Proceeds; No Purchases of Margin Stock.   The proceeds of the
               Loans will be used only
            --------------------------------------------- 
            in connection with the Borrower's business for the following 
              purposes: Term Loan,  A will be used
            to finance renovations for Garcia's Restaurant ($350,000) and
            consolidate existing debt
            ($275,000); Term Loan B will be used to refinance outstandings under
             the Bank's existing
            $2,000,000 revolving credit facility to the Borrower; the Revolver 
              will replace the existing
          $2,000,000 revolving credit facility and will be used to finance the 
               working capital needs of Mister
            Cookie Face, Inc.  None of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to
            purchase or carry any
            "margin security" or extend credit for such purpose within the
             meaning of Regulations G or U of
            the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

E.          Fees.   The Borrower shall pay to the Bank the following 
               nonrefundable fees:
            ---- 


                                                            94

<PAGE>



            1.   Facility Fee.  One-time facility fees ("Facility Fees") equal
                  to one-quarter of one percent
                 (1/4%) of each of Term Loan A and Term Loan B or Four Thousand 
                 sixty Two Dollars and
                 50/100 ($4,062.50) which fee is payable on or before the date 
                of this Agreement.  The
                 Borrower acknowledges that the Facility Fees are a liquidated
                   damages amount and, together
                 with the amounts payable by the Borrower under Paragraph 0.2. 
                   hereof, constitute reasonable
                 compensation to the Bank for the Bank's expenses and services 
                 arising in connection with the
                 preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
                   be executed in connection
                 herewith and preparing for the closing of the transaction
                    described herein.  Notwithstanding
                 anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Bank may, in 
                      its sole discretion, charge the
                 Borrower additional facility fees in the event that the Loans 
                     are ever modified, renewed or
                 extended.

            2.   Unused Commitment Fee.   An unused commitment fee of
 three-eights of one percent
                 (3/8%) per annum on the average undrawn amount of the Revolver
will be payable by the
                 Borrower to the Bank quarterly in arrears on or prior to the 
fifth Business Day following the
                 Borrower's receipt of a statement therefor;

F.       Prepayment.   The circumstances under which the Loans may be prepaid 
are governed by the
          Notes.  No prepayment hereunder shall affect in any way any interest 
rate swap between the
            Borrower and the Bank.

G.          Capital Adequacy.  If after the date hereof, the Bank shall have
 determined that the adoption of
            ---------------- 
            any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, 
or any change therein, or any
            change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any 
governmental authority, central bank
            or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or 
administration thereof, or compliance by
            the Bank with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy 
(whether or not having the force
            of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency,
 has or would have the effect of
            reducing the rate of return on the Bank's capital as a consequence 
of its obligations hereunder to
            a level below that which the Bank could have achieved but for such 
             adoption, change or
            compliance (taking into consideration the Bank's policies with 
             respect to capital adequacy) by an
            amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then from time to time,
             within 15 days after demand
            by the Bank, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank such additional 
             amount or amounts as will
            compensate the Bank for such reduction.  The Bank will promptly 
            notify the Borrower of any
            event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof,
            which will entitle the Bank to
            compensation pursuant to this Section G.

H.          Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants
            with  respect to itself and, to the extent  applicable,  each of its
            consolidated subsidiaries,  and agrees that each such representation
            and  warranty  shall be  deemed ta be  restated  at the time of each
            borrowing  hereunder and  continuation  of any LIBOR Loan hereunder,
            that:

                                                            95

<PAGE>





            1.   Organization; Authority.   The Borrower is a corporation duly 
                 organized, validly existing
                 and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
                     organization or formation, is duly
                 qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing 
                   under the laws of each jurisdiction
                 in which it is required to be qualified because of the business
                owns, and has the necessary power and authority to enter into 
                   and perform its obligations
                 under the Loan Documents and all other documents required by 
                  the Bank in connection
                 therewith.  The execution and performance of the Loan Documents
                    have been duly authorized
                 by all necessary proceedings on the part of the Borrower, and,
                 upon their execution and
                 delivery, they will be valid, binding, and enforceable in 
                    accordance with their terms; the
                 Borrower's execution and performance of the Loan Documents will
                   not violate any orders,
                      laws or regulations applicable to the Borrower, any 
                organizational documents of the
                    Borrower, or any instruments, indentures or agreements 
                 (including any provisions pertaining
                 to subordinated debt) to which the Borrower is a party or by 
                which the Borrower or any of
                 its properties are bound; and all consents, approvals,
                licenses, franchises, patents, trademarks
                 and other general intangibles required in connection with this
                Agreement, the other Loan
                Documents or the operation of the Borrower's business have been 
                obtained and are in full
                 force and effect.  The Borrower's subsidiaries and affiliates, 
               if any, are duly organized, validly
                 existing, and in good standing under the laws of the 
                  jurisdictions of their organization.

            2.   Financial Statements.  All financial statements,  statements as
                 to  ownership  of  the  Borrower  and  its  assets,  and  other
                 statements and information  delivered to the Bank were prepared
                 in accordance  with GAAP,  consistently  applied,  are true and
                 correct, and disclose all presently outstanding indebtedness or
                 obligations of the Borrower,  including contingent obligations,
                 obligations under leases of property from others, and all liens
                 and encumbrances,  including tax liens,  against its properties
                 and  assets;  and there  have been no  adverse  changes  in the
                 Borrower's  financial  condition or business  since the date of
                 such statements.

            3.   Suits.   There are no actions, suits, proceedings, or claims
                  pending or threatened against the
                 Borrower or any of its property; and the Borrower's business 
                 is in compliance with all
                 applicable orders, laws and regulations.

            4.   Defaults. The Borrower is not in default under any agreement to
                 which the  Borrower is a party or by which the  Borrower or any
                 of its property is bound,  or under any indenture or instrument
                 evidencing any  indebtedness  of the Borrower,  and neither the
                 Borrower's   execution  of  nor  performance   under  the  Loan
                 Documents  will  create a  default  or any lien or  encumbrance
                 under any such agreement,  indenture or instrument other than a
                 lien or encumbrance in favor of the Bank.

            5.   ERISA.   No employee benefit plan established or maintained by
                  the Borrower which is
                 subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29
                U.S.C.ss.1001 et seq. ("ERISA")
                                                               -- ----
                 has an accumulated funding deficiency (as such term is defined 
                 in ERISA).  No material
                 liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any 
                  successor thereto under ERISA)
                 has been incurred by the Borrower with respect to any such plan
                 and no Reportable Event
                  under ERISA has occurred.  The Borrower has no actual or
                 anticipated liability underss.4971
                 of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code") (relating to tax on 
                  failure to meet the minimum
                 funding standard ofss.412 of the Code) with respect to any 
                  employee benefit plan to which it
                 contributes but which is not maintained or established by it.

                                                            96

<PAGE>





            6.   Tax  Returns and Taxes.  The  Borrower  has filed all  federal,
                 state and local tax  returns  required to be filed and has paid
                 all taxes,  assessments  and  governmental  charges  and levies
                 thereon,  including  interest and  penalties,  except where the
                 same  are  being   contested  in  good  faith  by   appropriate
                 proceedings  and for  which  adequate  reserves  have  been set
                 aside, and no liens for taxes have been filed and no claims are
                 being assessed by a governmental  authority with respect to any
                 taxes.  The charges,  accruals and reserves on the books of the
                 Borrower  with respect to taxes or other  governmental  charges
                 are adequate.

            7.   Compliance  with  Laws.  The  Borrower  has  complied  with all
                 requirements  of  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  law in
                 connection with the acquisition, ownership and operation of the
                 Borrower's business and property including, without limitation,
                 any and all applicable requirements of environmental protection
                 laws.

            8.   Environmental   Compliance.  To  the  best  of  the  Borrower's
                 knowledge,  after due  inquiry and  investigation,  no lien has
                 attached to any revenues or any real or personal property owned
                 by  the   Borrower  in  any   jurisdiction,   arising  from  an
                 intentional or unintentional action or omission of the Borrower
                 or any previous  owner and/or  operator of said real  property,
                 resulting  from the dumping of hazardous  substances  or wastes
                 into the  atmosphere or waters or onto lands,  any of which may
                 have damaged any Natural Resources.

            9.   No  Notification  of  Dumping  of  Hazardous  Substances.   The
                 Borrower  has not  received  a  summons,  citation,  directive,
                 letter,  or other  communication,  written  or  oral,  from any
                 jurisdiction,  or  political  sub-division  or  any  agency  or
                 instrumentality   thereof,   concerning   any   intentional  or
                 unintentional   action  or  omission  on  the  Borrower's  part
                 resulting  in the  dumping  of  hazardous  substances  into the
                 atmosphere  or waters,  or onto the lands in any  jurisdiction,
                 any of which has resulted in damage to the Natural Resources.

I.          Conditions.

            1.   Documents  Required  for Term  Loans or Initial  Advance  under
                 Revolver.  The obligation of the Bank to make the Term Loans or
                 the initial advance under the Revolver is subject to the Bank's
                 receipt of the following documents, duly executed and delivered
                 by  the  Obligor   thereunder,   and  in  form  and   substance
                 satisfactory to the Bank:

                 a.     The Notes and this Agreement;

                 b.     Certified resolutions of the Board of Directors of the 
                         Borrower authorizing the
                        Borrower to borrow hereunder and to execute, deliver and
                          perform its obligations under
                        the Loan Documents.  Such resolution shall contain such 
                         other provisions as shall be
                        required by the Bank;

                 c.     Certified resolutions of the Board of Directors of each 
                         Obligor hereunder authorizing
                        such Obligor to unconditionally guaranty repayment of
                        the Liabilities;

                 d.     A second  Mortgage,  Assignment  of Leases and  Security
                        Agreement  from the  Borrower  with  respect to property
                        located at Lots 49 and 49.01, Block 669, Ocean City, New
                        Jersey, including all improvements,  furniture, fixtures
                        and  equipment,  located  thereon,  subject  only  to an
                        existing mortgage in favor of the Bank;

                                                            97

<PAGE>





                 e.     A first  Mortgage,  Assignment  of Leases  and  Security
                        Agreement  from the  Borrower  with  respect to property
                        located at Lots 5 and 6,  Block 171,  and Lots 7,8,9 and
                        10,  Block  165  Point  Pleasant   Beach,   New  Jersey,
                        including  all  improvements,  furniture,  fixtures  and
                        equipment, located thereon;

                 f.     A first  Mortgage,  Assignment  of Leases  and  Security
                        Agreement  from the  Borrower  with  respect to property
                        located at Lots ________, Block ________, Point Pleasant
                        Beach,   New   Jersey,   including   all   improvements,
                        furniture, fixtures and equipment, located thereon (Bank
                        has  existing  mortgage,  Lobster  Shanty and  Wharfside
                        Restaurant);

                 g.     An Unconditional Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement from 
                        each of Mister Cookie
                        Face, Inc.; Chef's International Palm Beach, Inc.; Kev,
                          Inc.; Robbins Parkway Realty,
                        Inc.; and Hightstown Reb, Inc.;

                 h.     A Security Agreement from Mister Cookie Face, Inc.
                        granting to the Bank a first lien
                        in and security interest on all its assets;

                 i.     Opinions of the Borrower's and any other Obligor's 
                          counsel as the Bank shall require
                        in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank; and

                 j.     Such other documents as the Bank may reasonably require,
                        including,   without   limitation,   other   agreements,
                        instruments,  or  indentures  to which an  Obligor  is a
                        party,   including,   without   limitation,    financing
                        statements,   proofs,  opinions,  guaranties  and  other
                        written assurances.

            2.   Requirements for Any Advance or Continuation of any LIBOR Loan.
                 The  obligation  of the  Bank to make  any  advance  or  permit
                 continuation  of any LIBOR Loan is  subject to and  conditioned
                 upon the following:

                 a.     The representations and warranties contained in Section 
                         hereof are correct on and as
                        of the date of each such advance or continuation;

                 b.     No Event of Default described in Section M hereof, and
                        no event which, with the giving
                        of notice, or the passage of time, or both, would become
                        an Event of Default, has
                        occurred and is continuing;

                 c.     There has been no material adverse change in the
                         Borrower's or any other Obligor's
                        condition, financial or otherwise, since the date of
                        this Agreement; and

                 d.     All of the Loan Documents remain in full force andffect.

J.          Affirmative Covenants.   The Borrower covenants and agrees that so
            long as there are any
            outstanding Liabilities hereunder or otherwise or the Bank shall 
             have any obligation hereunder,
            the Borrower and each of its consolidated subsidiaries shall:

                                                            98

<PAGE>





             1.   Financial Statements.  Furnish to the Bank the following 
                 financial information: (a) not later
                 than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, consolidated 
                 and consolidating audited year-
                 end financial statements for the Borrower, and for each of its
                  consolidated subsidiaries
                 including, but not limited to, statements of financial  
                 condition, income and cash flows, a
                 reconciliation of net worth, notes to financial statements 
and any other information that may
                 assist the Bank in assessing the Borrower's financial condition
 (all of the above prepared in
                 accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and accompanied by
an opinion, satisfactory
                 in form and substance to the Bank, by an independent Certified 
Public Accountant ("CPA")
                 acceptable to the Bank, and certified as true, correct and
 complete by the Borrower's chief
                 financial officer); (b) not later than 60 days after the end of
each fiscal quarter, the Borrower's
                 consolidated and consolidating financial statements, including,
but not limited to, statements
                 of financial condition, income and cash flows, and a
 reconciliation of net worth (certified as
                 true, correct and complete by the Borrower's chief financial 
officer); (c) the following
                 statements and schedules pertaining to the Borrower's business
 operations, monthly and at
                 such other times as may be requested by the Bank: accounts 
receivable agings, accounts,
                 payable agings, inventory schedules and tax returns; (d) not 
later than five (5) calendar days
               after receipt thereof by the Borrower, a copy of any management 
letter or report for the
                 Borrower prepared by a CPA; (e) not later than 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year and
                 not more than sixty days after the end of each fiscal quarter, 
the Borrower's consolidating
                 financial statements, including, but not limited to, statements
of financial condition and
                 income and income statements by store location (all of the 
above prepared in a format
               acceptable to the Bank, certified as true, correct and complete 
y the Borrower's chief
              financial officer); (f) not later than 30 days prior to the end
of each fiscal year, consolidating
                 cash flow projections for the subsequent fiscal year in a 
format acceptable to the Bank; and
                 (g) such other information respecting the operations, 
financial or otherwise, of the Borrower
                 or any of its subsidiaries, as the Bank may from time to time 
reasonably request;

2.               Compliance Certificate.   Furnish to the Bank, together with 
each set of financial statements
               described in clauses (a) and (b) of Paragraph 1 of Section J, a 
compliance certificate signed
                 by the Borrower's chief financial officer, certifying that: (a)
 all representations and warranties
                 set forth in this Agreement and in any other Loan Document are 
true and correct as of the
                 date thereof; (b) none of the covenants in this Agreement or in
 any other Loan Document has
                 been breached; and (c) no event has occurred which, alone, or
with the giving of notice or the
                 passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default
 under this Agreement or under
                 the other Loan Documents;

            3.   Required  Hedge.  Hedge the floating  interest  expense of Term
                 Loan A and  Term  Loan B for the  full  term  of  each  Loan by
                 maintaining   either:  (i)  the  Swap  Agreement;   or  (ii)  a
                 comparable  interest  rate  swap  agreement  with Bank or other
                 counter party  acceptable to Bank in a notional amount equal to
                 the then principal  balance of each Term Loan and providing for
                 a fixed rate  sufficient  to satisfy the Debt Service  Coverage
                 Ratio  requirement  set forth below,  and containing such other
                 terms and conditions as shall be reasonably acceptable to Bank.

            4.   Notice of Certain Events.  Promptly give written notice to the 
Bank of: (a) the details of any
                 Reportable Events (as defined in ERISA) which have occurred;
(b) the occurrence of any
                event which alone or with notice, the passage of time, or both, 
would constitute an Event of
                 Default; (c) the commencement of any proceeding or litigation 
which, if adversely determined,

                                                            99

<PAGE>



                 would  adversely  affect its financial  condition or ability to
                 conduct  business;  and (d) the formation of any  subsidiary of
                 the  Borrower  after the date of this  Agreement,  which notice
                 shall  be  accompanied  by  the  resolution  of  the  Board  of
                 Directors of such  subsidiary  authorizing  such  subsidiary to
                 execute a guaranty of the Liabilities, satisfactory in form and
                 substance  to  the  Bank,  together  with  such  guaranty  duly
                 executed by such subsidiary,

            5.   Preservation of Property; Insurance.   Keep and maintain, and 
require its subsidiaries to
                 keep and maintain, all of its and their properties and assets 
in good order and repair; maintain
                 extended coverage, general liability, hazard, business 
interruption, property and other
                 insurance in amounts deemed satisfactory to the Bank and as is 
customary for businesses
                 similar to the Borrower's business and deliver to the Bank 
certificates of all such insurance
                 in effect; and cause all such policies covering any Collateral 
and covering business
                 interruption to contain loss payee endorsements in favor of the
 Bank and to be subject to
                 cancellation or reduction in coverage only upon 30 days prior
written notice thereof to the
                 Bank at its address set forth in this Agreement;

            6.   Taxes.  Pay and discharge, and require its subsidiaries to pay 
and discharge, when due, all
                 taxes, assessments or other governmental charges imposed on 
them or any of their respective
                 properties, unless the same are currently being contested in 
good faith by appropriate
                 proceedings and adequate reserves are maintained therefor;

            7.   Operation  of  Properties.  Operate its  properties,  and cause
                 those of its subsidiaries to be operated in compliance with all
                 applicable  orders,  rules and  regulations  promulgated by the
                 jurisdictions  and agencies  thereof where such  properties are
                 located, and duly file or cause to be filed such reports and/or
                 information  returns as may be  required or  appropriate  under
                 applicable orders, regulations or law;

            8.   Access to  Properties,  Books and  Records.  Permit  the Bank's
                 representatives  and/or agents full and complete  access to any
                 or all of the Borrower's and its  subsidiaries'  properties and
                 financial  records,  to make  extracts  from and/or  audit such
                 records and to examine and discuss the  Borrower's  properties,
                 business, finances and affairs with the Borrower's officers and
                 outside accountants;

            9.   Environmental Liens.  In the event that there shall be filed a
lien against any property of the
                 Borrower by any jurisdiction, political sub-division, agency or
 instrumentality thereof arising
                 from an intentional or unintentional act or omission of the 
Borrower, resulting in the Dumping
                 of hazardous substances or wastes into the atmosphere or waters
 or onto lands then, within
                 thirty (30) days from the date that the Borrower is given
 notice that the lien has been placed
                 against such property, or within such shorter period of time in
 the event that such jurisdiction,
                 political sub-division, agency, or instrumentality thereof has 
commenced steps to cause such
                 property to be sold pursuant to the lien, either (a) pay the 
claim and remove the lien from the
                 applicable property or (b) furnish to such jurisdiction, 
political subdivision, agency or
                 instrumentality thereof that imposed the lien with one of the 
following: (i) a bond satisfactory
                 to such jurisdiction, political sub-division, agency, or 
instrumentality thereof that imposed the
                 lien in the amount of the claim out of which the lien arises,
 (ii) a cash deposit in the amount
                 of the claim out of which the lien arises, or (iii) other
 security reasonably satisfactory to such
                 jurisdiction, political sub-division, agency, or 
instrumentality thereof in an amount sufficient
                 to discharge the claim out of which the lien arises; and

                                                            100

<PAGE>





            10.  Removal of Hazardous  Substances.  Should the Borrower cause or
                 permit  any  intentional  or  unintentional   act  or  omission
                 resulting in the Dumping of hazardous substances or wastes into
                 the atmosphere or waters, or onto the lands resulting in damage
                 to the  Natural  Resources  without  having  obtained  a permit
                 issued  by  the  appropriate  governmental   authorities,   the
                 Borrower shall  promptly  clean up same in accordance  with all
                 applicable federal,  state, and local orders,  statutes,  laws,
                 ordinances, rules and regulations.

K.          Negative Covenants.   So long as any Liabilities are outstanding,
 or the Bank has any
            commitment to make advances hereunder, the Borrower and its 
consolidated subsidiaries shall not,
            without the prior written consent of the Bank:

            1.   Incur Indebtedness;  Creation of Lien. Incur, create, or assume
                 any indebtedness  including,  without  limitation,  obligations
                 under capitalized leases, except: (i) indebtedness owing to the
                 Bank;  (ii)  indebtedness  existing  on  the  date  hereof  and
                 previously  reported in writing to and  permitted  by the Bank;
                 (iii) indebtedness not to exceed $150,000.00 in any fiscal year
                 for the purpose of purchasing machinery and equipment; and (iv)
                 trade  indebtedness  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of the
                 Borrower's business;

            2.   Loans.   Make any loans or advances to others including,
without limitation, officers,
                 directors, shareholders, principals, partners or affiliates of
the Borrower or any Obligor,
                 provided that Borrower shall be permitted to make loans or 
advances to its officers and
                 employees not to exceed an aggregate of $50,000.00 outstanding 
at any time;

            3.   Creation of Lien.  Create, permit, or suffer the creation of
 any liens, security interests or
                 other encumbrances on any of its property, real or personal,
 except liens, security interests
                 or encumbrances in favor of the Bank or existing on the date
hereof and previously reported
                 in writing to and permitted by the Bank;

            4.   Sale of  Assets;  Liquidation;  Merger;  Acquisitions.  Convey,
                 lease,  sell,  transfer  or  assign  any  assets  except in the
                 ordinary course of the Borrower's  business for value received;
                 liquidate or discontinue  its normal  operations with intent to
                 liquidate;  enter into any merger or consolidation;  or acquire
                 all or substantially  all of the assets,  stock or other equity
                 interests of another entity;

            5.   Payment of Dividends;  Redemption of Stock.  Pay any dividends,
                 make  any   withdrawal   from  its  capital,   make  any  other
                 distributions and/or repurchase,  redeem, or otherwise acquire,
                 or set aside reserves to acquire, any of its outstanding stock,
                 partnership or other equity interests,  except for such actions
                 by any subsidiaries in favor of the Borrower;

            6.   Accounts.   Sell, assign, transfer or dispose of any of its 
accounts or notes receivable, with
                 or without recourse, except to the Bank;

            7.   Guaranty Obligations.   Become a guarantor, surety, obligor or
 otherwise become directly,
                 indirectly or contingently liable for the debts or obligations 
of others, except for the benefit
                 of the Bank or its Affiliates, and except as an endorser of 
checks or drafts negotiated in the
                 ordinary course of the Borrower's business;

                                                            101

<PAGE>





            8.   Lease Obligations.  Incur,  create, or assume any commitment to
                 make any Lease  Payments  other than those existing on the date
                 hereof and  previously  reported in writing to and  approved by
                 the Bank if the aggregate amount payable  thereunder in any one
                 fiscal year would exceed  $50,000.00;  "Lease  Payments"  shall
                 mean any direct or  indirect  payment or  payments,  whether as
                 rent  or  otherwise,  including  fees  or  service  or  finance
                 charges, under any lease, rental or other agreement for the use
                 of the  property  of any person  and/or  entity  other than the
                 Borrower  whether or not such  agreement  contains an option to
                 purchase.

            9.   Sale-Leaseback Transactions.   Enter into any sale-leaseback
 transaction or any transaction
                 howsoever termed which would have the same or substantially the
 same result or effect as a
                 sale-leaseback;

           10.   Prepayment of Other Indebtedness.   Prepay any amounts not
required to be prepaid,
                 except to the Bank or any Affiliate, or cause or permit to be 
accelerated any amounts on any
                 outstanding indebtedness now existing or hereafter arising;

         11.   Expenses for Fixed Assets.   Expend for fixed assets during any 
one fiscal year of the
                 Borrower an aggregate amount exceeding $900,000.00, provided 
however that such expenses
                 shall not exceed $1,250,000.00 for the fiscal year ended
January 30, 1997;

           12.   Sale or Issuance of Stock.  Sell, issue, or agree to sell or 
issue, any shares (voting, non-
                 voting, preferred or common) of the Borrower, or purchase any
 such shares;

           13.   Investments.   Purchase or make any investment in the stock,
 securities or evidences of
                 indebtedness of or loan to any other person or entity
 (including, without limitation, entities
                 owned or controlled by any officers, directors, shareholders
 principals, partners or affiliates
                 of the Borrower) except (a) the United States Government or its
 agencies, or (b) certificates
                 of deposit of United States domestic banks having a ratio of 
qualifying total capital to
                 weighted risk assets of not less than eight (8%) percent, at 
least four (4%) percent of which
                 is Tier I capital, and total capital and surplus in excess of
 $50,000,000.  "Qualifying total
                 capital" and "Tier I capital" shall be defined from time to
 time pursuant to regulations
                 published by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and
 the Federal Deposit Insurance
                 Corporation;

           14.   Hazardous Substances.   Cause or permit to exist a Dumping of 
hazardous substances or
                 wastes into the atmosphere or waters or onto lands resulting 
in damage to the Natural
                 Resources unless the Dumping is pursuant to and in compliance 
with the conditions of a
                 permit issued by the appropriate federal, state, or local
 governmental authorities;

           15.   Consolidated  Working  Capital.   Permit  Consolidated  Working
                 Capital of the Borrower and its  consolidated  subsidiaries  at
                 the  end  of any  fiscal  year  to be  less  than  $600,000.00;
                 "Working  Capital"  is defined,  at any date,  as the excess of
                 Current  Assets over Current  Liabilities;  Current  Assets and
                 Current  Liabilities  shall  mean all  assets  and  liabilities
                 which, in accordance with GAAP, should be classified as current
                 assets and current liabilities, respectively;

                                                            102

<PAGE>





           16.   Consolidated Current Ratio.   Permit the ratio of Consolidated
Current Assets to
                 Consolidated Current Liabilities at the end of any fiscal year
to be less than 1.25:1.00; For
                 purposes of this covenant only Current Liabilities will be 
deemed to include any amounts
                 outstanding under the Revolver;

           17.   Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.   Permit Consolidated Tangible
 Net Worth at any time
                 to be less than $12,900,000, such minimum amount to increase by
 $100,000 on each
                 subsequent fiscal year end after and including January 31, 1997
, so that, for example, the
                 required minimum Tangible Net Worth for the fiscal year 
beginning February 1, 1997 and
                 ending January 31, 1998 would be $13,000,000; "Tangible Net 
Worth" is defined, at any date,
                 as (a) the aggregate amount at which all assets of the Borrower
 would be shown on a balance
                 sheet at such date after deducting capitalized research and
 development costs, capitalized
                 interest, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents,
 trademarks, copyrights, franchises,
                 licenses, amounts owing from officers, directors, shareholders,
 principals, partners or affiliates
                 of the Borrower and any investments in any entities owned or
controlled by any of the
                 foregoing, and such other assets as are properly classified 
as "intangible assets" less (b) the
                 aggregate amount of indebtedness, liabilities (including tax 
and other proper accruals) and
                 reserves of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries 
(excluding Approved Subordinated
                 Debt); "Approved Subordinated Debt" means any indebtedness 
for borrowed money that is
                 permitted by this Agreement and that is owing on the date
hereof or is subordinated to the
                 Liabilities on terms approved in writing by the Bank; or

           18.   Debt  to  Equity  Ratio  Requirements.   Permit  the  ratio  of
                 Consolidated  Total  Liabilities to  Consolidated  Tangible Net
                 Worth at any  time to  exceed  .55:1;  "Total  Liabilities"  is
                 defined at any date as all  liabilities  of the Borrower  which
                 would  properly  appear  on the  liabilities  side of a balance
                 sheet,  other than capital  stock,  capital  surplus,  retained
                 earnings,   minority  interests,   deferred  credit,   Approved
                 Subordinated Debt and contingency reserves under GAAP.

           19.   Debt Service Coverage Ratio.   Permit its Debt Service Coverage
 Ratio to be less than 1.25
                 to 1.0, measured annually.  "Debt Service Coverage Ratio" means
 the ratio of net income plus
                 interest expense (after giving effect to the fixed interest
 rate payable under the Swap
                 Agreement) plus income tax expense plus depreciation and 
amortization of the Borrower and
                 its consolidated subsidiaries for any fiscal year minus 
Capital Expenditures to interest expense
                 (after giving effect to the fixed interest rate payable under 
the Swap Agreement) of the
                 Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries for such period plus
the current portion of long
                 term debt and capital leases of the Borrower and its
consolidated subsidiaries (as reflected on
                 the Borrower's consolidated financial statements as of the end 
of the fiscal period immediately
                 preceding such current period) to be less than 1.25:1. Capital 
Expenditures is defined as those
                 expenditures required on an annual basis to maintain existing
 restaurant locations and MCF
                 machinery and equipment.

           20.   Cash and Cash  Equivalents.  Permit  Consolidated Cash and Cash
                 Equivalents at any time to be less than $750,000.00;  "Cash and
                 Cash Equivalents" is defined at any date as: (i) cash in banks;
                 (ii)  certificates  of deposit of United States  domestic banks
                 acceptable to Bank; and (iii)  securities  issued by the United
                 States Government or its agencies and acceptable to the Bank.

                                                            103

<PAGE>





L.         Additional Collateral.   As additional collateral security for the
 payment of the Borrower's
           indebtedness and obligations to the Bank hereunder, under the other 
Loan Documents, and/or
           otherwise, the Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing
 security interest in and lien of the
           first priority upon and hereby assigns to the Bank all funds, 
balances, deposits, accounts, certificates
           of deposit, securities and/or other property of any kind of the
Borrower and in which the Borrower
           has an interest, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, or 
control of the Bank or any Affiliate.

M.         Events of Default.   Each of the following shall constitute an event 
of default ("Event of Default")
           hereunder:

           1.  Breach.  A  breach  by  any  Obligor  of  any  term,   provision,
               obligation, covenant,  representation,  or warranty arising under
               (a) this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without
               limitation, failure to make any payment when due; (b) any present
               or future  agreement or instrument  with or in favor of the Bank,
               including,  without  limitation,  the failure to make any payment
               when due; or (c) any present or future  agreement  or  instrument
               for borrowed  money or other  financial  accommodations  with any
               other person or entity;

           2.  Voluntary  Bankruptcy.  Any  Obligor  commences  any  bankruptcy,
               reorganization,  debt  arrangement,  or other case or  proceeding
               under the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or under any  similar
               foreign,  federal, state, or local statute, or any dissolution or
               liquidation  proceeding,  or makes a general  assignment  for the
               benefit of  creditors,  or takes any  action  for the  purpose of
               effecting any of the foregoing;

           3.    Involuntary Bankruptcy.  Any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  debt
                 arrangement,  or other  case or  proceeding  under  the  United
                 States Bankruptcy Code or under similar foreign, federal, state
                 or local statute, or any dissolution or liquidation proceeding,
                 is involuntarily commenced against or in respect of any Obligor
                 or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding;

           4.    Appointment of Receiver.  The appointment, or the filing, of a
 petition seeking the
                 appointment, of a custodian, receiver, trustee, or liquidator 
for any Obligor or any of its
                 property, or the taking of possession of any part of the 
property of any Obligor at the instance
                 of any governmental authority;

           5.    Insolvency.  Any Obligor becomes insolvent (however defined),
is generally not paying its
                 debts as they become due, or has suspended transaction of its
usual business;

           6.  Reorganization.  The dissolution, merger, consolidation, or 
reorganization of any Obligor;

           7.  Material Misstatement.  Any statement, representation or warranty
 made in or pursuant to
               this Agreement or any other Loan Document or to induce the Bank
to enter into this Agreement
               or to enter into the transactions referred to in this Agreement
 shall prove to be untrue or
               misleading in any material respect;

           8.  Material Adverse Change.  The occurrence of a material adverse 
change in the financial
               condition of any Obligor or the occurrence of any event which, 
in the sole opinion of the Bank,
               impairs the financial responsibility of any Obligor, including, 
without limitation, a change in
               management or ownership of any Obligor;

                                                            104

<PAGE>





           9.  Cross Default.  The occurrence of a default under any other
 obligation by Borrower or any
               Obligor in favor of Bank, including obligations arising under 
any "swap agreement" (as defined
               in 11 U.S.C. ss.101), or under any instrument securing or
evidencing such obligation, whether
               or not such obligation is otherwise secured;

         10.   Granting of Security Interest.  Any Obligor transfers or grants
 any lien on or security interest
               in any of its property on which the Bank has a lien and/or 
security interest, without the prior
               written consent of the Bank;

         11.   Entry of Judgment.  The filing, entry, or issuance of any
judgment in excess of $50,000 in the
               aggregate, or any execution, garnishment, attachment, distraint,
 or lien against any Obligor or
               its property ; the entry of any order enjoining or restraining
 any Obligor and/or restraining or
               seizing any property of any Obligor; or

         12.   Transfer of Assets.   Any Obligor transfers or sells all or
substantially all of its assets, without
               the prior written consent of the Bank.

N.       Remedies.

         1.    Acceleration of Liabilities; Other Remedies.   Upon and following
 the occurrence of an
               Event of Default described in Section M hereof (other than the 
Events of Default described in
               Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Section M), at the Bank's sole option, the 
Bank's commitment, if any, to
               make any further advances or loans to the Borrower hereunder 
shall terminate, and all Liabilities
               shall immediately become due and payable in full, all without 
protest, presentment, demand or
               further notice of any kind to the Borrower or any other Obligor,
 all of which are expressly
               waived.  Upon the occurrence of the Event of Default described 
in Paragraph 2 or 3 of Section
               M, immediately and automatically, the Bank's commitment, if any,
 to make any further advances
               or loans to the Borrower hereunder, shall terminate and all 
Liabilities shall immediately become
               due and payable in full, all without protest, presentment, demand
or further notice of any kind
               to the Borrower or any other Obligor, all of which are expressly 
waived.  Upon and following
               an Event of Default, the Bank may, at its option, exercise any 
and all rights and remedies it has
               under this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or applicable 
law, including, without
               limitation, the right to charge and collect interest on the
 principal portion of the Liabilities at
               a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) the highest rate of interest
 set forth in the Loan Documents, or
               (ii) the highest rate of interest allowed by law, such rate of 
interest to apply to the Liabilities,
               at the Bank's option, upon and after an Event of Default, 
maturity, whether by acceleration or
               otherwise, and the entry of a judgment in favor of the Bank 
with respect to any or all of the
               Liabilities.  Upon and following an Event of Default, the 
Bank may proceed to protect and
               enforce the Bank's rights under any Loan Document and/or
 under applicable law by action at
               law, in equity or other appropriate proceeding including,
 without limitation, an action for
               specific performance to enforce or aid in the enforcement 
of any provision contained herein or
               in any other Loan Document.

         2.    Right  of Set  off.  If any of the  Liabilities  shall be due and
               payable or any one or more Events of Default shall have occurred,
               whether  or not the Bank shall  have made  demand  under any Loan
               Document and regardless of the adequacy of any Collateral for the
               Liabilities  or  other  means  of  obtaining   repayment  of  the
               Liabilities, the Bank shall have the right, without notice


                                                            105

<PAGE>





               to  the  Borrower  or any  other  Obligor,  and  is  specifically
               authorized hereby to set-off against and apply to the then unpaid
               balance  of the  Liabilities  any items or funds of the  Borrower
               and/or any Obligor held by the Bank or any Affiliate, any and all
               deposits (whether general or special, time or demand,  matured or
               unmatured)  or any other  property  of the  Borrower  and/or  any
               Obligor,   including,   without  limitation,   securities  and/or
               certificates  of  deposit,  now or  hereafter  maintained  by the
               Borrower and/or any Obligor for its or their own account with the
               Bank or any  Affiliate,  and any other  indebtedness  at any time
               held or owing by the Bank or any  Affiliate  to or for the credit
               or the  account  of the  Borrower  and/or  any  Obligor,  even if
               effecting such set-off results in a loss or reduction of interest
               or the imposition of a penalty applicable to the early withdrawal
               of time deposits.  For such purpose, the Bank shall have, and the
               Borrower  hereby grants to the Bank, a first lien on and security
               interest in such deposits,  property,  funds and accounts and the
               proceeds thereof.

         3.    Turnover of Property held by Affiliate.  The Borrower further

 authorizes any Affiliate, upon
               and following the occurrence of an Event of Default, at the
request of the Bank, and without
               notice to the Borrower, to turn over to the Bank any property of
 the Borrower, including,
               without limitation, funds and securities, held by the Affiliate 
for the Borrower's account and to
               debit, for the benefit of the Bank, any deposit account 
maintained by the Borrower with such
               Affiliate (even if such deposit account is not then due or
there results a loss or reduction of
               interest or the imposition of a penalty in accordance with law 
applicable to the early withdrawal
               of time deposits), in the amount requested by the Bank up to the 
amount of the Liabilities, and
               to pay or transfer such amount or property to the Bank for 
application to the Liabilities.

         4.    Remedies Cumulative;  No Waiver. The rights,  powers and remedies
               of the  Bank  provided  in this  Agreement  and  any of the  Loan
               Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any right, power or
               remedy provided by law or equity. No failure or delay on the part
               of the Bank in the  exercise of any right,  power or remedy shall
               operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any  single or  partial
               exercise preclude any other or further exercise  thereof,  or the
               exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

O.       Miscellaneous.

         1.    Notices.   Notices and communications under this Agreement and 
the other Loan Documents
               shall be in writing and shall be given by either 
(a) hand-delivery, (b) first class mail (postage
               prepaid), (c) reliable overnight commercial courier 
(charges prepaid), or (d) telecopy, to the
               addresses and telecopy numbers listed in this Agreement. 
 Notice given by telecopy shall be
               deemed to have been given and received when sent.  Notice by 
overnight courier shall be
               deemed to have been given and received on the date scheduled for
 delivery.  Notice by mail
               shall be deemed to have been given and received three 
(3) calendar days after the date first
               deposited in the United States mail.  Notice by hand deliver
 shall be deemed to have been
               given and received upon delivery.  A party may change its address
 and/or telecopier number by
               giving written notice to the other party as specified herein.

         2.    Costs and Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated
by the Loan Documents
               are fully consummated, the Borrower shall promptly pay 
(or reimburse, as the Bank may elect)
               all costs and expenses which the Bank has incurred or may
 hereafter incur in connection with
               the negotiation, preparation, reproduction, interpretation, 
perfection, monitoring, administration

                                                            106

<PAGE>



               and  enforcement  of the Loan  Documents,  the  collection of all
               amounts  due  under  the  Loan  Documents,  and  all  amendments,
               modifications,   consents  or  waivers,   if  any,  to  the  Loan
               Documents.   Such  costs  and  expenses  shall  include,  without
               limitation,  the fees and  disbursements  of  counsel to the Bank
               (including the Bank's in-house counsel), the costs of appraisals,
               costs of environmental studies, searches of public records, costs
               of filing and recording  documents with public offices,  internal
               and/or external audit and/or  examination fees and costs,  stamp,
               excise and other  taxes and costs and  expenses  incurred  by the
               Bank,  and the fees of the  Bank's  accountants,  consultants  or
               other  professionals.  The Borrower's  reimbursement  obligations
               under this  paragraph  shall survive any  termination of the Loan
               Documents.

         3.    Payment  Due on a Day Other Than a Business  Day.  If any payment
               due or  action  to be  taken  under  this  Agreement  or any Loan
               Document  falls due or is  required to be taken on a day that the
               Bank is not open for  business,  such  payment or action shall be
               made or  taken  on the  next  succeeding  Business  Day and  such
               extended time shall be included in the computation of interest.

         4.    Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the
               substantive laws of the State of New Jersey without reference to
 conflict of laws principles.

         5.    Integration.   This   Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents
               constitute  the sole agreement of the parties with respect to the
               subject   matter  hereof  and  thereof  and  supersede  all  oral
               negotiations  and prior  writings  with  respect  to the  subject
               matter hereof and thereof.

         6.    Amendment; Waiver.   No amendment of this Agreement, and no
 waiver of any one or more
               of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless set forth in
 writing and signed by the parties
               hereto.

         7.    Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement (a) shall be binding upon
               the Borrower and the Bank and, where applicable, their respective
               heirs,  executors,   administrators,   successors  and  permitted
               assigns,  and (b) shall inure to the benefit of the  Borrower and
               the  Bank  and,  where   applicable,   their  respective   heirs,
               executors,  administrators,  successors  and  permitted  assigns;
               provided,  however,  that the  Borrower may not assign its rights
               hereunder  or any  interest  herein  without  the  prior  written
               consent  of the  Bank,  and  any  such  assignment  or  attempted
               assignment  by the  Borrower  shall be void and of no effect with
               respect to the Bank.

         8.    Sale, Assignment or Participations.  The Bank may from time to
 time sell or assign, in whole
               or in part, or grant participations in some or all of the Loan
Documents and/or the obligations
               evidenced thereby.  The holder of any such sale, assignment or
participation, if the applicable
               agreement between the Bank and such holder so provides, 
(a) shall be entitled to all of the
               rights, obligations and benefits of the Bank and (b) shall
 be deemed to hold and may exercise
               the rights of set-off or banker's lien with respect to any and 
all obligations of such holder to the
               Borrower, in each case as fully as though the Borrower were 
directly indebted to such holder.
               The Bank may, in its discretion, give notice to the Borrower of
 such sale, assignment or
              participation; however, the failure to give such notice shall not 
affect any of the Bank's or such
               holder's rights hereunder.  The Borrower authorizes the Bank to
 provide information
              concerning the Borrower to any prospective purchaser, assignee or 
participant.  The
               information provided may include, but is not limited to, amounts,
 terms, balances, payment
               history, return item history and any financial or other 
information about the Borrower.  The

                                                            107

<PAGE>



               Borrower agrees to indemnify,  defend, release the Bank, and hold
               the Bank harmless,  at the Borrower's cost and expense,  from and
               against any and all lawsuits,  claims, actions,  proceedings,  or
               suits  against  the Bank or against  the  Borrower  and the Bank,
               arising out of or relating to the Bank's  reporting or disclosure
               of such information.

         9.    Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision
               of  this  Agreement  or  any  instrument  or  agreement  required
               hereunder  shall not in any way affect or impair the  legality or
               enforceability  of the remaining  provisions of this Agreement or
               any instrument or agreement  required  hereunder.  In lieu of any
               illegal or unenforceable provision in this Agreement, there shall
               be added  automatically  as a part of this  Agreement a legal and
               enforceable  provision  as  similar  in terms to such  illegal or
               unenforceable provision as may be possible.

        10.    Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.  The Borrower
 irrevocably appoints each
               and every owner, partner and/or officer of the Borrower as its
 attorneys upon whom may be
               served, by regular or certified mail at the address set forth in
this Agreement, any notice,
               process or pleading in any action or proceeding against it 
arising out of or in connection with
               this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.  The Borrower
 hereby consents that any
               action or proceeding against it may be commenced and maintained 
in any court within the State
               of New Jersey or in the United States District Court for the 
District of New Jersey by service
               of process on any such owner, partner and/or officer.  The 
Borrower further agrees that such
               courts of the State of New Jersey and the United States District 
Court for the District of New
               Jersey shall have jurisdiction with respect to the subject matter
hereof and the person of the
               Borrower and all Collateral for the Liabilities.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Borrower
               agrees that any action brought by the Borrower shall be commenced
 and maintained only in a
               court in the federal judicial district or county in which the
 Bank has its principal place of
               business in New Jersey.

        11.    Indemnification.

               a. If,  after  receipt  of any  payment of all or any part of the
               Liabilities,  the Bank is  compelled  or agrees,  for  settlement
               purposes,  to surrender  such payment to any person or entity for
               any reason (including,  without limitation,  a determination that
               such  payment is void or voidable as a preference  or  fraudulent
               conveyance,  an  impermissible  set-off,  or a diversion of trust
               funds),  then this Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  shall
               continue  in full force and  effect,  and the  Borrower  shall be
               liable for,  and shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless the
               Bank with respect to the full amount so surrendered.

               b. The Borrower  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless the
               Bank  with  respect  to any and all  claims,  expenses,  demands,
               losses,  costs,  fines or  liabilities  of any  kind  (including,
               without  limitation,  those involving  death,  personal injury or
               property  damage  and  including  reasonable  attorneys  fees and
               costs)  arising  from  or in any  way  related  to any  hazardous
               materials  or a dangerous  environmental  condition  within,  on,
               from, related to or affecting any real property owned or occupied
               by the Borrower including, without limitation, any and all claims
               that may arise as a result of an intentional or unintentional act
               or omission of the Borrower,  any previous owner and/or  operator
               of real property  owned or occupied by the Borrower that resulted
               in the  Dumping  of  hazardous  substances  or  wastes  into  the
               atmosphere  or  waters or onto the  lands  and that  resulted  in
               damage to the Natural Resources or to any persons or property.

                                                            108

<PAGE>





               c. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination
               of this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents and shall be and
               remain effective  notwithstanding the payment of the Liabilities,
               the  release  of  any  security  interest,  lien  or  encumbrance
               securing the  Liabilities  or any other action which the Bank may
               have taken in  reliance  upon its  receipt of such  payment.  Any
               action by the Bank shall be deemed to have been  conditioned upon
               any  payment  of  the   Liabilities   having   become  final  and
               irrevocable.

        12.    Inconsistencies.   The  Loan   Documents   are   intended  to  be
               consistent.  However, in the event of any  inconsistencies  among
               any of the Loan Documents,  such  inconsistency  shall not affect
               the  validity  or  enforceability  of  each  Loan  Document.  The
               Borrower  agrees  that  in  the  event  of any  inconsistency  or
               ambiguity in any of the Loan Documents,  the Loan Documents shall
               not be construed  against any one party but shall be  interpreted
               consistent with the Bank's policies and procedures.

        13.    Headings.   The headings of sections and paragraphs have been
 included herein for convenience
               only and shall not be considered in interpreting this Agreement.

        14.    Schedules.  If a Schedule and/or an Exhibit is attached hereto,
 the provisions thereof are
               incorporated herein.

        15.    Judicial Proceeding; Waivers.

               a.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT AGREES THAT ANY SUIT,  ACTION OR
                   PROCEEDING,   WHETHER  CLAIM  OR  COUNTERCLAIM,   BROUGHT  OR
                   INSTITUTED  BY ANY PARTY HERETO OR ANY SUCCESSOR OR ASSIGN OF
                   ANY PARTY, ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE
                   OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  OR THE  DEALINGS OF THE  PARTIES  WITH
                   RESPECT  HERETO,  OR THERETO,  SHALL BE TRIED ONLY BY A COURT
                   AND NOT BY A JURY.

               b.  EACH PARTY HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND  INTENTIONALLY
                   WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION
                   OR  PROCEEDING.  FURTHER,  EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY
                   HAVE TO  CLAIM  OR  RECOVER,  IN ANY  SUCH  SUIT,  ACTION  OR
                   PROCEEDING, ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL
                   DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES  OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL
                   DAMAGES.

               c.  THE BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND AGREES THAT THIS SECTION IS A
                   SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL  ASPECT OF THIS  AGREEMENT AND THAT THE
                   BANK WOULD NOT EXTEND  CREDIT TO THE  BORROWER IF THE WAIVERS
                   SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION WERE NOT A PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

                                                            109

<PAGE>





IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  by  themselves  or  their  duly  authorized
representative  have  executed  this  Agreement  the day and  year  first  above
written.


ATTEST:                                           CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:___________________________               By_______________________________
Name:  Martin W. Fletcher                           Name:  Anthony C. Papalia
Title:    Secretary                                   Title:    President


Address:         62 Broadway                       Address:      62 Broadway
             Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey  Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey

                           telecopier           pier No.: ______________________
                                                 FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

                                        By:________________________________
                                         Name:         Joseph J. Lebel, III
                                         Title:        Vice President
                                          Address:      1889 Highway 27
                                        Edison, New Jersey 08817

                                       Telecopier No.:  (908) 819-4177

                                                            110

<PAGE>


                                                 Exhibit 10.8

                              Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 1995
                                             between Chefs and Anthony Papalia


<PAGE>



                                                    EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT
             This Employment  Contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into
as of the 19th day of December, 1995 by and between Chefs International, Inc., a
Delaware  corporation with its principal offices at 62 Broadway,  Point Pleasant
Beach, New Jersey 08742 ("CHEFS") and Anthony Papalia, an individual residing at
813 W. Laurel Avenue, Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey 08742 (the "Employee").
                                                        WITNESSETH:
             WHEREAS CHEFS desires to employ the Employee in the capacities and 
on the terms and
conditions herein set forth; and
            WHEREAS the Employee agrees to be employed by CHEFS and to serve in 
such capacities on
said terms and conditions;
             NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual covenants herein
contained and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the parties hereto agree as
follows:
1.           EMPLOYMENT
             CHEFS hereby agrees to employ the Employee and the Employee  hereby
accepts  employment on a full-time  basis as chief  executive  officer and chief
financial  officer of CHEFS.  In such  capacities,  Employee  shall perform such
duties as are typical or appropriate in such  capacities of employment,  subject
to and under the  direction  of CHEFS'  Board of  Directors.  In  addition,  the
Employee  shall  perform  such other  duties  for CHEFS as CHEFS may  reasonably
request,  or as may be necessary or desirable in  performing or carrying out the
intention of this Contract. Without additional compensation,  the Employee shall
also serve in such executive  officerships,  if elected,  and shall provide such
services  for,  and  consult  with  and  advise  such  corporations   (including
subsidiaries)  affiliated with CHEFS as CHEFS may from  time-to-time  reasonably
specify. 2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
             The  employment  of the Employee  pursuant to this  Contract  shall
commence  on December  19, 1995 and shall end in January  1999 at the end of the
third year of CHEFS' three  complete  fiscal years next  succeeding  the current
fiscal  year which ends on January 28, 1996 (the  "Initial  Term").  The term of
this Contract shall also be subject to renewal pursuant to Section 5 herein.

                                                            111

<PAGE>




3.           COMPENSATION
             During the period that this Contract is in effect,  CHEFS shall pay
Employee and provide him with the following  benefits as compensation for all of
his services to be rendered hereunder:
             3.1      Salary - $150,000 per annum.
             3.2  Automobile  -  Employee  shall be  provided  by CHEFS  with an
automobile for his use with CHEFS paying all insurance,  operating,  maintenance
and repair costs.
             3.3 Employee  Benefit  Plans - CHEFS will provide the Employee with
participation on an equitable basis in any employee benefit plan established for
senior management of CHEFS or any of its subsidiaries.
             3.4      Split-Dollar Policy - CHEFS has purchased a split-dollar
 insurance policy from
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company insuring the Employees life pursuant 
to a retirement plan for
the Employee's benefit.  Employee is fully vested therein.  CHEFS agrees to 
continue to pay the premiums
on this policy during the term of the Contract.
4.           TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
             4.1 Death - If Employee dies while this  Contract is in effect,  on
the date of his death,  this Contract shall terminate and no further amounts and
benefits will be required to be paid or made available  hereunder after the date
of his death,  except that the rights to the policy referred to in paragraph 3.4
and all  proceeds  therefrom  shall  be  transferred  to  Employee's  designated
beneficiaries  other than  amounts to be retained by CHEFS in  reimbursement  of
aggregate premiums thereunder paid by CHEFS.
             4.2 Disability - If the Employee  becomes  Totally  Disabled during
the term of this  Contract  so that he can no longer  devote at least 75% of his
working time to CHEFS' business,  CHEFS may terminate  Employee's  employment by
written  notice  to  him.  In  such  event  and  after  such  effective  date of
termination,  no  further  amounts  and  benefits  required  to be  paid or made
available hereunder after such termination will be paid or made available except
that any disability  policy then in effect with respect to the Employee shall be
assigned to him and all rights to the policy  referred to in paragraph 3.4 shall
be transferred to the Employee.
             4.3 Termination by CHEFS "Without Cause" - If CHEFS terminates this
Contract without cause, in lieu of all amounts and benefits  required to be paid
or made available hereunder after such termination, CHEFS

                                                            112

<PAGE>




             (i)      shall pay the Employee severance pay equal to the salary
 due for the remaining term of
this Contract.  Such severance payment shall be paid in a lump sum or weekly at 
the Employee's option;
             (ii)     shall pay the Employee's medical or health benefits for
 the remaining term of the contract
or for one year, whichever is greater;
             (iii) shall transfer title to the Company car to the Employee at no
             cost to Employee;  and (iv) shall transfer all rights to the policy
             referred to in paragraph 3.4 to Employee.  4.4 Termination by CHEFS
             "For Cause" - If CHEFS terminates this Contract "For Cause,"
no further  benefits of any kind will be paid to the  Employee.  For purposes of
this Contract, "For Cause" means (i) conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere
with respect to a felony  involving  fraud or  dishonesty or any other crime for
which a term of imprisonment in excess of one (1) year could be imposed; or (ii)
Employee's material breach of any of the terms of this Employment Contract which
material breach is not cured within 90 days after receipt of written notice from
CHEFS to Employee;  or (iii)  judgment  consented to by or rendered  against the
Employee on which any  regulatory  licensor of CHEFS or any  subsidiary  bases a
threatened license revocation.
             4.5 Voluntary  Termination by Employee Due to "Change in Control" -
If the Employee  elects to terminate  this Contract due to a "Change in Control"
of CHEFS (which  option may be elected by the  Employee by written  notice given
within 30 days after a "Change in Control"), in lieu of all amounts and benefits
required to be paid or made available hereunder after such termination, CHEFS
             (i)      shall pay the Employee severance pay equal to six months
of salary at the annual rate then
in effect.  Such severance payment shall be paid in a lump sum or weekly at the
Employee's option;
             (ii)     shall pay the Employee's medical or health benefits until
the Employee obtains comparable
coverage, but for not more than six months;
             (iii) shall transfer title to the Company car to the Employee at no
             cost to Employee;  and (iv) shall transfer all rights to the policy
             referred to in paragraph 3.4 to Employee.
For purposes of this  Contract,  "Change of Control" means with respect to CHEFS
(i) any  "person"  (as such term is defined in Section  13(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) who is not as of the date
of this Contract, a more than 10% "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule

                                                            113

<PAGE>




 13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act) of the  voting  power of  CHEFS'  outstanding
securities,   becoming  directly  or  indirectly,   the  "beneficial  owner"  of
securities  of CHEFS  representing  20% or more of the combined  voting power of
CHEFS'  then  outstanding  securities;  or (ii)  during  any  period  of two (2)
consecutive  years  during  the term of this  Contract,  individuals  who at the
beginning  of such period  constituted  CHEFS'  Board of  Directors  and any new
director  whose  election by the Board of  nomination  for election by the CHEFS
shareholders  was  approved  by a  vote  of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3)  of the
directors  then still in office,  who either were  directors at the beginning of
the period or whose  election or  nomination  for  election  was  previously  so
approved,  cease for any  reason to  constitute  a majority  of CHEFS'  Board of
Directors.
5.           RENEWAL PROVISIONS
             This Employment  Contract shall renew  automatically for up to five
consecutive  additional  one-year terms (the "Renewal Years")  commencing at the
end of the Initial Term,  unless no later than six calendar  months prior to the
conclusion of the Initial Term or of any subsequent  one-year term, either party
hereto  gives  notice  to the other  party  that he or it does not  desire  such
renewal.  For the first Renewal Year, if the Contract  continues in effect,  the
Employee's  annual salary  hereunder shall be increased (but never decreased) by
the same  percentage  increase as the percentage  increase in the Consumer Price
Index,  All  Items  for the New York  metropolitan  area,  from the date of this
Contract to the first day of such first Renewal Year.  Employee's  annual salary
shall be similarly  increased (but never decreased) for each subsequent  Renewal
Year based on the percentage  increase in the said Consumer Price Index from the
first  day of the  immediately  preceding  Renewal  Year to the first day of the
subsequent Renewal Year.
6.           MISCELLANEOUS
             6.1      New Jersey law shall govern this Contract.
             6.2      This Contract shall not be modified or rescinded except
 in a writing signed by both parties
hereto.
             6.3      This Contract shall be binding on the parties hereto and
 their respective successors and
assigns.

                                                            114

<PAGE>




             6.4 Any notice or other  communication  required or permitted to be
given  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when
received  after  delivery by hand,  or two (2)  business  days after  sending by
recognized  overnight  delivery  services such as Federal Express,  or mailed by
registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested;  if to CHEFS or to the
Employee,  at the  address set forth on the first page of this  Contract,  or to
such other address as the recipient party shall designate by notice to the other
party in the manner specified herein.
             6.5 Any  dispute or  controversy  arising  from or relating to this
Contract shall be decided by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the
commercial rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association and the
parties hereto hereby consent to such jurisdiction.
             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each duly executed this
Contract as of the date first above written.
                                                         EMPLOYER:

                            CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                        By________________________________
                                            James Fletcher, Vice President

                                                         EMPLOYEE:

                                  ----------------------------------
                                                         Anthony Papalia


                                                            115

<PAGE>



                                                       Exhibit 10.9

                             Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 1995
                                             between Chefs and Martin Fletcher
<PAGE>



                                                    EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT
             This Employment  Contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into
as of the 19th day of December, 1995 by and between Chefs International, Inc., a
Delaware  corporation with its principal offices at 62 Broadway,  Point Pleasant
Beach, New Jersey 08742 ("CHEFS") and Martin Fletcher, an individual residing at
397 Clark Drive, Brick, New Jersey 08724 (the "Employee").
                                                        WITNESSETH:
             WHEREAS CHEFS desires to employ the Employee in the capacity and
on the terms and
conditions herein set forth; and
             WHEREAS the Employee agrees to be employed by CHEFS and to serve
 in such capacity on
said terms and conditions;
             NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual covenants herein
contained and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the parties hereto agree as
follows:
1.           EMPLOYMENT
             CHEFS hereby agrees to employ the Employee and the Employee  hereby
accepts  employment  on a  full-time  basis  as  controller  of  CHEFS.  In that
capacity,  Employee  shall perform such duties as are typical or  appropriate in
such capacity of employment,  subject to and under the direction of CHEFS' chief
executive  officer  and/or Board of Directors.  In addition,  the Employee shall
perform such other duties for CHEFS as CHEFS may reasonably  request,  or as may
be necessary or desirable in  performing  or carrying out the  intention of this
Contract. Without additional compensation, the Employee shall also serve in such
executive  officerships,  if elected,  and shall  provide such services for, and
consult with and advise such corporations  (including  subsidiaries)  affiliated
with CHEFS as CHEFS may from time-to-time reasonably specify.

                                                            116

<PAGE>



2.           TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
             The employment of the Employee pursuant to this Contract shall
 commence on December 19,
1995 and shall end in January 1999 at the end of the third year of CHEFS' three
 complete fiscal years next
succeeding the current fiscal year which ends on January 28, 1996 (the "Initial
Term").  The term of this
Contract shall also be subject to renewal pursuant to Section 5 herein.
3.           COMPENSATION
             During the period that this Contract is in effect,  CHEFS shall pay
Employee and provide him with the following  benefits as compensation for all of
his services to be rendered hereunder:
             3.1      Salary - $87,000 per annum.
             3.2  Automobile  -  Employee  shall be  provided  by CHEFS  with an
automobile for his use with CHEFS paying all insurance,  operating,  maintenance
and repair costs.
             3.3 Employee  Benefit  Plans - CHEFS will provide the Employee with
participation on an equitable basis in any employee benefit plan established for
senior management of CHEFS or any of its subsidiaries.
             3.4      Split-Dollar Policy - CHEFS has purchased a split-dollar 
insurance policy from
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company insuring the Employee's life pursuant
 to a retirement plan for
the Employee's benefit.  Employee is fully vested therein.  CHEFS agrees to 
continue to pay the premiums
on this policy during the term of the Contract.
4.           TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
             4.1 Death - If Employee dies while this  Contract is in effect,  on
the date of his death,  this Contract shall terminate and no further amounts and
benefits will be required to be paid or made available  hereunder after the date
of his death,  except that the rights to the policy referred to in paragraph 3.4
and all  proceeds  therefrom  shall  be  transferred  to  Employee's  designated
beneficiaries  other than  amounts to be retained by CHEFS in  reimbursement  of
aggregate premiums thereunder paid by CHEFS.

                                                            117

<PAGE>




             4.2 Disability - If the Employee  becomes  Totally  Disabled during
the term of this  Contract  so that he can no longer  devote at least 75% of his
working time to CHEFS' business,  CHEFS may terminate  Employee's  employment by
written  notice  to  him.  In  such  event  and  after  such  effective  date of
termination,  no  further  amounts  and  benefits  required  to be  paid or made
available hereunder after such termination will be paid or made available except
that any disability  policy then in effect with respect to the Employee shall be
assigned to him and all rights to the policy  referred to in paragraph 3.4 shall
be transferred to the Employee.
             4.3 Termination by CHEFS "Without Cause" - If CHEFS terminates this
Contract without cause, in lieu of all amounts and benefits  required to be paid
or made available hereunder after such termination, CHEFS
              (i)  shall pay the Employee severance pay equal to the salary due 
for the remaining term of this
Contract.  Such severance payment shall be paid in a lump sum or weekly at the
 Employee's option;
             (ii)  shall pay the Employee's medical or health benefits for the
 remaining term of the contract
or for one year, whichever is greater;
             (iii) shall transfer title to the Company car to the Employee at no
             cost to Employee;  and (iv) shall transfer all rights to the policy
             referred to in paragraph 3.4 to Employee.  4.4 Termination by CHEFS
             "For Cause" - If CHEFS terminates this Contract "For Cause,"
no further  benefits of any kind will be paid to the  Employee.  For purposes of
this Contract, "For Cause" means (i) conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere
with respect to a felony  involving  fraud or  dishonesty or any other crime for
which a term of imprisonment in excess of one (1) year could be imposed; or (ii)
Employee's material breach of any of the terms of this Employment Contract which
material breach is not cured within 90 days after receipt of written notice from
CHEFS to Employee;  or (iii)  judgment  consented to by or rendered  against the
Employee on which any  regulatory  licensor of CHEFS or any  subsidiary  bases a
threatened license revocation.

                                                            118

<PAGE>




             4.5 Voluntary  Termination by Employee Due to "Change in Control" -
If the Employee  elects to terminate  this Contract due to a "Change in Control"
of CHEFS (which  option may be elected by the  Employee by written  notice given
within 30 days after a "Change in Control"), in lieu of all amounts and benefits
required to be paid or made available hereunder after such termination, CHEFS
              (i)  shall pay the Employee severance pay equal to six months of 
salary at the annual rate then
in effect.  Such severance payment shall be paid in a lump sum or weekly at the 
Employee's option;
             (ii) shall pay the Employee's  medical or health benefits until the
Employee obtains comparable coverage, but for not more than six months;
             (iii) shall transfer title to the Company car to the Employee at no
             cost to Employee;  and (iv) shall transfer all rights to the policy
             referred to in paragraph 3.4 to Employee.
For purposes of this  Contract,  "Change of Control" means with respect to CHEFS
(i) any  "person"  (as such term is defined in Section  13(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) who is not as of the date
of this Contract,  a more than 10% "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange  Act) of the voting power of CHEFS'  outstanding  securities,
becoming directly or indirectly,  the "beneficial  owner" of securities of CHEFS
representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of CHEFS' then outstanding
securities;  or (ii) during any period of two (2)  consecutive  years during the
term  of  this  Contract,  individuals  who  at the  beginning  of  such  period
constituted CHEFS' Board of Directors and any new director whose election by the
Board of  nomination  for election by the CHEFS  shareholders  was approved by a
vote of at least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the directors  then still in office,  who
either  were  directors  at the  beginning  of the period or whose  election  or
nomination  for election  was  previously  so approved,  cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of CHEFS' Board of Directors.

                                                            119

<PAGE>




5.           RENEWAL PROVISIONS
             This Employment  Contract shall renew  automatically for up to five
consecutive  additional  one-year terms (the "Renewal Years")  commencing at the
end of the Initial Term,  unless no later than six calendar  months prior to the
conclusion of the Initial Term or of any subsequent  one-year term, either party
hereto  gives  notice  to the other  party  that he or it does not  desire  such
renewal.  For the first Renewal Year, if the Contract  continues in effect,  the
Employee's  annual salary  hereunder shall be increased (but never decreased) by
the same  percentage  increase as the percentage  increase in the Consumer Price
Index,  All  Items  for the New York  metropolitan  area,  from the date of this
Contract to the first day of such first Renewal Year.  Employee's  annual salary
shall be similarly  increased (but never decreased) for each subsequent  Renewal
Year based on the percentage  increase in the said Consumer Price Index from the
first  day of the  immediately  preceding  Renewal  Year to the first day of the
subsequent Renewal Year.
6.           MISCELLANEOUS
             6.1      New Jersey law shall govern this Contract.
             6.2      This Contract shall not be modified or rescinded except in
 a writing signed by both parties
hereto.
             6.3      This Contract shall be binding on the parties hereto and
their respective successors and
assigns.
             6.4 Any notice or other  communication  required or permitted to be
given  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when
received  after  delivery by hand,  or two (2)  business  days after  sending by
recognized  overnight  delivery  services such as Federal Express,  or mailed by
registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested;  if to CHEFS or to the
Employee,  at the  address set forth on the first page of this  Contract,  or to
such other address as the recipient party shall designate by notice to the other
party in the manner specified herein.

                                                            120

<PAGE>




             6.5 Any  dispute or  controversy  arising  from or relating to this
Contract shall be decided by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the
commercial rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association and the
parties hereto hereby consent to such jurisdiction.
             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each duly executed this
Contract as of the date first above written.
                                                         EMPLOYER:

                            CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                              By_______________________________
                                                    Anthony Papalia, President

                                                         EMPLOYEE:

                                                 ------------------------------
                                                         Martin Fletcher

                                                            121

<PAGE>



                                                       Exhibit 10.10

                                Consulting Agreement dated as of October 2, 1995
                                   between Chefs and M&M Creative Services, Inc.
PAGE>

                                                   CONSULTING AGREEMENT
             This  Consulting  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  is made and entered
into effective as of October 2, 1995 by and between Chefs International, Inc., a
Delaware  corporation with its principal offices at 62 Broadway,  Point Pleasant
Beach, New Jersey 08742 ("CHEFS") and M&M Creative Services,  Inc., a New Jersey
corporation with a principal place of business at 22 Monroe Drive, Marlboro, New
Jersey 08742 ("M&M").
                                                        WITNESSETH:
             WHEREAS  CHEFS  desires to retain M&M and its  principal  employee,
Jack  Mariucci  to  provide  CHEFS  with  marketing,   advertising  and  similar
promotional services on the terms and conditions herein set forth; and
             WHEREAS  M&M  agrees to be  retained  by CHEFS and to  provide  its
services including those of its principal employee, Jack Mariucci, on said terms
and conditions;
             NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual covenants herein
contained and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the parties hereto agree as
follows:
1.           RETENTION AS A CONSULTANT
             CHEFS  hereby  agrees to retain M&M and M&M hereby  agrees to serve
CHEFS as a consultant providing  marketing,  advertising and similar promotional
services (the  "Promotion  Services") to CHEFS and in connection  therewith,  to
have Mr.  Mariucci  devote  in each  calendar  month,  not less  than 10% of his
working time in providing the Promotion  Services.  The Promotion Services shall
be rendered as directed by CHEFS' Board of Directors  and shall promote CHEFS as
a publicly  owned  corporation,  its  restaurant  chain and the  products of its
Mister Cookie Face subsidiary. 2. TERM
             The term of this  Agreement  shall  commence on October 2, 1995 and
shall end in January 1999 at the end of the third year of CHEFS' three  complete
years  succeeding CHEFS fiscal year which ends on January 28, 1996 (the "Initial
Term").  The term of this Agreement shall also be subject to renewal pursuant to
Section 5 herein.

                                                            122

<PAGE>




3.           COMPENSATION
             During the period that this Agreement is in effect, CHEFS shall pay
 M&M the sum of Three
Thousand ($3,000) Dollars per calendar month in full compensation for its 
(and Mr. Mariucci's) services
hereunder.
4.           TERMINATION OF CONSULTING AGREEMENT
             Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, this
Agreement shall terminate;
             a)  upon the death or disability of Mr. Mariucci; or
             b)  with respect to Mr. Mariucci or any other employee of M&M, upon
 his or her conviction of,
or his or her plea of nolo contendere with respect to a felony involving fraud 
or dishonesty or any other
crime for which a term of imprisonment in excess of one (1) year could be
imposed, or upon a judgment
being consented to by or rendered against any such employee on which any
 regulatory licensor of CHEFS
or any subsidiary bases a threatened license revocation.
5.           RENEWAL PROVISIONS
             This Consulting  Agreement shall renew automatically for up to five
consecutive  additional  one-year terms (the "Renewal Years")  commencing at the
end of the Initial Term,  unless no later than six (6) calendar  months prior to
the  conclusion of the Initial Term or of any subsequent  one-year term,  either
party  hereto  gives  notice to the other  party  that it does not  desire  such
renewal.
6.           MISCELLANEOUS
             6.1      New Jersey law shall govern this Agreement.
             6.2      This Agreement shall not be modified or rescinded except
 in a writing signed by both
parties hereto.
             6.3      This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and
their respective successors and
assigns.

                                                            123

<PAGE>




             6.4 Any notice or other  communication  required or permitted to be
given  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when
received  after  delivery by hand,  or two (2)  business  days after  sending by
recognized  overnight  delivery  services such as Federal Express,  or mailed by
registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested;  if to CHEFS or to M&M,
at the address set forth on the first page of this  Agreement,  or to such other
address as the recipient  party shall  designate by notice to the other party in
the manner specified herein.
             6.5 Any  dispute or  controversy  arising  from or relating to this
Agreement  shall be decided by arbitration  in New York City in accordance  with
the commercial rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association and
the parties hereto hereby consent to such jurisdiction.
             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                            CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                        By:________________________________
                                           Anthony Papalia, President
                                            M&M CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.


                                       by_________________________________
                                                Marie Mariucci, President
CONSENTED TO:---------------------------
Jack Mariucci (Individually)



                                                            124

<PAGE>



                                                       Exhibit 10.11

                                ock Option Agreement dated as of October 3, 1994
                                         between Chefs and Anthony Papalia.




<PAGE>



                                                                 STOCK    OPTION
                                                                 AGREEMENT  made
                                                                 as of this  3rd
                                                                 day of October,
                                                                 1994    between
                                                                 CHEFS
                                                                 INTERNATIONAL,
                                                                 INC.,         a
                                                                 Delaware
                                                                 Corporation
                                                                 (hereinafter
                                                                 referred  to as
                                                                 the  "Company")
                                                                 and     Anthony
                                                                 Papalia
                                                                 residing at 813
                                                                 W.       Laurel
                                                                 Avenue,   Point
                                                                 Pleasant Beach,
                                                                 N.J.      08742
                                                                 (hereinafter
                                                                 referred  to as
                                                                 the "Optionee).



             Pursuant  to a  determination  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Company ratified by the Company's  stockholders on October 3, 1994  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Date of Grant") , the Company  desires,  in connection  with
the service of the Optionee as a member of the Company's senior  management,  to
provide the Optionee with an opportunity to acquire Common Stock, par value $.0l
per share  (hereinafter  referred  to as  "Common  Stock"),  of the  Company  on
favorable terms and hereby  increase his  proprietary  interest in the continued
progress and success of the business of the Company.

             NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  the  mutual
covenants  herein  set forth  and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
Company and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:

             1.  Confirmation  of Grant of Option.  The Company hereby  confirms
that the Optionee has been irrevocably  granted on the Date of Grant as a matter
of  inducement  and  agreement,  and in addition to and not in lieu of salary or
other compensation for services,  the right to purchase (hereinafter referred to
as the "Option") an aggregate of 162,500 shares of Common Stock on the terms and
conditions  herein set forth,  subject to  adjustment  as  provided in Section 9
hereof.

             2.       Purchase Price.  The purchase price of shares of Common
 Stock covered by the Option
will be $1.25 per share, being not less than the fair market value of a share of
 Common Stock on the Date
of Grant.

             3.  Exercise of Option.  The Option may be exercised in whole or in
part, at any time commencing on the Date of Grant and prior to the expiration of
five years from the Date of Grant.  The Option may be exercised,  as provided in
this  Section 3, by notice and payment to the Company as provided in Sections 11
and 12 hereof.

             4. Term of Option.  The term of the Option will be a period of five
years from the Date of Grant,  subject to earlier termination or cancellation as
provided in this  Agreement.  Except as  otherwise  provided in Sections 6 and 7
hereof,  the Option will not be exercisable  unless the Optionee  shall,  at the
time of exercise, be serving as an officer,  director or employee of the Company
or one of its  subsidiaries.  As used in this Agreement,  the term  "subsidiary"
refers to and includes each "subsidiary  corporation"  within the meaning of the
term as defined in  Section  425(f) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1954,  as
amended.

                      The holder of the Option will not have any rights to
 dividends or any other rights of a
shareholder  with  respect to any shares of Common  Stock  subject to the Option
until such shares shall have been issued to him (as evidenced by the appropriate
entry on the books of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company,  provided
that the date of issue shall not be earlier  than the Closing  Date with respect
to such shares  pursuant to Section 11 hereof) upon purchase of such shares upon
exercise of the Option.

                                                            125

<PAGE>





             5.   Non-transferability   of  Option.   The  Option  will  not  be
transferable  otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,
and the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him.
More  particularly,  but without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
Option  may  not be  assigned,  transferred  (except  as  provided  in the  next
preceding  sentence) or otherwise disposed of, or pledged or hypothecated in any
way  (whether by  operation  of law or  otherwise),  and shall not be subject to
execution,  attachment  or other  process.  Any  assignment,  transfer,  pledge,
hypothecation  or other  disposition  of the Option  attempted  contrary  to the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  or any levy of  execution,  attachment or other
process attempted upon the Option, will be null and void and without effect. Any
attempt to make any such assignment,  transfer,  pledge,  hypothecation or other
disposition  of the Option or any  attempt  to make any such levy or  execution,
attachment or other process will cause the Option to terminate  immediately upon
the happening of any such event if the Board of Directors of the Company, at any
time,  should,  in its sole  discretion,  so  elect,  by  written  notice to the
Optionee  or to the  person  then  entitled  to  exercise  the  Option  upon the
provisions of Section 7 hereof; provided,  however, that any such termination of
the Option under the  foregoing  provisions of this Section 5 will not prejudice
any rights or remedies  which the Company or any  subsidiary may have under this
Agreement or otherwise.

             6. Exercise Upon  Cessation of Service.  If the Optionee  ceases to
serve as an  officer,  director  or  employee  of the  Company  or of any of its
subsidiaries  for any reason  whatsoever  except as provided in Section 7 hereof
with  respect to death or  permanent  disability,  or as  provided  in Section 8
hereof with respect to  termination  for cause,  the Option may,  subject to the
provisions  of Sections 5 and 8, be exercised  to the extent the Optionee  would
have been  entitled  under  Section 3 hereof to exercise  the Option on the date
next preceding the date of  termination of such service,  by the Optionee at any
time during the period ending one month after the  termination  of such service,
at the end of which  period  the  Option  shall  terminate.  In no event may the
Option be  exercised  after the  expiration  of the term  provided  in Section 4
hereof.

                   The Option will not be affected by any change of duties or 
position of the Optionee so
long as he  continues  to be an officer,  director or employee of the Company or
any subsidiary.  If the Optionee is granted a temporary  leave of absence,  such
leave of absence will be deemed a  continuation  of his service with the Company
or any subsidiary for the purposes of this Option Agreement,  but only if and so
long as the Company or the subsidiary consents thereto.  Retirement,  whether or
not pursuant to any retirement or pension plan of the Company or any subsidiary,
will  be  deemed  to be a  termination  of  service  for  all  purposes  of this
Agreement.

             7.  Exercise  Upon Death or Permanent  Disability.  If the Optionee
dies or becomes permanently disabled while he is serving as an officer, director
or an employee of the Company or any subsidiary,  the Option may, subject to the
provisions  of Sections 5 and 8 hereof,  be exercised to the extent the Optionee
would have been  entitled  under  Section 3 hereof to exercise the Option on the
day next preceding the date of his death or permanent disability,  by the estate
of the  Optionee or by the person or persons  (including  the estate of any such
person or persons who have died) who acquire the right to exercise the Option by
bequest or  inheritance  or by reason of the death of the Optionee (or by reason
of the death of any person or persons  entitled to exercise the Option  pursuant
to this Section 7), or by the Optionee in the event of his permanent disability,
at any time  within  the period  ending  one year  after the death or  permanent
disability  of the  Optionee,  at the  end of  which  period  the  Option  shall
terminate.  In no event may the Option be exercised  after the expiration of the
term provided in Section 4 hereof.

                                                            126

<PAGE>





             8. Service.  The Optionee will serve the Company or a subsidiary in
good faith and use his best  efforts  to  promote  its  interests.  The  service
rendered  shall  be  in  such  capacity  or  capacities  and  at  such  rate  of
compensation  as the Company or such  subsidiary  shall from time to time in its
discretion  determine,  except as may  otherwise  be  provided.  If the Optionee
violates the provisions of this Section 8 without the express written consent of
the Company or such subsidiary, or if his service is terminated with the Company
or any of its  subsidiaries  by the Board of Directors of the Company for cause,
the Option will thereupon  immediately terminate without prejudice to any rights
or remedies  which the Company or such  subsidiary may have against the Optionee
under this Agreement or otherwise.

             9. Adjustments.  In the event of a stock dividend,  stock split-up,
share combination, exchange of shares, recapitalization,  merger, consolidation,
acquisition, or disposition of property or shares,  reorganization,  liquidation
or other similar  changes or  transactions,  of or by the Company,  the Board of
Directors  of the Company or the Board of  Directors  of any  corporation  which
merges  with,  or acquires  the stock or assets of, the Company  shall make such
adjustment  of the number and class of shares then covered by the Option,  or of
the option price, or both, as it shall in its sole judgment, deem appropriate to
give proper effect to such event.

             10. Registration.  The Optionee understands that neither the Option
nor the shares of Common Stock  subject  thereto and issuable  upon the exercise
thereof  are  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended.  The
Optionee  represents  that the  Option  is being  acquired  by him and that such
shares of Common  Stock will be  acquired  by him for  investment,  without  any
present  intention of selling or  otherwise  disposing of all or any part of the
Common Stock.

             11.      Method of Exercise of Option.   Subject to the terms and
 conditions of this Agreement,
the Option will be exercisable by notice and payment to the Company in
 accordance with the procedure
prescribed herein.  Each such notice shall:

                      (a)   state the election to exercise the Option and the
 number of shares in respect of
                      which it is being exercised;

                      (b)  contain  a   representation   and   agreement  as  to
                      investment  intent  with  respect  to such  shares in form
                      satisfactory to the Company's  counsel;  and (c) be signed
                      by the person or persons  entitled to exercise the Option,
                      and,  if the  Option is being  exercised  by any person or
                      persons other than the Optionee,  be accompanied by proof,
                      satisfactory  to counsel  for the  Company of the right of
                      such person or persons to exercise the Option.

                      Upon the receipt of such notice, the Company will specify,
 by written notice to the person
or  persons  exercising  the  Option,  a date and time (such date and time being
herein called the Closing Date) and place for payment of the full purchase price
of such  shares,  The Closing  Date will not be more than  fifteen days from the
date the notice of exercise is received by the Company  unless  another  date is
agreed upon by the Company and the person  exercising  the Option or is required
upon  advice of  counsel  for the  Company in order to meet the  requirement  of
Section 13 hereof.

                      Payment of the purchase price of any shares of Common
Stock, in respect of which the
Option shall be  exercised,  will be made by such person or persons at the place
specified  by the Company on or before the  Closing  Date by  delivering  to the
Company a check (fully  collectable)  payable to the order of the  Company.  The
Option  will be deemed to have been  exercised  with  respect to any  particular
shares of Common  Stock,  if,  and only if,  the  preceding  provisions  of this
Section 11 and the provisions


                                                            127

<PAGE>





of Section 12 hereof shall have been  complied  with,  in which event the Option
will be deemed to have been  exercised  on the  Closing  Date.  Anything in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any notice of exercise given pursuant
to the  provisions  of this  Section 11 will be void and of no effect if all the
preceding  provisions of this Section 11 and the  provisions of Section 13 shall
not have been complied  with.  The  certificate  or  certificates  for shares of
Common Stock as to which the Option shall be exercised will be registered in the
name of the person or persons exercising the Option and will be delivered on the
Closing  Date to the  person  or  persons  exercising  the  Option  at the place
specified for the closing,  but only upon  compliance with all of the provisions
of this Agreement.

             12.  Notices.  Each notice  relating to this  Agreement  will be in
writing and delivered in person or by certified mail to the proper address.  All
notices to the Company  shall be  addressed  to it at its office at 62 Broadway,
Point Pleasant Beach, New Jersey 08742, attention of the President.  All notices
to the Optionee or other person or persons then  entitled to exercise the Option
shall be  addressed  to the  Optionee  or such  other  person or  persons at the
Optionee's  address below specified.  Anyone to whom a notice may be given under
this Agreement may designate a new address by notice to that effect.

             13.  Approval  of  Counsel.  The  exercise  of the  Option  and the
issuance  and  delivery  of shares of Common  Stock  pursuant  thereto  shall be
subject to approval by the Company's  counsel of all legal matters in connection
therewith,  including  compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the
rules and  regulations  thereunder,  and the  requirements of any stock exchange
upon which the Common Stock may then be listed.

             14.      Reservation of Shares.  The Company shall at all times 
during the term of the Option
reserve and keep available such number of shares of the class of stock then 
subject to the Option as will be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

             15.  Limitation  of Action.  The Optionee  acknowledges  that every
right of action  accruing to him and arising out of or in  connection  with this
Agreement  against the Company or a subsidiary  will,  irrespective of the place
where an action may be brought,  cease and be barred by the  expiration of three
years  from the date of the act or  omission  in  respect of which such right of
action arises.

             16. Resale of Common Stock. Upon any sale or transfer of the Common
Stock  purchased upon exercise of the Option,  the Optionee shall deliver to the
Company an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company to the effect  that
either (i) the Common  Stock to be so sold or  transferred  has been  registered
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and that there is in effect a
current  prospectus  meeting the  requirements  of Subsection  10(a) of said Act
which is being or will be delivered to the  purchaser or  transferee at or prior
to the time of delivery of the  certificates  evidencing  the Common Stock to be
sold  or  transferred,  or (ii)  such  Common  Stock  may  then be sold  without
violating Section 5 of said Act.

             17.      Legending of Certificates.  The certificates for the 
Common Stock issued upon exercise
of this option shall bear a legend substantially similar to the following
 legend:

                      THE SHARES  EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD,
                      TRANSFERRED,  PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED
                      OF  UNLESS  THEY  HAVE  FIRST  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE
                      SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED,  OR UNLESS,  IN THE
                      OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY,  SUCH  REGISTRATION IS
                      NOT REQUIRED.

                                                            128

<PAGE>





In  addition,   stop  transfer   instructions   will  be  issued   against  such
certificates.

             18. Benefits of Agreement. This Agreement will inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon each successor and assign of the Company. All obligations
imposed  upon the  Optionee  and all rights  granted to the  Company  under this
Agreement will be binding upon the Optionee's heirs, legal  representatives  and
successors.

             IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this  Agreement  to be
executed in its name by its President or a Vice-President and its corporate seal
to be hereunto  affixed and attested by its  Secretary  or one of its  Assistant
Secretaries  and the  Optionee  has hereunto set his hand and seal all as of the
day, month and year first above written.

                                                       CHEFS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                           By:________________________________
                                                 James Fletcher, Vice President

ATTEST:

- - -------------------------------
Secretary

                                                                (L.S.)
                                 Optionee                       Anthony Papalia
                                                          812 W. Laurel Avenue

                                                 Point Pleasant Beach, NJ  08742
                                                           (Address of Optionee)

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND STATEMENTOF EARNINGS AND IS QUALIFIED.)
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JAN-28-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   JAN-28-1996
                    
<CASH>                                         1,411,154
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  513,204
<ALLOWANCES>                                   18,878
<INVENTORY>                                    1,890,309
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               4,379,738
<PP&E>                                        19,032,083
<DEPRECIATION>                                 6,543,545
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                19,308,625
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          2,537,331
<BONDS>                                                0
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                       134,662
<OTHER-SE>                                     14,949,082
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   19,308,625
<SALES>                                        31,282,707
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               31,282,707
<CGS>                                          15,014,719
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  18,339,796
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (92,960)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             205,301
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (2,184,149)
<INCOME-TAX>                                            0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (2,184,149)
<DISCONTINUED>                                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (2,184,149)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  (.16)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (.16)
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission